# LedgerGov.UK: every promise in full > An open P&L of the UK state: where public money comes from, where it goes, and what every political promise would cost, with every number linked to its official source. Every UK political promise LedgerGov.UK tracks, 195 cards (Promised 131, In plan 17, Legislated 4, Funded 4, Delivering 17, Delivered 15, Not met 4, Unscoreable 3), as Markdown, newest promise first. Built on 25 October 2026 from the same data as the site. Each card is also a web page at https://ledgergov.uk/promise/ and a Markdown file at https://ledgergov.uk/promise/.md. A shorter guide to the whole site: https://ledgergov.uk/llms.txt. ## How a card works - One published standard for every party: [the promise standard](https://github.com/xternal/ledgergov.uk/blob/main/docs/PROMISE_STANDARD.md). No code path treats one party differently. - The quote is the speaker's exact words, copied from the source and checked word for word. The headline is our neutral summary of it. - Status ladder: Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered. Off the ladder: Not met (the deadline passed and evidence shows it was not met, or it was officially abandoned) and Undone (the deadline passed with no official statement and no evidence of delivery). Unscoreable: two or more of who, how much and when are missing, so it cannot be tracked. - A status changes only on evidence: every timeline entry after the promise itself links to a plan, a bill, a Budget line or a delivery record. - Cost is a year, to the public purse, as a low–high range with a central figure; "raises" means it brings money in. When a source gives one figure, the range is an editorial ±10% and the cost note says so. - "Paid for by" is exactly what was said when the promise was made; "not stated" means nothing was. - History is append-only: a rewording adds a new version, and a fix to our own mistake is a dated, public correction showing the old and new value. - Every card is re-read against its live sources by AI Journalist, our automated reviewer (quote, dates, evidence, status, cost, neutral wording, legal risk). An editor, Pavel Guzhikov, then checks each card against its sources and approves it, and the card's label says whether he has yet; nothing a reader sends in is published until he has approved it. - Full method: https://ledgergov.uk/method. Open data API (JSON and CSV): https://ledgergov.uk/method/api. ## Licences LedgerGov.UK's own writing (headlines, status notes, cost notes, summaries) is licensed under [Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 (CC BY 4.0)](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/): reuse it, crediting LedgerGov.UK with a link to the card. Official figures are under the [Open Government Licence v3.0](https://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/doc/open-government-licence/version/3/) unless their source says otherwise; quotes from Parliament under the [Open Parliament Licence v3.0](https://www.parliament.uk/site-information/copyright-parliament/open-parliament-licence/); other quotes are short extracts whose rights stay with the speaker. How the numbers and statuses are made: https://ledgergov.uk/method. ## Cards - [5,000 walking and cycling routes by 2030](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-active-travel-routes-2030): HM Government, Promised - [Flu jab catch-up for pupils at pharmacies](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-flu-pharmacy-catch-up-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Over £1 billion for school sport by 2029](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-pe-school-sport-1bn-2029): HM Government, Promised - [Restore peatlands to stop wildfires](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-peatland-restoration-2029): HM Government, Promised - [Stronger dismissal protection for parents](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-pregnancy-dismissal-protections-2027): HM Government, Promised - [Sanctions for skipping sentencing](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-sentencing-refusal-sanctions-2027): HM Government, Promised - [Tougher penalties for undersea sabotage](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-undersea-cable-penalties-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Warm Home Discount until 2030/31](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-warm-home-discount-2031): HM Government, Delivering - [Wildfire teams and kit for firefighters](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-wildfire-teams-kit-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Antisemitism training for every school](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-antisemitism-school-resources-2026): Lucy Powell, Promised - [High-risk cosmetics only by professionals](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cosmetic-high-risk-rules-2026): HM Government, Promised - [License lower-risk cosmetic procedures](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cosmetic-licensing-scheme-2026): Karin Smyth, Promised - [Teach a Digital Systems and Data V Level](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-digital-v-level-2027): HM Government, Promised - [Set up a £2 billion Energy Wealth Fund](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-energy-wealth-fund-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Appeals against £75,000 Horizon offers](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-horizon-fixed-sum-appeals-2026): Kate Dearden, Promised - [Independent review of Horizon rejections](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-horizon-shortfall-review-2026): Kate Dearden, Promised - [TechFirst to reach a million by 2028](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-techfirst-one-million-2028): HM Government, Promised - [300 women into tech jobs by March 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-techfirst-women-300-2027): HM Government, Promised - [Remove VAT barrier to donated medicines](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-vat-donated-medicines-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Any council to help homeless veterans](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-veterans-homelessness-help-2026): Matthew Pennycook, Promised - [£140m for 14 new urgent care schemes](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-urgent-care-14-schemes-2026): HM Government, Promised - [25 urgent care sites open for winter](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-urgent-care-25-sites-winter-2027): HM Government, Promised - [Carbon price on carbon-intensive imports from 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-carbon-border-levy-2027): James Murray, Legislated - [Create two defence technical colleges in Scotland](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-defence-colleges-scotland-2026): Douglas Alexander, Promised - [Give antidepressant patients a safety leaflet in 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-antidepressant-safety-leaflet-2027): HM Government, Promised - [Introduce a fair pay agreement for care workers](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-care-fair-pay-agreement-2026): Alison McGovern, Promised - [Great British Railways' Derby HQ by spring 2029](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-gbr-hq-derby-2029): HM Government, Promised - [£92m for places of worship, £75m for heritage](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-heritage-repair-funds-2026): HM Government, Delivering - [Enrol up to 600 rail apprentices by 2030](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-rail-apprentices-600-2030): HM Government, Promised - [A rape case courtroom in every Crown Court](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-rape-courtroom-every-crown-court-2028): HM Government, Promised - [Remove two dead satellites from orbit by 2032](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-space-debris-removal-2032): HM Government, Promised - [Support £12.5bn of new export contracts by 2029](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ukef-export-contracts-2029): HM Government, Promised - [Create Vocational GCSEs to replace Technical Awards](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-vocational-gcses-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Create 200,000 more work experience placements](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-work-experience-200k-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Recruit 1,000 new youth workers from spring 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-youth-workers-1000-2027): HM Government, Promised - [Create a legal duty to fix unsafe cladding](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cladding-legal-duty-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Unsafe cladding fixed or scheduled by 2029](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cladding-remediation-2029): HM Government, Promised - [Create 10,000 new foster places this Parliament](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-foster-places-10k-2026): HM Government, Promised - [New community mental health centres across the country](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mental-health-centres-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Fast-track medicines regulator advice to 45 days](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mhra-advice-45-days-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Create a national care service](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-national-care-service-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Grow organic farmland in England to 10%](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-organic-farmland-10pc-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Halve early clinical trial assessment to 14 days](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-phase-1-trials-14-days-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Day-one right to bereavement leave from April 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-bereavement-leave-2027): Kate Dearden, Promised - [Protect UK firms from Argentine Falklands measures](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-falklands-business-protection-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Rules for refusing flexible working from autumn 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-flexible-working-rules-2027): Kate Dearden, Promised - [Cut Bands A–B flood contents premiums to £25](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-flood-re-contents-premiums-2027): HM Government, Promised - [Create Great British Railways and a passenger watchdog](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-great-british-railways-2026): Heidi Alexander, Promised - [Train 150 quantum engineering apprentices by 2030](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-quantum-apprentices-150-2030): HM Government, Promised - [Complete rail public ownership by end of 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-rail-public-ownership-2027): Heidi Alexander, Delivering - [Regulate the heating oil sector](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-regulate-heating-oil-2026): Polly Billington, Promised - [Fully ban UK shipping services for Russian LNG](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-russian-lng-shipping-ban-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Basic state pension-only pensioners pay no income tax](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-state-pension-no-income-tax-2026): Pat McFadden, Promised - [Stillbirth burials contact in every NHS trust](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-stillbirth-burials-contact-2026): Yvette Cooper, Promised - [Tell workers in writing of their union rights](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-union-rights-statement-2027): Kate Dearden, Promised - [Cap leasehold permission fees and admin charges](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cap-leasehold-permission-fees-2026): Matthew Pennycook, Promised - [500,000 new trees outside woodlands by 2030](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-community-trees-500k-2030): Dame Angela Eagle, Promised - [Require two notices before council tax instalments end](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-council-tax-two-notices-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Raise Crown Prosecution Service funding by over 10%](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cps-funding-10pc-2029): HM Government, Promised - [A case coordinator in every Crown Court](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-crown-court-case-coordinators-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Shorter wait before councils take over empty homes](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-empty-homes-orders-2026): Matthew Pennycook, Legislated - [Better flood protection for 200,000 properties by 2029](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-flood-200k-properties-2029): HM Government, Promised - [Flood defences 93.5% in good condition by 2029](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-flood-defences-condition-2029): HM Government, Promised - [Halve consultancy spending, saving £700m a year](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-halve-consultancy-spend-2029): Louise Haigh, Promised - [Healthy Babies support in every English family hub](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-healthy-babies-every-hub-2026): Karin Smyth, Promised - [Public inquiry into the Heaton Park synagogue attack](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-heaton-park-inquiry-2026): Shabana Mahmood, Promised - [Public services to work together on homelessness](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-homelessness-duty-to-collaborate-2026): Matthew Pennycook, Promised - [A national centre for information defence](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-information-defence-centre-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Keep juries for almost all Crown Court trials](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-jury-trials-kept-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Increase magistrates to 21,000 by 2028/29](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-magistrates-21000-2029): HM Government, Promised - [Keep national museums free for every visitor](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-national-museums-free-2026): Ian Murray, Promised - [A national police service for crime and terrorism](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-national-police-service-2026): Shabana Mahmood, Promised - [A national security Bill to fight cyber-criminals](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-national-security-bill-cyber-2026): Shabana Mahmood, Promised - [Recruit 1,300 trainee probation officers by March 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-probation-officers-1300-2027): HM Government, Promised - [Licence and regulate property agents](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-regulate-property-agents-2026): Matthew Pennycook, Promised - [Open the Sustainable Farming Incentive again in 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-sfi-reopen-2027): Dame Angela Eagle, Promised - [Publish a yearly State of Extremism report](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-state-of-extremism-report-2026): Shabana Mahmood, Promised - [GP referral route for women facing abuse](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-steps-to-safety-gp-2026): Karin Smyth, Promised - [Attorney General to approve Troubles prosecutions](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-troubles-ag-consent-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Pilot first hearings by video from police cells](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-virtual-remand-hearings-pilot-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Lift limits on government shares in water companies](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-water-company-share-limits-2026): Dame Angela Eagle, Promised - [A Youth Hub in every local area](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-youth-hub-every-area-2029): HM Government, Delivering - [Make ADHD and autism assessments CQC-regulated](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-adhd-autism-cqc-2026): Yvette Cooper, Promised - [Hand the Local Innovation Partnerships Fund to mayors](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-lipf-mayors-2028): HM Government, Promised - [Legislate on non-compete clauses for start-ups](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-non-compete-clauses-law-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [£1bn for innovation clusters over four years](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ukri-innovation-clusters-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Awaab's Law for all serious hazards in 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-awaabs-law-all-hazards-2027): HM Government, Promised - [Widen Awaab's Law to more home hazards](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-awaabs-law-hazards-2026): HM Government, In plan - [Extend Awaab's Law to private renters](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-awaabs-law-private-renters-2026): Matthew Pennycook, Promised - [Abolish inheritance tax on the family home](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-iht-family-home-2026): Conservative Party, Promised - [Create or extend 25 nature reserves by 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-kings-series-nnr-2026): Natural England, Delivering - [Apply a windfall tax to bank profits](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-bank-windfall-tax-2026): Zack Polanski, Promised - [Create a national Fair Rents Guarantee](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-fair-rents-guarantee-2026): Zack Polanski, Promised - [Bring energy costs in line with neighbours](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-energy-costs-neighbours-2036): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Put AI centre stage in the G20 presidency](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-g20-ai-centre-stage-2027): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Create Great British Grid](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-great-british-grid-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Introduce a leasehold reform Bill before Christmas](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-leasehold-reform-bill-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Adjust the State Pension triple lock from 2030](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-triple-lock-2030-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Restore the Union Learning Fund, £15m a year](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-union-learning-fund-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Launch the Your First Home equity loan scheme](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-your-first-home-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Raise the tax-free personal allowance to £15,000](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ld-personal-allowance-15k-2026): Liberal Democrats, Promised - [Develop an AI defence partnership with the US](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-us-ai-defence-partnership-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Cut manufacturers’ electricity bills by up to 25%](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-bics-electricity-2026): Blair McDougall, In plan - [Stop children taking, sharing or viewing naked pictures](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-child-nude-images-law-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Cheap power plan to cut energy costs](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-cheap-power-plan-2026): Julia Lopez, Promised - [Abolish the zero emission vehicle (ZEV) mandate](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-zev-mandate-abolition-2026): Julia Lopez, Promised - [Publish curriculum and assessment reform proposals](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-curriculum-proposals-2026): Lucy Powell, Promised - [All landlords registered by 14 November 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-landlord-register-2026): HM Government, In plan - [Give mayors control of the 16-19 education budget](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mayors-16-19-budget-2026): Lucy Powell, Promised - [Present a mental health strategy before Christmas](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mental-health-strategy-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Fund 10 major hospital projects and maintenance](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nhs-capital-1-5bn-2026): HM Government, In plan - [Publish national inclusion standards for SEND](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-send-inclusion-standards-2026): Lucy Powell, Promised - [Enact the Socio-Economic Duty](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-socio-economic-duty-2026): Bridget Phillipson, Promised - [Cut energy bills by over £250 a year](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-reform-energy-bills-250-2026): Reform UK, Promised - [Raise the personal allowance to £15,000](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-reform-personal-allowance-15k-2026): Reform UK, Promised - [Spend 3% of GDP on defence by 2030](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-defence-3pc-2030): Kemi Badenoch, Promised - [Bring back the two-child benefit cap](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-two-child-cap-return-2026): Kemi Badenoch, Promised - [End indefinite IPP sentences this Parliament](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-end-ipp-sentences-2029): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Leave the European Convention on Human Rights](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-leave-echr-2026): Kemi Badenoch, Promised - [Deploy 10,000 more police officers](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-10000-police-2026): Kemi Badenoch, Promised - [Scrap the legally binding net zero target](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-net-zero-target-scrap-2026): Kemi Badenoch, Promised - [Free unlimited bus travel for disabled people](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-disabled-bus-pass-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Create 100,000 more apprenticeships](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-100000-apprenticeships-2026): Kemi Badenoch, Promised - [Exclude rape and grooming offences from earlier release](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-sentencing-exclusions-2026): Andy Burnham, Delivered - [Give every mayor a share of income tax](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mayors-income-tax-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Create technical education pathways from age 14](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-technical-pathways-from-14-2028): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Cut business rates 20% for pubs and venues](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-pubs-business-rates-cut-2026): HM Government, Promised - [Cap bus fares at £2](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-bus-cap-2-2026): Andy Burnham, In plan - [Cut taxes on energy bills](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-electricity-vat-2026): Andy Burnham, Delivered - [Meet the fiscal rules, with a buffer](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-fiscal-rules-2026): John Healey, Promised - [Raise defence spending with small firms by 50%](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mod-sme-spend-2028): HM Government, In plan - [Bring forward a 10-year plan for Britain](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ten-year-plan-2026): Andy Burnham, Promised - [Ban social media for under-16s](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-social-media-ban-under-16s-2027): Sir Keir Starmer, In plan - [Free bus travel for every child in August](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-free-child-bus-travel-2026): Sir Keir Starmer, Delivered - [Extend rent controls to small shops](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-shop-rent-controls-2026): Zack Polanski, Promised - [Hold Scottish income tax bands and rates](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-snp-income-tax-bands-rates-2026): Scottish National Party, Promised - [Give 20 hours' free childcare from 9 months](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-plaid-childcare-20-hours-2026): Plaid Cymru, In plan - [End right to buy completely](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-end-right-to-buy-2026): Zack Polanski, Promised - [Bring water back into public hands](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-water-public-ownership-2026): Zack Polanski, Promised - [Invest £1.8bn in specialist SEND support](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-experts-at-hand-2029): Bridget Phillipson, Funded - [Intimate images taken down within 48 hours](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-intimate-images-48-hours-2026): Sir Keir Starmer, Delivering - [Cap ground rents at £250 a year](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ground-rent-cap-250-2026): Sir Keir Starmer, In plan - [3,000 more neighbourhood police by March](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-neighbourhood-police-3000-2026): Sir Keir Starmer, Delivered - [Remove the two-child limit in full](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-two-child-limit-2025): Rachel Reeves, Delivered - [Abolish stamp duty on homes](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-stamp-duty-abolition-2025): Kemi Badenoch, Promised - [Digital ID mandatory for right to work checks](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-digital-id-right-to-work-2029): Sir Keir Starmer, Not met - [Recognise Palestine by September 2025](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-palestine-recognition-2025): Sir Keir Starmer, Delivered - [Bring in a Hillsborough law](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-hillsborough-law-2025): Sir Keir Starmer, In plan - [5% of GDP on national security by 2035](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nato-5pc-2035-2025): Sir Keir Starmer, In plan - [Build nine new reservoirs by 2050](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nine-reservoirs-2050): HM Government, In plan - [Put mental health support teams in every school](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mhst-every-school-2029): HM Government, Delivering - [Abolish NHS England](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-abolish-nhs-england-2025): Sir Keir Starmer, In plan - [Spend 2.5% of GDP on defence by 2027](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-defence-25-2027): Sir Keir Starmer, Funded - [Build 14,000 more prison places by 2031](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-prison-places-14000-2031): HM Government, Delivering - [At least 95% clean power by 2030](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-clean-power-95pc-2030): Sir Keir Starmer, Delivering - [Decide 150 major infrastructure projects](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-infrastructure-decisions-150-2029): Sir Keir Starmer, Delivering - [Raise household income and GDP per head](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-living-standards-2029): Sir Keir Starmer, Promised - [Meet the 18-week NHS waiting time standard](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nhs-18-weeks-2024): Sir Keir Starmer, Delivering - [75% of five-year-olds ready for school](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-school-ready-75pc-2028): Sir Keir Starmer, In plan - [End new HIV cases in England by 2030](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-hiv-new-cases-2030): Sir Keir Starmer, In plan - [Expand NHS talking therapies to 915,000 a year](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-talking-therapies-915k-2029): HM Government, In plan - [Scrap the two-child benefit cap](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-snp-two-child-cap-2024): Scottish National Party, Delivered - [Abolish non-dom status](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-abolish-non-dom-2024): Labour Party, Delivered - [Close the carried interest loophole](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-carried-interest-2024): Labour Party, Delivered - [Cap corporation tax at 25%](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-corp-tax-cap-25-2024): Labour Party, Legislated - [Create Great British Energy](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-great-british-energy-2024): Labour Party, Delivering - [Build 1.5 million new homes](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-homes-1-5m-2024): Labour Party, Delivering - [Thousands of new neighbourhood police officers](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-neighbourhood-police-2024): Labour Party, Delivering - [40,000 more NHS appointments every week](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nhs-40000-appointments-2024): Labour Party, Delivering - [No tax rises for working people](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-no-tax-rise-working-people-2024): Labour Party, In plan - [Equalise capital gains tax with income tax](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-plaid-cgt-equalise-2024): Plaid Cymru, Promised - [Address the cost of living crisis in Wales](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-plaid-cost-of-living-2024): Plaid Cymru, Unscoreable - [End private schools’ VAT exemption and rates relief](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-vat-private-schools-2024): Labour Party, Delivered - [Align capital gains tax with income tax](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-cgt-align-2024): Green Party of England and Wales, Promised - [Push for a wealth tax above £10 million](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-wealth-tax-2024): Green Party of England and Wales, Promised - [Capital gains relief for landlords selling to tenants](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-landlord-cgt-relief-2024): Conservative Party, Promised - [No rise in capital gains tax](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-no-cgt-rise-2024): Conservative Party, Promised - [Fairly reform capital gains tax](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ld-cgt-reform-2024): Liberal Democrats, Promised - [Introduce free personal care, based on need](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ld-free-personal-care-2024): Liberal Democrats, Promised - [Pay comprehensive infected blood compensation](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-infected-blood-compensation-2024): Rishi Sunak, Delivering - [Spend 2.5% of GDP on defence by 2030](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-defence-25-2030): Rishi Sunak, Funded - [First Rwanda flight in 10 to 12 weeks](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-rwanda-first-flight-2024): Rishi Sunak, Not met - [Ban disposable vapes](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-disposable-vapes-ban-2024): Rishi Sunak, Delivered - [Establish an AI Safety Institute in the UK](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ai-safety-institute-2023): Rishi Sunak, Delivered - [Keep the £2 bus fare through 2024](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-bus-fare-2-to-2024): Rishi Sunak, Delivered - [Stop children ever buying cigarettes](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-smokefree-generation-2023): Rishi Sunak, Legislated - [Double medical training places by 2031](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-medical-training-places-2031): Rishi Sunak, Funded - [Screen high-risk 55 to 74s for lung cancer](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-lung-cancer-screening-2030): Rishi Sunak, Delivering - [Grow the economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-grow-economy-2023): Rishi Sunak, Unscoreable - [Halve inflation in 2023](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-halve-inflation-2023): Rishi Sunak, Delivered - [Make sure national debt is falling](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-national-debt-falling-2023): Rishi Sunak, Unscoreable - [Make NHS waiting lists fall](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nhs-waiting-lists-fall-2023): Rishi Sunak, Promised - [Have 20,000 extra police by spring 2023](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-police-20000-2023): Rishi Sunak, Delivered - [Pass new laws to stop small boats](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-small-boats-laws-2023): Rishi Sunak, Not met - [Abolish asylum backlog by end of 2023](https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-asylum-backlog-2023): Rishi Sunak, Not met --- ## 5,000 walking and cycling routes by 2030 > “deliver 5,000 new walking, wheeling and cycling routes and 10,000 safer crossings by 2030 - a commitment backed by £4.5 billion in investment to make active travel a practical choice for millions more journeys” > > — HM Government; Government response to the Health and Social Care Committee's report on healthy ageing and physical activity, 22 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 22 October 2026 - **Where:** Government response to the Health and Social Care Committee's report on healthy ageing and physical activity - **Deadline:** 31 December 2030 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People walking, wheeling and cycling - **When:** By 2030 - **Paid for by:** £4.5 billion of investment in active travel - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-hsccs-report-on-healthy-ageing-and-physical-activity/government-response-to-the-health-and-social-care-committees-eighth-report-of-2024-to-2026-healthy-ageing-physical-activity-in-an-ageing-society (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-active-travel-routes-2030 ### Where it stands The commitment is listed in the government's response to a Commons committee report on physical activity in an ageing society. The response does not say when the £4.5 billion is spent, where the routes go or how many exist today. The card moves when the government reports routes and crossings built. ### Timeline - 22 October 2026, Promised: The government commits to 5,000 new walking, wheeling and cycling routes and 10,000 safer crossings by 2030 - 31 December 2030, Deadline (to come): 5,000 routes and 10,000 crossings due by 2030 ### About the cost £4.5 billion in investment, with no period given, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Department of Health and Social Care, 22 Oct 2026: Government response to the Health and Social Care Committee's eighth report of 2024 to 2026 - Healthy Ageing: physical activity in an ageing society](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-hsccs-report-on-healthy-ageing-and-physical-activity/government-response-to-the-health-and-social-care-committees-eighth-report-of-2024-to-2026-healthy-ageing-physical-activity-in-an-ageing-society) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Flu jab catch-up for pupils at pharmacies > “In a further effort to see more kids vaccinated against the flu, later this year the government will launch the first ever ‘catch-up’ programme from community pharmacies for school children who missed their vaccinations earlier in the year.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department of Health and Social Care), 22 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 22 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department of Health and Social Care) - **Deadline:** 1 December 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** School-age children in England who missed their flu vaccination at school - **When:** From 1 December 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/social-media-campaign-urges-brits-to-get-vaccinated-for-winter (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-flu-pharmacy-catch-up-2026 ### Where it stands The release says school vaccination teams have been asked to visit every school by the end of November, and that the school-age catch-up at pharmacies starts on 1 December. It gives no cost and no figure for how many children it should reach. The card moves when the catch-up programme opens at community pharmacies. ### Timeline - 22 October 2026, Promised: The government says it will launch the first catch-up flu vaccination programme for schoolchildren at community pharmacies later this year - 1 December 2026, Deadline (to come): School-age flu catch-up at pharmacies due to start on 1 December 2026 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department of Health and Social Care press release, 22 Oct 2026: Social media campaign urges Brits to get vaccinated for winter](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/social-media-campaign-urges-brits-to-get-vaccinated-for-winter) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Over £1 billion for school sport by 2029 > “invest more than £1 billion in PE, school sport and physical activity by 2029, including £530 million for the new PE and School Sport Partnerships Network, to ensure all children can access equal opportunities for physical activity” > > — HM Government; Government response to the Health and Social Care Committee's report on healthy ageing and physical activity, 22 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 22 October 2026 - **Where:** Government response to the Health and Social Care Committee's report on healthy ageing and physical activity - **Deadline:** 31 December 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Children in schools - **When:** By 2029 - **Paid for by:** More than £1 billion, including £530 million for the PE and School Sport Partnerships Network - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-hsccs-report-on-healthy-ageing-and-physical-activity/government-response-to-the-health-and-social-care-committees-eighth-report-of-2024-to-2026-healthy-ageing-physical-activity-in-an-ageing-society (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-pe-school-sport-1bn-2029 ### Where it stands Listed in the government's response to a Commons committee report on physical activity in an ageing society. The response does not say when the spending starts or how the rest of the £1 billion beyond the partnerships network is split. The card moves when the PE and School Sport Partnerships Network is set up or the spending is reported. ### Timeline - 22 October 2026, Promised: The government commits to invest more than £1 billion in PE, school sport and physical activity by 2029 - 31 December 2029, Deadline (to come): More than £1 billion for PE and school sport due by 2029 ### About the cost More than £1 billion by 2029, including £530 million for the PE and School Sport Partnerships Network. No start date is given, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Department of Health and Social Care, 22 Oct 2026: Government response to the Health and Social Care Committee's eighth report of 2024 to 2026 - Healthy Ageing: physical activity in an ageing society](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-hsccs-report-on-healthy-ageing-and-physical-activity/government-response-to-the-health-and-social-care-committees-eighth-report-of-2024-to-2026-healthy-ageing-physical-activity-in-an-ageing-society) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Restore peatlands to stop wildfires > “This includes £25 million to restore dried-out peatlands in England so they hold more water and act as natural firebreaks, as well as financial support for farmers to fireproof their land, through digging ponds and removing burnable materials in high-risk areas.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, Ministry of Defence and Prime Minister's Office), 22 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 22 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, Ministry of Defence and Prime Minister's Office) - **Deadline:** 30 April 2029 - **Cost a year:** Costs £11m to £14m a year (central £13m by Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, official) - **Who it affects:** Peatlands and farmland in England at high risk of wildfire - **When:** April 2027 to April 2029 - **Paid for by:** £25 million for the Peatland Restoration Grant Scheme, run by Natural England - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/military-planes-and-helicopters-to-fight-wildfires-from-the-sky (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-peatland-restoration-2029 ### Where it stands Announced ahead of the Prime Minister's wildfire summit, after the UK's hottest summer on record. The release says Natural England will run a new Peatland Restoration Grant Scheme, expected from April 2027 to April 2029; it does not say how many hectares will be restored or how much goes to farmers. "April 2029" is read as 30 April 2029. The card moves when the grant scheme opens. ### Timeline - 22 October 2026, Promised: The government announces £25 million to restore dried-out peatlands in England as natural firebreaks - 30 April 2029, Deadline (to come): Peatland Restoration Grant Scheme due to run until April 2029 ### About the cost The government's own figure: £25 million for a grant scheme expected to run from April 2027 to April 2029, shown as £12.5 million a year over two years. The release gives no split by year. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, Ministry of Defence and Prime Minister's Office press release, 22 Oct 2026: Military planes and helicopters to fight wildfires from the sky](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/military-planes-and-helicopters-to-fight-wildfires-from-the-sky) ### Sources - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, Ministry of Defence and Prime Minister's Office press release, 22 Oct 2026: Military planes and helicopters to fight wildfires from the sky](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/military-planes-and-helicopters-to-fight-wildfires-from-the-sky) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Stronger dismissal protection for parents > “The government will take forward the measures set out in this response, strengthening dismissal protections for pregnant women, new mothers and other parents. These changes will be implemented through regulations, with the government intending for measures to come into force in October 2027.” > > — HM Government; Government response to enhanced dismissal protections for pregnant women and new mothers, 22 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 22 October 2026 - **Where:** Government response to enhanced dismissal protections for pregnant women and new mothers - **Deadline:** 31 October 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Pregnant women, new mothers and other parents at work - **When:** In force from October 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/make-work-pay-enhanced-dismissal-protections-for-pregnant-women-and-new-mothers/outcome/government-response-to-enhanced-dismissal-protections-for-pregnant-women-and-new-mothers (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-pregnancy-dismissal-protections-2027 ### Where it stands Part of the plan to Make Work Pay. The department's press release says the measures include replacing the band of reasonable responses test with a proportionality test from October 2027. "October 2027" is read as 31 October 2027. The card moves when the regulations are made. ### Timeline - 22 October 2026, Promised: The government says stronger dismissal protections for pregnant women, new mothers and other parents will come into force in October 2027 - 31 October 2027, Deadline (to come): Stronger dismissal protections due in force in October 2027 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade, 22 Oct 2026: Government response to enhanced dismissal protections for pregnant women and new mothers](https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/make-work-pay-enhanced-dismissal-protections-for-pregnant-women-and-new-mothers/outcome/government-response-to-enhanced-dismissal-protections-for-pregnant-women-and-new-mothers) - [Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade press release, 22 Oct 2026: Stronger protections for pregnant women and new parents against unfair dismissal](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/stronger-protections-for-pregnant-women-and-new-parents-against-unfair-dismissal) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Sanctions for skipping sentencing > “The new powers will allow Crown Court judges to impose prison sanctions on offenders who refuse to attend sentencing, including restricting social visits for almost a month - ensuring even those facing decades behind bars have something more to lose.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Ministry of Justice), 22 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 22 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Ministry of Justice) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Offenders who refuse to attend their sentencing hearing, and victims' families - **When:** Next year, after the parliamentary process - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cowardly-killers-who-dodge-sentencing-face-tough-new-prison-punishments (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-sentencing-refusal-sanctions-2027 ### Where it stands The rules were laid before Parliament on 22 October 2026. The release says judges could impose loss of prison privileges for up to 84 days, among other sanctions, on offenders who refuse to attend their sentencing. It says the measures will take effect next year after the usual parliamentary process, read here as by 31 December 2027. The card moves when the rules come into force. ### Timeline - 22 October 2026, Promised: The government lays rules letting Crown Court judges impose prison sanctions on offenders who refuse to attend sentencing - 31 December 2027, Deadline (to come): Sanctions for refusing to attend sentencing due in force next year (editorial date: end of 2027) ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Ministry of Justice press release, 22 Oct 2026: Cowardly killers who dodge sentencing face tough new prison punishments](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cowardly-killers-who-dodge-sentencing-face-tough-new-prison-punishments) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Tougher penalties for undersea sabotage > “The UK’s undersea cables and pipelines will be better protected from hostile threats under plans unveiled today to introduce tougher prison sentences and unlimited fines on ship owners that damage critical national infrastructure.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport), 22 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 22 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The UK's undersea cables and pipelines, and those who damage them - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/subsea-cable-saboteurs-face-jail-and-unlimited-fines-under-new-security-crackdown (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-undersea-cable-penalties-2026 ### Where it stands The Security Minister, Dan Jarvis, said the government is toughening the law. A White Paper published the same day proposes new offences, prison sentences of up to 14 years for intentionally damaging undersea energy and telecoms infrastructure, and new security duties on subsea telecoms cable providers. It opens a 12-week consultation. No date is given for a Bill. The card moves when legislation is introduced in Parliament. ### Timeline - 22 October 2026, Promised: The government sets out plans for tougher prison sentences and unlimited fines for damaging undersea cables and pipelines ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport press release, 22 Oct 2026: Subsea cable saboteurs face jail and unlimited fines under new security crackdown](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/subsea-cable-saboteurs-face-jail-and-unlimited-fines-under-new-security-crackdown) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Warm Home Discount until 2030/31 > “Earlier this year the government confirmed that millions of eligible households will receive the Warm Home Discount for the rest of the decade, with the scheme set to continue through to 2030/31.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Energy Security and Net Zero), 22 October 2026 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 22 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Energy Security and Net Zero) - **Deadline:** 31 March 2031 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Millions of eligible households on low incomes - **When:** Through to 2030/31 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/households-to-receive-150-warm-home-discount-confirmation-letter (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-warm-home-discount-2031 ### Where it stands The release repeats a commitment made earlier this year, without giving its date. The scheme is running: letters confirming the £150 discount for this winter go out from this week to January 2027, and anyone asked to call the helpline must do so by 26 February 2027. 2030/31 is read as the year ending 31 March 2031. The card moves when the discount is paid for each winter up to 2030/31. ### Timeline - 22 October 2026, Promised: The government repeats that the Warm Home Discount will continue through to 2030/31 - 22 October 2026, Delivering: Letters confirming this winter's £150 Warm Home Discount start going out to eligible households ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/households-to-receive-150-warm-home-discount-confirmation-letter)) - 31 March 2031, Deadline (to come): Warm Home Discount due to continue through 2030/31 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department for Energy Security and Net Zero press release, 22 Oct 2026: Households to receive £150 Warm Home Discount confirmation letter](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/households-to-receive-150-warm-home-discount-confirmation-letter) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Wildfire teams and kit for firefighters > “Firefighters on the front line in England will be boosted by additional specialist wildfire teams and state of the art, wildfire-specific, light weight personal protective equipment, backed by up to £45million, meaning those who work tirelessly to protect others can stay also safe.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, Ministry of Defence and Prime Minister's Office), 22 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 22 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, Ministry of Defence and Prime Minister's Office) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Firefighters in England - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Up to £45 million - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/military-planes-and-helicopters-to-fight-wildfires-from-the-sky (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-wildfire-teams-kit-2026 ### Where it stands Announced ahead of the Prime Minister's wildfire summit, with RAF Chinook helicopters and A400M aircraft to be fitted to fight fires. The release says the new kit will be lighter and more breathable than kit designed for building fires. It does not say how many teams, when they start or over what period the money is spent. The card moves when the teams are set up or the kit is issued. ### Timeline - 22 October 2026, Promised: The government announces specialist wildfire teams and wildfire protective equipment for firefighters in England, backed by up to £45 million ### About the cost Up to £45 million, with no period given, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, Ministry of Defence and Prime Minister's Office press release, 22 Oct 2026: Military planes and helicopters to fight wildfires from the sky](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/military-planes-and-helicopters-to-fight-wildfires-from-the-sky) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Antisemitism training for every school > “All the resources, materials and training to implement the report will be available for our schools and colleges within the year.” > > — Lucy Powell, Secretary of State for Education, Labour Party; Commons statement, 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [Lucy Powell](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/lucy-powell), Secretary of State for Education - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Schools and colleges in England, their staff and Jewish pupils - **When:** Within the year - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-21/debates/CAAFE9F2-EA1F-42E9-9F73-ECD65FA13C2B/AntisemitismInSchoolsAndColleges (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-antisemitism-school-resources-2026 ### Where it stands The Education Secretary said the government accepts all 27 recommendations of Sir David Bell's review of antisemitism in schools and colleges, including treating antisemitism as a safeguarding issue. The Department for Education's release lists training for education leaders, safeguarding and impartiality guidance, better reporting of incidents and support for complex cases. She said there will be new funding but gave no figure, and "within the year" does not say whether she means 2026 or the next twelve months, so the card has no deadline. The card moves when the resources and training are published. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The Education Secretary tells the Commons that resources, materials and training to implement the antisemitism review will be available to schools and colleges within the year ### About the cost The Education Secretary said there will be new funding, without a figure. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 21 Oct 2026: Antisemitism in Schools and Colleges (Education Secretary's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-21/debates/CAAFE9F2-EA1F-42E9-9F73-ECD65FA13C2B/AntisemitismInSchoolsAndColleges) - [Department for Education press release, 21 Oct 2026: "Generational moment" as government acts on landmark antisemitism review](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/generational-moment-as-government-acts-on-landmark-antisemitism-review) - [Written ministerial statement HCWS400, 21 Oct 2026: Sir David Bell review into antisemitism in schools and colleges](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-21/HCWS400) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## High-risk cosmetics only by professionals > “Under the new rules, anyone carrying out the highest-risk cosmetic procedures will need to be a qualified, trained and regulated professional, giving people confidence they’re in safe hands.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department of Health and Social Care), 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department of Health and Social Care) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People having cosmetic procedures in England - **When:** Parliamentary process planned for spring 2027; start date not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cosmetic-cowboys-crackdown-continues-with-new-restrictions (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cosmetic-high-risk-rules-2026 ### Where it stands Draft regulations for England would make fillers injected outside the face, such as liquid Brazilian butt lifts, surgery that only doctors may perform, and limit procedures such as deep chemical peels and vampire facials to doctors, dentists and some nurses, midwives and pharmacists. Under-18s would be barred from high-risk treatments. A consultation is open until 13 January 2027, and the release says the Parliamentary process is currently planned for spring 2027; it gives no date for the rules to take effect. The card moves when the regulations are made. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The government publishes draft regulations restricting the highest-risk cosmetic procedures to qualified, regulated professionals ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department of Health and Social Care press release, 21 Oct 2026: Cosmetic cowboys crackdown continues with new restrictions](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cosmetic-cowboys-crackdown-continues-with-new-restrictions) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## License lower-risk cosmetic procedures > “We are also committed to introducing a local authority licensing scheme for lower-risk cosmetic procedures in the current Parliament, ensuring that practitioners are appropriately trained, insured, and working to safe standards.” > > — Karin Smyth, Minister of State for Health (Secondary Care), Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Karin Smyth](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/karin-smyth), Minister of State for Health (Secondary Care) - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People having lower-risk cosmetic treatments such as Botox and fillers, and the practitioners who provide them - **When:** In the current Parliament - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-21/HCWS402 (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cosmetic-licensing-scheme-2026 ### Where it stands The minister made the commitment alongside a consultation on restricting the highest-risk procedures to regulated professionals. The Department of Health and Social Care's release the same day names Botox and lip filler among the lower-risk treatments. Neither gives a date within this Parliament, so the card has no deadline. The card moves when the licensing scheme is set out in regulations. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The health minister commits to a local authority licensing scheme for lower-risk cosmetic procedures in this Parliament ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS402, 21 Oct 2026: Cosmetic regulations consultation](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-21/HCWS402) - [Department of Health and Social Care press release, 21 Oct 2026: Cosmetic cowboys crackdown continues with new restrictions](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cosmetic-cowboys-crackdown-continues-with-new-restrictions) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Teach a Digital Systems and Data V Level > “Digital Systems and Data is among the first V Level subjects, with teaching due to begin from September 2027, giving the technology sector an early opportunity to shape practical, employer-relevant content.” > > — HM Government; Digital and Technologies Jobs Plan, 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Digital and Technologies Jobs Plan - **Deadline:** 30 September 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Students aged 16 to 19 in England choosing a vocational route into technology - **When:** Teaching from September 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-digital-v-level-2027 ### Where it stands V Levels are a new Level 3 vocational route alongside A Levels and T Levels, which the plan says will replace many existing vocational qualifications over time. The plan also promises two new Level 2 certificates, in Digital Systems and Data from September 2027 and in Digital Administration from September 2028, subject to final content development. "From September 2027" is read as 30 September 2027. The card moves when the qualification is approved for first teaching. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The government says teaching of the Digital Systems and Data V Level is due to begin from September 2027 - 30 September 2027, Deadline (to come): Teaching of the Digital Systems and Data V Level due to begin by September 2027 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, 21 Oct 2026: Digital and Technologies Jobs Plan](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Set up a £2 billion Energy Wealth Fund > “The Chancellor is also announcing today the establishment of a new Energy Wealth Fund, which will use tax revenues from North Sea oil and gas to invest in renewable and low carbon energy projects and support the green transition. Reflecting our commitment to the North Sea, this will start with an initial £2 billion injection of funding, with future revenues from the North Sea flowing into the fund over time.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Energy Security and Net Zero and HM Treasury), 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Energy Security and Net Zero and HM Treasury) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Renewable and low carbon energy projects across the UK, paid for from North Sea oil and gas taxes - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Tax revenues from North Sea oil and gas - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/jackdaw-gas-field-gets-green-light (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-energy-wealth-fund-2026 ### Where it stands Announced on the day the Energy Secretary agreed the Jackdaw gas field can produce gas. The fund will sit within the National Wealth Fund and invest in renewable and low carbon energy infrastructure, and the release says the announcement comes ahead of the Budget. It does not say when the £2 billion will be paid in or how much of future North Sea revenue will follow. The card moves when the fund is set up or the money is allocated. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The Chancellor announces a new Energy Wealth Fund, starting with £2 billion, to invest North Sea tax revenues in renewable and low carbon energy ### About the cost An initial £2 billion, with future North Sea revenues to follow over time. No period is given, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Department for Energy Security and Net Zero and HM Treasury press release, 21 Oct 2026: Jackdaw gas field gets green light](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/jackdaw-gas-field-gets-green-light) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Appeals against £75,000 Horizon offers > “In May, the department announced that it would establish an independent process through which eligible postmasters who accepted the £75,000 Horizon Shortfall Scheme Fixed Sum Offer could seek permission to have their claim fully assessed through the Horizon Shortfall Scheme Appeals process. I can now confirm that we expect to launch that process in November.” > > — Kate Dearden, Minister for the Future of Work, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Kate Dearden](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kate-dearden), Minister for the Future of Work - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 30 November 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Postmasters who accepted the £75,000 Horizon Shortfall Scheme fixed sum offer - **When:** November 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-21/HCWS397 (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-horizon-fixed-sum-appeals-2026 ### Where it stands The process was first announced in May 2026. Postmasters who accepted the £75,000 fixed sum offer will have four months to register and must explain why the sum undervalued their claim; an assessor independent of the government and the Post Office decides whether the claim is assessed in full. "November" is read as 30 November 2026. The card moves when the process opens. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The Post Office minister says the process for appealing £75,000 fixed sum offers is expected to launch in November - 30 November 2026, Deadline (to come): Fixed sum offer appeals process due to launch in November 2026 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS397, 21 Oct 2026: Post Office Redress progress](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-21/HCWS397) - [Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade press release, 21 Oct 2026: New action on redress for postmasters affected by Post Office scandals](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-action-on-redress-for-postmasters-affected-by-post-office-scandals) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Independent review of Horizon rejections > “In response, the Shortfall Independent Review will commence in late October. Eligible cases will be referred to an assessor independent of both Post Office and Government. This means no claimant will be refused HSS redress based on Post Office’s decision alone.” > > — Kate Dearden, Minister for the Future of Work, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Kate Dearden](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kate-dearden), Minister for the Future of Work - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 31 October 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Postmasters told there is too little evidence for a Horizon Shortfall Scheme fixed sum offer - **When:** Late October 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-21/HCWS397 (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-horizon-shortfall-review-2026 ### Where it stands Sir Gary Hickinbottom recommended in May 2026 that a Post Office decision that there is too little evidence for a Horizon Shortfall Scheme fixed sum offer should be independently reviewed before a claim is rejected; the government and the Post Office accepted it. The Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade's release says the review will begin later this month. "Late October" is read as 31 October 2026. The card moves when the government confirms the review has started. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The Post Office minister says an independent review of claims the Post Office would reject for lack of evidence will start in late October - 31 October 2026, Deadline (to come): Shortfall Independent Review due to start in late October 2026 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS397, 21 Oct 2026: Post Office Redress progress](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-21/HCWS397) - [Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade press release, 21 Oct 2026: New action on redress for postmasters affected by Post Office scandals](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-action-on-redress-for-postmasters-affected-by-post-office-scandals) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## TechFirst to reach a million by 2028 > “Through TechFirst we aim to reach one million young people across the UK with meaningful AI and technology learning by 2028, a year earlier than planned, weighted towards the schools furthest from opportunity.” > > — HM Government; Digital and Technologies Jobs Plan, 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Digital and Technologies Jobs Plan - **Deadline:** 31 December 2028 - **Cost a year:** Costs £7m to £9m a year (central £8m by Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, official) - **Who it affects:** Young people across the UK, weighted towards schools furthest from opportunity - **When:** By 2028 - **Paid for by:** The TechFirst youth strand, £24 million over three years - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-techfirst-one-million-2028 ### Where it stands TechFirst is the government's technology skills programme, backed by up to £250 million in all. The press release the same day says every secondary school can now use it and that 400,000 of the million should come from the most disadvantaged schools. The card moves when the government reports how many young people TechFirst has reached. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The government aims to reach one million young people with AI and technology learning through TechFirst by 2028, a year earlier than planned - 31 December 2028, Deadline (to come): One million young people reached by TechFirst due by 2028 ### About the cost The government's own figure: the youth strand is backed by £24 million over three years, shown as £8 million a year on average. The plan does not say which three years. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, 21 Oct 2026: Digital and Technologies Jobs Plan](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan) ### Sources - [Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, 21 Oct 2026: Digital and Technologies Jobs Plan](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan) - [Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport and Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade press release, 21 Oct 2026: 10,000 young people to get foot in the door of Britain's tech sector as work placements rolled out across the country](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/10000-young-people-to-get-foot-in-the-door-of-britains-tech-sector-as-work-placements-rolled-out-across-the-country) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## 300 women into tech jobs by March 2027 > “Through the TechFirst Women’s Programme, 300 women across the UK will receive mentoring, skills development and matching with live vacancies, with the aim of securing paid roles lasting at least six months by March 2027.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport and Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade), 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport and Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade) - **Deadline:** 31 March 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Women across the UK moving into technology jobs - **When:** By March 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/10000-young-people-to-get-foot-in-the-door-of-britains-tech-sector-as-work-placements-rolled-out-across-the-country (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-techfirst-women-300-2027 ### Where it stands The TechFirst Women's Programme offers mentoring, skills development and matching with live vacancies. The Digital and Technologies Jobs Plan, published the same day, says at least 300 women will be supported into paid roles in frontier technologies such as AI, cyber security and quantum. Neither gives a cost. The card moves when the government reports how many women on the programme are in paid roles. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The government aims for 300 women on the TechFirst Women's Programme to secure paid roles of at least six months by March 2027 - 31 March 2027, Deadline (to come): 300 women in paid tech roles due by March 2027 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport and Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade press release, 21 Oct 2026: 10,000 young people to get foot in the door of Britain's tech sector as work placements rolled out across the country](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/10000-young-people-to-get-foot-in-the-door-of-britains-tech-sector-as-work-placements-rolled-out-across-the-country) - [Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, 21 Oct 2026: Digital and Technologies Jobs Plan](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan/digital-and-technologies-jobs-plan) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Remove VAT barrier to donated medicines > “We have been working on a solution that will remove VAT as a barrier to free-of-charge donations of innovative medicines. It will be permanent, backdated to 23 June, so that it supports companies to continue to make donations. We will set out the details shortly” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Prime Minister's Questions, 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Prime Minister's Questions - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Patients receiving innovative medicines donated free of charge, and the companies that donate them - **When:** Backdated to 23 June; details to follow shortly - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-21/debates/75C8A826-17E0-47BD-A4C3-A2DCD01144FB/Engagements (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-vat-donated-medicines-2026 ### Where it stands Asked about a patient whose cancer drug was no longer given free after a drug company left a compassionate use scheme following the government's VAT changes, the Prime Minister said the Exchequer Secretary has announced a new approach. He gave no cost and no date for the details. The card moves when the government publishes the change. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister says the government will remove VAT as a barrier to free donations of innovative medicines, permanently and backdated to 23 June ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 21 Oct 2026: Engagements (Prime Minister's Questions)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-21/debates/75C8A826-17E0-47BD-A4C3-A2DCD01144FB/Engagements) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## Any council to help homeless veterans > “We will use this power to ensure that where those who have served our country seek homelessness assistance from a local authority, they will not be referred elsewhere simply because they lack a local connection, thereby allowing them to seek support wherever they present.” > > — Matthew Pennycook, Minister of State for Housing and Planning, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 21 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Matthew Pennycook](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/matthew-pennycook), Minister of State for Housing and Planning - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 21 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** UK armed forces veterans seeking homelessness help in England - **When:** When the Social Housing Bill becomes law (date not stated) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-21/HCWS401 (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-veterans-homelessness-help-2026 ### Where it stands The minister has tabled an amendment to the Social Housing Bill giving the government a power to say when a council may not refer a homeless household to another council for lack of a local connection; this is how the government means to use it. The housing release of 20 October says the same for councils in England. No date is given. The card moves when the Bill becomes law and the power is used. ### Timeline - 21 October 2026, Promised: The housing minister says a new power will stop councils referring homeless veterans elsewhere because they lack a local connection ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS401, 21 Oct 2026: Social Housing Bill: Commons Committee Stage Amendments](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-21/HCWS401) - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government press release, 20 Oct 2026: Domestic abusers face eviction as survivors gain housing rights](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/domestic-abusers-face-eviction-as-survivors-gain-housing-rights) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. --- ## £140m for 14 new urgent care schemes > “Today (18 October), the government is announcing that almost £140 million will be invested in 14 new urgent care schemes across England, including new urgent treatment centres (UTCs) and same day emergency care services (SDECs), new ambulance fleets, and emergency department upgrades, providing a significant increase in frontline and urgent care capacity.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department of Health and Social Care), 18 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 18 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department of Health and Social Care) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** NHS patients in England using urgent and emergency care at the 14 hospitals named - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/140-million-boost-to-urgent-care-to-ease-winter-pressures-on-nhs (checked word for word at its source on 19 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-urgent-care-14-schemes-2026 ### Where it stands The release lists the 14 schemes in its notes to editors, with the hospital and the money for each: new urgent treatment centres, same day emergency care services, ambulance fleets and emergency department upgrades. Some amounts are spread over two or four years, and the release gives no date for the schemes to open. The card moves when the department or NHS England reports the schemes funded or open. ### Timeline - 18 October 2026, Promised: The government announces almost £140 million for 14 new urgent care schemes across England ### About the cost The release says almost £140 million across the 14 schemes, with no single period: its notes spread some amounts over two or four years. ### Sources - [Department of Health and Social Care press release, 18 Oct 2026: £140 million boost to urgent care to ease winter pressures on NHS](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/140-million-boost-to-urgent-care-to-ease-winter-pressures-on-nhs) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 19 October 2026. --- ## 25 urgent care sites open for winter > “A further 25 new or expanded urgent care sites announced in April will be open for winter, providing additional frontline capacity as the NHS prepares for the heavy demands of the colder months.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department of Health and Social Care), 18 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 18 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department of Health and Social Care) - **Deadline:** 28 February 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** NHS patients in England using urgent care this winter - **When:** For winter 2026 to 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/140-million-boost-to-urgent-care-to-ease-winter-pressures-on-nhs (checked word for word at its source on 19 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-urgent-care-25-sites-winter-2027 ### Where it stands A restatement: the release says these 25 new or expanded urgent care sites were announced in April, read as April 2026 since the release is dated 18 October 2026. "For winter" is read as by the last day of winter, 28 February 2027. The release does not list the sites or give their cost. The card moves when the department or NHS England reports the 25 sites open. ### Timeline - 18 October 2026, Promised: The government says 25 new or expanded urgent care sites announced in April will be open for winter - 28 February 2027, Deadline (to come): 25 new or expanded urgent care sites due open for winter ### About the cost No cost has been published for these 25 sites. ### Sources - [Department of Health and Social Care press release, 18 Oct 2026: £140 million boost to urgent care to ease winter pressures on NHS](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/140-million-boost-to-urgent-care-to-ease-winter-pressures-on-nhs) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 19 October 2026. --- ## Carbon price on carbon-intensive imports from 2027 > “The government is introducing a Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) from 1 January 2027. It will ensure that highly traded, carbon-intensive goods imported into the UK face a carbon price comparable to the price that would be paid were the goods produced in the UK.” > > — James Murray, Financial Secretary to the Treasury, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 16 October 2026 - **Status:** Legislated - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [James Murray](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/james-murray), Financial Secretary to the Treasury - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 16 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 1 January 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** UK importers of highly traded, carbon-intensive goods - **When:** From 1 January 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-16/HCWS387 (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-carbon-border-levy-2027 ### Where it stands The Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) puts a carbon price on highly traded, carbon-intensive goods imported into the UK; the Finance Act 2026 provides its legal framework and two sets of regulations have been laid. The statement publishes illustrative rates for the first quarter of 2027 and the default emissions values for 2027 and 2028, commits to country-specific default values from 2029, and says the official first-quarter rates will be published before the end of the calendar year. The card moves to delivering when the mechanism starts on 1 January 2027. ### Timeline - 16 October 2026, Promised: The Financial Secretary to the Treasury says the government is introducing a Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism from 1 January 2027 - 16 October 2026, Legislated: The statement records that the Finance Act 2026, which provides the mechanism's legal framework, has Royal Assent, and that two sets of CBAM regulations have been laid ([evidence](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-16/HCWS387)) - 1 January 2027, Deadline (to come): The Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism due to start on 1 January 2027 ### About the cost The statement gives no figure for what the mechanism will raise or cost. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS387, 16 Oct 2026: Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) – October 2026 CBAM Rate and Default Emissions Values update](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-16/HCWS387) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Create two defence technical colleges in Scotland > “In March we announced a £10 million commitment to develop two Defence Technical Excellence Colleges in Scotland. I’m pleased that the Scottish Government has now agreed to match fund these colleges to give our young people the skills they need to secure high-skilled, well-paid careers in Scotland’s defence sector in the years to come.” > > — Douglas Alexander, Scottish Secretary, Labour Party; Press release (Scotland Office), quote from the Scottish Secretary, 16 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [Douglas Alexander](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/douglas-alexander), Scottish Secretary - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 16 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Scotland Office), quote from the Scottish Secretary - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Young people in Scotland seeking careers in defence engineering, advanced manufacturing and maritime technology - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** £10 million from the UK government, matched by the Scottish Government, within the £50 million Scottish Defence Growth Deal - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/douglas-alexander-welcomes-defence-skills-investment-boost (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-defence-colleges-scotland-2026 ### Where it stands The UK government first committed £10 million to two Defence Technical Excellence Colleges, one in the east and one in the west of Scotland, when the Scottish Secretary launched the £50 million Scottish Defence Growth Deal on 12 March. The offer depended on the Scottish Government matching it, which it has now agreed to do. The release gives no opening date. The card moves when the colleges' sites or opening dates are announced. ### Timeline - 16 October 2026, Promised: The Scottish Secretary says the Scottish Government will match the UK government's £10 million for two Defence Technical Excellence Colleges in Scotland ### About the cost £10 million from the UK government, matched by the Scottish Government. No period is given, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Scotland Office press release, 16 Oct 2026: Douglas Alexander welcomes defence skills investment boost](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/douglas-alexander-welcomes-defence-skills-investment-boost) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Give antidepressant patients a safety leaflet in 2027 > “Finally, a supporting safety (ancillary) leaflet is being developed by the MHRA with the wider healthcare system, which will be given to patients at their first appointment discussing antidepressants. It will describe the key risks and benefits to support informed decision making about their treatment. This safety leaflet will also be given to patients who are already receiving antidepressants. This will be available in 2027.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency), 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Patients starting antidepressants, and patients already taking them - **When:** In 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/mhra-introduces-new-safeguards-to-strengthen-antidepressant-safety-information-following-major-review (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-antidepressant-safety-leaflet-2027 ### Where it stands The leaflet follows a review, started by the Commission on Human Medicines, of how leaflets explain the risks of suicidal thoughts and behaviours and of sexual dysfunction that continues after treatment stops. The same release says patient information leaflets will carry a new boxed warning and, for certain antidepressants, the term Post SSRI Sexual Dysfunction. 2027 is read as the end of 2027. The card moves when the leaflet is published. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: The medicines regulator says a safety leaflet for antidepressant patients will be available in 2027 - 31 December 2027, Deadline (to come): Antidepressant safety leaflet due to be available in 2027 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency press release, 15 Oct 2026: MHRA introduces new safeguards to strengthen antidepressant safety information following major review](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/mhra-introduces-new-safeguards-to-strengthen-antidepressant-safety-information-following-major-review) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Introduce a fair pay agreement for care workers > “We will introduce the first fair pay agreement in adult social care, backed by half a billion pounds.” > > — Alison McGovern, Minister for Social Care and Mental Health; Commons statement, 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [Alison McGovern](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/alison-mcgovern), Minister for Social Care and Mental Health - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Care workers in adult social care - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-15/debates/971754D8-183E-459F-8404-390D4E0A0C0E/NationalCareService (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-care-fair-pay-agreement-2026 ### Where it stands Made in the Minister for Social Care and Mental Health's statement on the national care service. She said the agreement will put care workers "under the protective umbrella of collective bargaining", and later in the debate that the government is "cracking on" with it. She gave no date and did not say over what period the half a billion pounds is spent. The card moves when the agreement is made or a date is set. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: The Minister for Social Care and Mental Health tells the Commons the government will introduce the first fair pay agreement in adult social care, backed by half a billion pounds ### About the cost Half a billion pounds, with no period given, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 15 Oct 2026: National Care Service (Minister for Social Care and Mental Health's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-15/debates/971754D8-183E-459F-8404-390D4E0A0C0E/NationalCareService) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Great British Railways' Derby HQ by spring 2029 > “Construction of the brand-new development in at Becketwell, a brownfield site in the heart of Derby city centre, is expected to begin in early 2027 and be completed by spring 2029.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Transport), 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Transport) - **Deadline:** 31 May 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Rail passengers, Great British Railways staff (up to 450 at the site) and Derby - **When:** Construction from early 2027, completed by spring 2029 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/great-british-railways-takes-shape-as-hq-and-apprenticeship-scheme-confirmed (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-gbr-hq-derby-2029 ### Where it stands The headquarters is at Becketwell, a brownfield site in Derby city centre, and will hold up to 450 Great British Railways staff. Construction is expected to begin in early 2027; spring 2029 is read as 31 May 2029. The release estimates a £151 million boost to the region's economy but gives no cost for the building. The card moves when construction starts. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: The government confirms Becketwell in Derby as the site of Great British Railways' headquarters, to be completed by spring 2029 - 31 May 2029, Deadline (to come): Great British Railways' headquarters in Derby due to be completed by spring 2029 ### About the cost No cost for the headquarters has been published. ### Sources - [Department for Transport press release, 15 Oct 2026: Great British Railways takes shape as HQ and apprenticeship scheme confirmed](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/great-british-railways-takes-shape-as-hq-and-apprenticeship-scheme-confirmed) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## £92m for places of worship, £75m for heritage > “The Places of Worship Renewal Fund is worth £92 million across this parliament, and the Heritage at Risk Capital Fund is worth £75 million across the parliament.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport), 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Culture & sport](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/culture-and-sport) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Historic places of worship and heritage buildings at risk in England - **When:** Across this parliament - **Paid for by:** The £1.5 billion Arts Everywhere Fund - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-drive-to-restore-churches-and-revitalise-heritage-buildings-in-communities-across-england-announced (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-heritage-repair-funds-2026 ### Where it stands Both funds are part of the £1.5 billion Arts Everywhere Fund, are run by Historic England and give priority to the areas of England in greatest need. This round gives over £18 million to 51 places of worship, the first awards from that fund, and nearly £13 million to 20 heritage at risk projects; the heritage fund made 37 awards for 2025/26 in August 2025. A second round of each for 2026/27 is to be announced later, and the release does not say when this parliament ends, so the card has no deadline. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: The government says the Places of Worship Renewal Fund is worth £92 million and the Heritage at Risk Capital Fund £75 million across this parliament - 15 October 2026, Delivering: The Heritage Minister announces that 51 places of worship will share over £18 million and 20 heritage at risk projects nearly £13 million ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-drive-to-restore-churches-and-revitalise-heritage-buildings-in-communities-across-england-announced)) ### About the cost £92 million and £75 million across this parliament. The release gives no number of years, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport press release, 15 Oct 2026: Major drive to restore churches and revitalise heritage buildings in communities across England announced](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-drive-to-restore-churches-and-revitalise-heritage-buildings-in-communities-across-england-announced) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Enrol up to 600 rail apprentices by 2030 > “Up to 600 apprentices between 16 and 21 years old will enrol over the next 4 years on the rail foundation apprenticeship, with the first starters based in Derby helping to cement the city’s role as Europe’s largest rail hub and fostering the next generation of Britian’s railway workforce.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Transport), 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Transport) - **Deadline:** 15 October 2030 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Young people aged 16 to 21, starting in Derby - **When:** Over the 4 years from 15 October 2026 - **Paid for by:** Part of the government's £2.5 billion youth employment support package, the Work and Pensions Secretary says - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/great-british-railways-takes-shape-as-hq-and-apprenticeship-scheme-confirmed (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-rail-apprentices-600-2030 ### Where it stands The rail foundation apprenticeship is for people aged 16 to 21, with the first starters based in Derby. The release, dated 15 October 2026, says up to 600 will enrol over the next 4 years, read from that date; it sets no minimum. The card moves when the first apprentices start. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: The government says up to 600 apprentices aged 16 to 21 will enrol on the rail foundation apprenticeship over the next 4 years - 15 October 2030, Deadline (to come): Up to 600 rail foundation apprentices due to have enrolled by October 2030 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department for Transport press release, 15 Oct 2026: Great British Railways takes shape as HQ and apprenticeship scheme confirmed](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/great-british-railways-takes-shape-as-hq-and-apprenticeship-scheme-confirmed) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## A rape case courtroom in every Crown Court > “Backed by a multi-million cash injection, every Crown Court in England and Wales will get at least one courtroom especially set up to hear rape and serious sexual offence cases over the next two years, helping to hold more perpetrators to account.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Ministry of Justice), 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Ministry of Justice) - **Deadline:** 15 October 2028 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Victims of rape and serious sexual offences, and every Crown Court in England and Wales - **When:** Over the two years from 15 October 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/victims-of-abuse-to-be-better-supported-by-their-community (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-rape-courtroom-every-crown-court-2028 ### Where it stands The commitment is in the further information of a release launching the Respond strand of the government's ENOUGH campaign on violence against women and girls; the release says it is backed by a multi-million cash injection. The two years are read from the release's date, 15 October 2026. The government's response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts (12 October 2026) says £23 million has been announced for specialist courts for rape and sexual offences in the Crown Court. The card moves when the government reports courtrooms set up. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: The government says every Crown Court in England and Wales will get at least one courtroom set up to hear rape and serious sexual offence cases within two years - 15 October 2028, Deadline (to come): A courtroom for rape and serious sexual offence cases due in every Crown Court by October 2028 ### About the cost The release says a multi-million cash injection; it gives no figure. ### Sources - [Ministry of Justice press release, 15 Oct 2026: Victims of abuse to be better supported by their community](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/victims-of-abuse-to-be-better-supported-by-their-community) - [Ministry of Justice, 12 Oct 2026: Government response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Remove two dead satellites from orbit by 2032 > “Government backs new spacecraft with more than £60m to remove two defunct satellites from orbit by 2032.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade), 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2032 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The services that depend on satellites, such as GPS, weather forecasts and communications - **When:** Launch in 2029; both satellites removed by 2032 - **Paid for by:** More than £60 million from the government - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/world-first-mission-puts-uk-expertise-to-work-to-help-clean-up-space (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-space-debris-removal-2032 ### Where it stands The UK Active Debris Removal mission is run by the UK Space Agency with ClearSpace UK as its industry delivery partner. The spacecraft is to launch in 2029 from Saxavord Spaceport in Scotland and release the two satellites lower into the atmosphere, where they burn up. The release does not name the satellites; 2032 is read as the end of 2032. The card moves when the spacecraft launches. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: The government backs a spacecraft with more than £60 million to remove two defunct satellites from orbit by 2032 - 31 December 2032, Deadline (to come): Two defunct satellites due to be removed from orbit by 2032 ### About the cost More than £60 million, with no period given, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade press release, 15 Oct 2026: World-first mission puts UK expertise to work to help clean up space](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/world-first-mission-puts-uk-expertise-to-work-to-help-clean-up-space) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Support £12.5bn of new export contracts by 2029 > “By 2029, UKEF aims to support UK firms to win over £12.5 billion of new export contracts through its export finance offer.” > > — HM Government; Press release (UK Export Finance), 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (UK Export Finance) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** UK firms that export, through UK Export Finance's loans, guarantees and insurance - **When:** By 2029 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/exeter-self-driving-boat-manufacturer-goes-overseas-with-government-backed-finance (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ukef-export-contracts-2029 ### Where it stands UK Export Finance (UKEF) is the government's export credit agency. The release, about a £150,000 trade loan to an Exeter boat maker, says UKEF provided over £11 billion in loans, guarantees and insurance in the last financial year; it does not say from when contracts count towards the £12.5 billion. 2029 is read as the end of 2029. The card moves when UKEF reports the value of contracts it has supported. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: UK Export Finance says it aims to support UK firms to win over £12.5 billion of new export contracts by 2029 - 31 December 2029, Deadline (to come): Over £12.5 billion of new export contracts supported by UK Export Finance due by 2029 ### About the cost The £12.5 billion is the value of export contracts UK firms win, not public spending. No cost has been published. ### Sources - [UK Export Finance press release, 15 Oct 2026: Exeter self-driving boat manufacturer goes overseas with government-backed finance](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/exeter-self-driving-boat-manufacturer-goes-overseas-with-government-backed-finance) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Create Vocational GCSEs to replace Technical Awards > “Every young person across the country will also be able to pursue prestigious new Vocational GCSEs and access work experience, as part of the Prime Minister’s commitment in his first week in the role to put technical education on an equal footing with the traditional academic path. The new national qualifications will be created to sit alongside traditional GCSEs and will replace the current Technical Awards.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Work and Pensions), 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Work and Pensions) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Young people choosing vocational subjects; the new qualifications replace the current Technical Awards - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britains-biggest-hospitality-brands-partner-with-government-to-deliver-100000-jobs-for-neet-young-people (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-vocational-gcses-2026 ### Where it stands The release says this is part of the Prime Minister's commitment, made in his first week in the role, to put technical education on an equal footing with the traditional academic path. It gives no date for the first Vocational GCSEs, no subjects and no cost. The card moves when the government publishes the qualifications or the date schools start teaching them. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: The government says new Vocational GCSEs will be created and will replace the current Technical Awards ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department for Work and Pensions press release, 15 Oct 2026: Britain's biggest hospitality brands partner with Government to deliver 100,000 jobs for NEET young people](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britains-biggest-hospitality-brands-partner-with-government-to-deliver-100000-jobs-for-neet-young-people) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Create 200,000 more work experience placements > “A new National Mission on Work Experience will work with employers, mayors and local leaders to create 200,000 additional work experience placements, while expanding technical and vocational pathways.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Work and Pensions), 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Work and Pensions) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Young people leaving education - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britains-biggest-hospitality-brands-partner-with-government-to-deliver-100000-jobs-for-neet-young-people (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-work-experience-200k-2026 ### Where it stands A new National Mission on Work Experience is to create the placements with employers, mayors and local leaders. The same release also lists 300,000 additional work experience and training placements alongside the Jobs Guarantee, without saying how the two figures relate. It gives no date and no cost for the 200,000. The card moves when the government reports placements created. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: The government says a new National Mission on Work Experience will create 200,000 additional work experience placements ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department for Work and Pensions press release, 15 Oct 2026: Britain's biggest hospitality brands partner with Government to deliver 100,000 jobs for NEET young people](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britains-biggest-hospitality-brands-partner-with-government-to-deliver-100000-jobs-for-neet-young-people) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Recruit 1,000 new youth workers from spring 2027 > “This comes as the Government’s new £450 million Youth Matters programme will help prevent young people disengaging from work and education, by creating and improving youth spaces, increasing access to youth workers and delivering more face-to-face activities for young people from sport and music to volunteering and the arts, backed by a commitment to recruit 1,000 new youth workers from spring 2027.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Work and Pensions), 15 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Culture & sport](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/culture-and-sport) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 15 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Work and Pensions) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Young people, through 1,000 new youth workers - **When:** Recruitment from spring 2027 - **Paid for by:** The government's £450 million Youth Matters programme - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britains-biggest-hospitality-brands-partner-with-government-to-deliver-100000-jobs-for-neet-young-people (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-youth-workers-1000-2027 ### Where it stands The youth workers are part of the government's new £450 million Youth Matters programme, which the release says will create and improve youth spaces and deliver more face-to-face activities for young people. It gives a start, spring 2027, but no date by which all 1,000 will be in post, so the card has no deadline. The card moves when recruitment starts. ### Timeline - 15 October 2026, Promised: The government commits to recruit 1,000 new youth workers from spring 2027 under its £450 million Youth Matters programme ### About the cost The release gives £450 million for the Youth Matters programme as a whole, with no period and no figure for the youth workers, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Department for Work and Pensions press release, 15 Oct 2026: Britain's biggest hospitality brands partner with Government to deliver 100,000 jobs for NEET young people](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britains-biggest-hospitality-brands-partner-with-government-to-deliver-100000-jobs-for-neet-young-people) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Create a legal duty to fix unsafe cladding > “The Bill brings forward a new legal duty on those responsible for the safety of their buildings, such as freeholders, to identify, assess, and fix issues without delay – anyone who obstructs this work could face criminal penalties.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government), 14 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 14 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Those responsible for the safety of their buildings, such as freeholders, and the residents of buildings with unsafe cladding - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-milestone-reached-in-ending-building-safety-crisis (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cladding-legal-duty-2026 ### Where it stands The Remediation of Unsafe Cladding Bill was introduced to Parliament on 14 October 2026, so the duty is not yet law. The same Bill would let the First-tier Tribunal fine a responsible entity up to £500,000 for not complying with a Remediation Order, let third parties such as Homes England or local authorities carry out remediation if those responsible continuously fail to act, create a register of all medium rise residential buildings in England, set a consistent approach for fire risk appraisals of external walls, and require responsible entities to share remediation plans with residents. The release does not say when the duty would start. The card moves to legislated when the Bill becomes law with it. ### Timeline - 14 October 2026, Promised: The Remediation of Unsafe Cladding Bill, with a new legal duty to identify, assess and fix issues without delay, is introduced to Parliament ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government press release, 14 Oct 2026: Major milestone reached in ending building safety crisis](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-milestone-reached-in-ending-building-safety-crisis) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Unsafe cladding fixed or scheduled by 2029 > “The expectation remains that by the end of 2029, every building over 11 metres with unsafe cladding should either have been remediated or have a clear date for completion – the key change being that tougher powers will become available before this.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government), 14 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 14 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Residents of buildings over 11 metres with unsafe cladding - **When:** By the end of 2029 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-milestone-reached-in-ending-building-safety-crisis (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cladding-remediation-2029 ### Where it stands The release says this expectation "remains", so the target is not new; it does not say when it was first set. It came as the Remediation of Unsafe Cladding Bill was introduced to Parliament on 14 October 2026; the release says the key change is that tougher powers will become available before the end of 2029. It also says over 470 more buildings are reported to have completed cladding remediation since the Remediation Acceleration Plan was published. The card moves when the government reports how many buildings over 11 metres are remediated or have a completion date. ### Timeline - 14 October 2026, Promised: The government says it still expects every building over 11 metres with unsafe cladding to be remediated, or to have a clear completion date, by the end of 2029 - 31 December 2029, Deadline (to come): Every building over 11 metres with unsafe cladding due to be remediated or to have a clear completion date ### About the cost No cost is given for this target. The release says the government has committed over £5 billion to remediation, plus an extra £1bn for social housing providers, without saying over what period. ### Sources - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government press release, 14 Oct 2026: Major milestone reached in ending building safety crisis](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-milestone-reached-in-ending-building-safety-crisis) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Create 10,000 new foster places this Parliament > “This is why the government aims to create 10,000 new foster places by the end of this parliament.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Education), 14 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 14 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Education) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Children in the care system in England, and people who could become foster carers - **When:** By the end of this Parliament - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/national-call-to-recruit-more-foster-carers-launched-at-number-10 (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-foster-places-10k-2026 ### Where it stands The release calls this the government's ambition, so the target is not new; it does not say when it was first set. It came with a national campaign to recruit foster carers, launched at 10 Downing Street on 13 October 2026, and says the number of approved foster carers has fallen by 12% since 2019. The release gives no date for the end of this Parliament and no count of places so far, so the card has no deadline. The card moves when the government reports how many new foster places have been created. ### Timeline - 14 October 2026, Promised: The government says it aims to create 10,000 new foster places by the end of this Parliament, as it launches a national campaign to recruit foster carers ### About the cost No cost is given for the 10,000 places. The release says the Department for Education is providing £88 million of funding to reform fostering, including £12.4 million for the Fostering Innovation Fund, without saying over what period. ### Sources - [Department for Education press release, 14 Oct 2026: National call to recruit more foster carers launched at Number 10](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/national-call-to-recruit-more-foster-carers-launched-at-number-10) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## New community mental health centres across the country > “The mental health strategy will do precisely that. It will confirm the plan to open 100 new community mental health centres across the country to get mental health support right into communities, and the Health Secretary is ensuring that we also bring forward 59 mental health emergency departments to give same-day support to people experiencing a crisis.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Prime Minister's Questions, 14 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 14 October 2026 - **Where:** Prime Minister's Questions - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People who need mental health support, including people in a mental health crisis - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-21/debates/75C8A826-17E0-47BD-A4C3-A2DCD01144FB/Engagements (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mental-health-centres-2026 ### Where it stands On 14 October 2026 the Prime Minister spoke of 159 new community mental health centres, four of them in Hertfordshire. On 21 October he said the forthcoming mental health strategy will confirm 100 new centres and that 59 mental health emergency departments, offering same-day crisis support, will also be brought forward, one of each in Sunderland. He gave no date, cost or full list of places. The card moves when the strategy is published. ### Timeline - 14 October 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister tells the Commons there will be 159 new community mental health centres across the country, four of them in Hertfordshire - 21 October 2026, Reworded: The Prime Minister tells the Commons the mental health strategy will confirm plans for 100 new community mental health centres, with 59 mental health emergency departments, where a week earlier he spoke of 159 centres ([evidence](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-21/debates/75C8A826-17E0-47BD-A4C3-A2DCD01144FB/Engagements)) ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Earlier wording - Version 1, 14 October 2026: “This might sound disappointing, as we will not be taking forward her specific suggestion, but we will be bringing forward four new community mental health centres across Hertfordshire, as part of 159 across the country.” ([source](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-14/debates/0BFDA327-FA8B-44F9-85C3-02A2F2712280/Engagements)) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 14 Oct 2026: Engagements (Prime Minister's Questions)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-14/debates/0BFDA327-FA8B-44F9-85C3-02A2F2712280/Engagements) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 21 Oct 2026: Engagements (Prime Minister's Questions)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-21/debates/75C8A826-17E0-47BD-A4C3-A2DCD01144FB/Engagements) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Fast-track medicines regulator advice to 45 days > “Introduce a new higher value service option for medicine and medical product developers to fast-track the scientific advice service from 90 days to 45 days.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency), 14 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 14 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Developers of medicines and medical products - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/mhra-2030-strategy-to-modernise-patient-centred-regulation-for-the-era-of-ai-and-personalised-medicines (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mhra-advice-45-days-2026 ### Where it stands One of the commitments in the 2030 Strategy of the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA), an executive agency of the Department of Health and Social Care, set out on 14 October 2026. The release gives no date for the new service option and does not tie this target to 2030. The card moves when the MHRA opens the service. ### Timeline - 14 October 2026, Promised: The MHRA's 2030 Strategy commits to a new service option that fast-tracks scientific advice from 90 days to 45 days ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency press release, 14 Oct 2026: MHRA 2030 Strategy to modernise patient-centred regulation for the era of AI and personalised medicines](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/mhra-2030-strategy-to-modernise-patient-centred-regulation-for-the-era-of-ai-and-personalised-medicines) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Create a national care service > “We will fix it. We will create a national care service.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Prime Minister's Questions, 14 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 14 October 2026 - **Where:** Prime Minister's Questions - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People who need social care, and their families - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-14/debates/0BFDA327-FA8B-44F9-85C3-02A2F2712280/Engagements (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-national-care-service-2026 ### Where it stands Answering a question on social care, the Prime Minister said co-operative principles will be at the heart of the new national care service. The day before, the Work and Pensions Secretary, Pat McFadden, told the Commons that savings from adjusting the triple lock will make a significant contribution to "a rising, more sustainable state pension alongside free personal care through a new national care service", and that Baroness Louise Casey will set out the pace and scale of its roll-out in a final report next summer. Neither gave a date or a cost for the service. The card moves when that report or a plan for the service is published. ### Timeline - 14 October 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister tells the Commons the government will create a national care service ### About the cost Neither the Prime Minister nor the Work and Pensions Secretary gave a cost in the cited debates. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 14 Oct 2026: Engagements (Prime Minister's Questions)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-14/debates/0BFDA327-FA8B-44F9-85C3-02A2F2712280/Engagements) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 13 Oct 2026: Pensions Triple Lock (Work and Pensions Secretary's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-13/debates/72F06588-BF33-4C21-8542-EE9E1293D7C9/PensionsTripleLock) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Grow organic farmland in England to 10% > “Ambition to grow the organically managed land area in England to 10% to support growth across the range of organic sectors (horticulture, arable crops, poultry, red meat and dairy).” > > — HM Government; Organic Action Plan for England, 14 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 14 October 2026 - **Where:** Organic Action Plan for England - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Farmers and growers in England, and people who buy organic food - **When:** Not stated; the plan covers 2026 to 2036 - **Paid for by:** Payment options for organic conversion and maintenance in the Sustainable Farming Incentive and Countryside Stewardship, the plan says - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/organic-action-plan-for-england/organic-action-plan-for-england (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-organic-farmland-10pc-2026 ### Where it stands Organic farming covers around 3.4% of England's utilised agricultural area, the plan says. It is a plan for 2026 to 2036, written by Defra with the English Organic Forum, and it calls 10% an ambition without giving a year, so the card has no deadline. The card moves when Defra reports the organically managed land area. ### Timeline - 14 October 2026, Promised: Defra's Organic Action Plan sets an ambition to grow organically managed land in England to 10% ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Defra, 14 Oct 2026: Organic Action Plan for England](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/organic-action-plan-for-england/organic-action-plan-for-england) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Halve early clinical trial assessment to 14 days > “Cut by half the initial assessment target for qualifying Phase 1 clinical trials to 14 days.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency), 14 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 14 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Those running qualifying Phase 1 clinical trials - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/mhra-2030-strategy-to-modernise-patient-centred-regulation-for-the-era-of-ai-and-personalised-medicines (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-phase-1-trials-14-days-2026 ### Where it stands One of the commitments in the 2030 Strategy of the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA), an executive agency of the Department of Health and Social Care, set out on 14 October 2026. The release does not say which Phase 1 trials qualify, gives no date for the new target and does not tie it to 2030. The card moves when the MHRA starts reporting against the 14-day target. ### Timeline - 14 October 2026, Promised: The MHRA's 2030 Strategy commits to halving the initial assessment target for qualifying Phase 1 clinical trials to 14 days ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency press release, 14 Oct 2026: MHRA 2030 Strategy to modernise patient-centred regulation for the era of AI and personalised medicines](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/mhra-2030-strategy-to-modernise-patient-centred-regulation-for-the-era-of-ai-and-personalised-medicines) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Day-one right to bereavement leave from April 2027 > “It sets out the final details of the bereavement leave entitlement, and the next steps for its implementation. These details will be laid out in secondary legislation and are planned to come into force in April 2027.” > > — Kate Dearden, Minister for the Future of Work, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Kate Dearden](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kate-dearden), Minister for the Future of Work - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 30 April 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Employees who lose a loved one, including through pregnancy loss before 24 weeks - **When:** Planned to come into force in April 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS372 (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-bereavement-leave-2027 ### Where it stands The Employment Rights Act 2025 gives the power to create a day-one right to bereavement leave for the loss of loved ones, including pregnancy loss before 24 weeks; currently only parents who lose a child aged under 18, or stillborn from 24 weeks, have a statutory right. The government's consultation response, published on 22 September 2026, sets the final details, to be laid in secondary legislation; the statement does not give the length of leave. "In April 2027" is read as 30 April 2027. The card moves when the regulations are made. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The minister for the future of work says the bereavement leave entitlement is planned to come into force in April 2027 - 30 April 2027, Deadline (to come): Day-one bereavement leave due in force in April 2027 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS372, 13 Oct 2026: Make Work Pay Implementation](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS372) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Protect UK firms from Argentine Falklands measures > “The government will bring forward secondary legislation as quickly as possible, with the aim to bring it into force before the end of the year.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade), 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** UK businesses and individuals engaged in lawful activity around the Falkland Islands - **When:** Secondary legislation "as quickly as possible", aiming to be in force before the end of the year - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/businesses-set-to-be-protected-from-argentinian-economic-coercion (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-falklands-business-protection-2026 ### Where it stands The government is preparing measures under the Protection of Trading Interests legislation, which prevents UK persons from complying with specific extraterritorial measures. The release says they will target only Argentine extraterritorial measures affecting the Falkland Islands, so that UK persons and companies in lawful activity there keep making decisions under UK law. It is dated 13 October 2026, so "the end of the year" is read as 31 December 2026. The card moves when the secondary legislation is laid or comes into force. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The government says it will bring forward secondary legislation under the Protection of Trading Interests legislation, aiming for it to be in force before the end of the year - 31 December 2026, Deadline (to come): Protection of Trading Interests measures on Argentina due in force by 31 December 2026 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade press release, 13 Oct 2026: Businesses set to be protected from Argentinian economic coercion](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/businesses-set-to-be-protected-from-argentinian-economic-coercion) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Rules for refusing flexible working from autumn 2027 > “It is our intention that these changes will take effect in autumn 2027.” > > — Kate Dearden, Minister for the Future of Work, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Kate Dearden](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kate-dearden), Minister for the Future of Work - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 30 November 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Employees who make statutory flexible working requests, and their employers - **When:** Intended to take effect in autumn 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS372 (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-flexible-working-rules-2027 ### Where it stands Under the Employment Rights Act 2025, employers may reject a flexible working request only where it is reasonable to do so. The government will introduce secondary legislation setting out a process employers must follow before rejecting a statutory request, and bring the Act's reasonableness test into force; its consultation response was published on 15 September. "Autumn 2027" is read as 30 November 2027. The card moves when the regulations are made. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The minister for the future of work says the process for rejecting flexible working requests and the reasonableness test are intended to take effect in autumn 2027 - 30 November 2027, Deadline (to come): Flexible working process and reasonableness test due to take effect in autumn 2027 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS372, 13 Oct 2026: Make Work Pay Implementation](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS372) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Cut Bands A–B flood contents premiums to £25 > “This includes more than halving premiums for contents cover policies in Council Tax Bands A and B, to £25, from April 2027.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs), 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs) - **Deadline:** 1 April 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Contents insurance policies in Council Tax Bands A and B; meant to support lower-income households and renters - **When:** From April 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-pioneering-certificates-to-help-homeowners-cut-flood-risk (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-flood-re-contents-premiums-2027 ### Where it stands A restatement: the release says the government and Flood Re unveiled these plans earlier this year, to keep flood insurance fair, affordable and sustainable. Premiums for contents cover in Council Tax Bands A and B are to be more than halved, to £25, to support lower-income households and renters, with insurers expected to pass the savings on to customers. "From April 2027" is read as 1 April 2027. The card moves when the new premiums apply. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The government and Flood Re restate the plan to more than halve premiums for contents cover in Council Tax Bands A and B, to £25, from April 2027 - 1 April 2027, Deadline (to come): Contents cover premiums in Council Tax Bands A and B due to fall to £25 from April 2027 ### About the cost No cost has been published. £25 is the new premium, not a cost to the government. ### Sources - [Defra press release, 13 Oct 2026: New pioneering certificates to help homeowners cut flood risk](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-pioneering-certificates-to-help-homeowners-cut-flood-risk) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Create Great British Railways and a passenger watchdog > “The Railways Bill, currently making its way through Parliament, will lead to the establishment of Great British Railways (GBR), a new publicly-owned body and a new passenger watchdog.” > > — Heidi Alexander, Secretary of State for Transport, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Heidi Alexander](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/heidi-alexander), Secretary of State for Transport - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Rail passengers, freight customers and taxpayers - **When:** Through the Railways Bill, now before Parliament (no date given) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS369 (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-great-british-railways-2026 ### Where it stands The Railways Bill is "currently making its way through Parliament". The Transport Secretary says it will lead to Great British Railways, a new publicly owned body that unifies track and train and is accountable to passengers, freight customers and taxpayers, and to a new passenger watchdog. The statement gives no date. The card moves to legislated when the Bill becomes law. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The Transport Secretary says the Railways Bill will establish Great British Railways and a new passenger watchdog ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS369, 13 Oct 2026: Transfer of Chiltern Railways’ Services into Public Ownership](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS369) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Train 150 quantum engineering apprentices by 2030 > “Meanwhile an £8 million expansion of UKRI’s QuEST Apprentices Programme will create new routes into skilled quantum jobs, helping employers train the engineering technicians and specialist quantum technicians needed to build, maintain and commercialise these technologies. By 2030 the scheme aims to equip 150 apprentices studying engineering subjects with the ability to support the growing UK quantum workforce, helping to maintain Britain as a global leader in the technology.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade), 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2030 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Apprentices studying engineering subjects, and employers training quantum technicians - **When:** By 2030 - **Paid for by:** An £8m expansion of UKRI's QuEST Apprentices Programme - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/quantum-firms-backed-to-keep-railways-running-and-cut-waiting-lists-as-uk-harnesses-potential-of-future-tech (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-quantum-apprentices-150-2030 ### Where it stands UK Research and Innovation (UKRI) is expanding its QuEST Apprentices Programme by £8m, to help employers train the engineering technicians and specialist quantum technicians the industry needs. The release says the scheme "aims to" equip 150 apprentices studying engineering subjects by 2030; "by 2030" is read as 31 December 2030. It does not say how many apprentices the programme has now or when the expansion starts. The card moves when UKRI reports apprentice numbers. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The government announces an £8m expansion of UKRI's QuEST Apprentices Programme, aiming to equip 150 engineering apprentices for the quantum workforce by 2030 - 31 December 2030, Deadline (to come): 150 apprentices due to be equipped through the QuEST Apprentices Programme by 2030 ### About the cost The government's own figure: an £8m expansion of UKRI's QuEST Apprentices Programme. The release gives no period, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade press release, 13 Oct 2026: Quantum firms backed to keep railways running and cut waiting lists as UK harnesses potential of future tech](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/quantum-firms-backed-to-keep-railways-running-and-cut-waiting-lists-as-uk-harnesses-potential-of-future-tech) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Complete rail public ownership by end of 2027 > “Great Western Railway’s services will be the next to transfer into public ownership on 13 December 2026, followed by Avanti West Coast’s services on 7 March 2027, and the rail public ownership programme remains on track to be completed by the end of 2027.” > > — Heidi Alexander, Secretary of State for Transport, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Heidi Alexander](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/heidi-alexander), Secretary of State for Transport - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 31 December 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Passengers of the train operators that run services under contract with the Department for Transport - **When:** Great Western Railway on 13 December 2026, Avanti West Coast on 7 March 2027, and the whole programme by the end of 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS369 (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-rail-public-ownership-2027 ### Where it stands Chiltern Railways' services moved into public ownership on 20 September 2026, so 10 of the 14 train operators running passenger services under contract with the Department for Transport are now publicly owned. The Transport Secretary says Great Western Railway's services transfer next, on 13 December 2026, followed by Avanti West Coast's on 7 March 2027, and that the programme "remains on track" to be completed by the end of 2027. The statement gives no dates for the other operators. The card moves as each operator transfers. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The Transport Secretary says the rail public ownership programme remains on track to be completed by the end of 2027 - 13 October 2026, Delivering: The Transport Secretary confirms Chiltern Railways' services moved into public ownership on 20 September 2026, taking the operators in public ownership to 10 of 14 ([evidence](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS369)) - 31 December 2027, Deadline (to come): Rail public ownership programme due to be completed by the end of 2027 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS369, 13 Oct 2026: Transfer of Chiltern Railways’ Services into Public Ownership](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS369) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Regulate the heating oil sector > “Today I can confirm that this government is taking forward proposals to regulate the heating oil sector for the first time. We will strengthen consumer rights and ensure a fairer deal for off-grid households.” > > — Polly Billington, Minister for Energy Consumers, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Polly Billington](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/polly-billington), Minister for Energy Consumers - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The 1.5 million households across the UK who rely on heating oil, many in rural and off-grid communities - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS366 (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-regulate-heating-oil-2026 ### Where it stands The statement is the government's response to the Competition and Markets Authority's market study of the heating oil sector, published in July. The CMA found gaps in consumer protection compared with gas and electricity users: weaker rights when things go wrong, limited redress, less price transparency and less support for vulnerable households. The minister says the government will develop options for regulation with Ofgem, the devolved governments, industry and consumer representatives, that this "will take time", and gives no date. The card moves when proposals for regulation or legislation are published. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The energy consumers minister says the government is taking forward proposals to regulate the heating oil sector for the first time ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS366, 13 Oct 2026: Competition and Market Authority's Heating Oil Market Study: Government Response](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS366) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Fully ban UK shipping services for Russian LNG > “It comes as the UK doubles down on support for Ukraine, including delivering £45 million of surface-to-air missiles deliveries and standing by plans to fully implement a maritime services ban on Russian liquefied natural gas (LNG) exports – restricting Russia’s access to the UK’s world leading shipping and insurance services.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Prime Minister's Office, 10 Downing Street), 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Defence](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/defence) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Prime Minister's Office, 10 Downing Street) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Russian liquefied natural gas exports, which lose access to UK shipping and insurance services - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/president-zelenskyy-to-visit-downing-street-as-the-uk-doubles-down-on-support-for-ukraine-and-calls-on-partners-to-follow-suit (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-russian-lng-shipping-ban-2026 ### Where it stands The release says the UK is "standing by plans" to fully implement a maritime services ban on Russian liquefied natural gas (LNG) exports, restricting Russia's access to UK shipping and insurance services. The same sentence mentions £45m of surface-to-air missile deliveries for Ukraine; this card follows the LNG ban only. The release says the Chancellor will urge partners at the IMF to fully implement an equivalent ban, and gives no date for the UK ban. The card moves when the ban is fully in force. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The government says it stands by plans to fully implement a maritime services ban on Russian LNG exports ### About the cost No cost has been published. The £45m in the same sentence is for surface-to-air missiles, not this ban. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office press release, 13 Oct 2026: President Zelenskyy to visit Downing Street as the UK doubles down on support for Ukraine and calls on partners to follow suit](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/president-zelenskyy-to-visit-downing-street-as-the-uk-doubles-down-on-support-for-ukraine-and-calls-on-partners-to-follow-suit) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Basic state pension-only pensioners pay no income tax > “For those who are purely reliant on the basic state pension for their income, the Prime Minister and Chancellor have made clear that they will not have to pay income tax for the duration of this Parliament. The Chancellor will announce further details at the Budget.” > > — Pat McFadden, Secretary of State for Work and Pensions; Commons statement, 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Pat McFadden](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/pat-mcfadden), Secretary of State for Work and Pensions - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Pensioners whose only income is the basic state pension - **When:** For the duration of this Parliament (end date not stated) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-13/debates/72F06588-BF33-4C21-8542-EE9E1293D7C9/PensionsTripleLock (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-state-pension-no-income-tax-2026 ### Where it stands Answering a question after his statement on the triple lock, the Work and Pensions Secretary said the Prime Minister and Chancellor have made clear that people purely reliant on the basic state pension for their income will not have to pay income tax for the duration of this Parliament. The MP who asked said the government had said this more than once. He said the Chancellor will announce further details at the Budget; the source gives no Budget date and no date for the end of the Parliament, so the card has no deadline. The card moves when the Budget sets out the details. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The Work and Pensions Secretary says people purely reliant on the basic state pension will not pay income tax for the duration of this Parliament ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 13 Oct 2026: Pensions Triple Lock (Work and Pensions Secretary's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-13/debates/72F06588-BF33-4C21-8542-EE9E1293D7C9/PensionsTripleLock) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Stillbirth burials contact in every NHS trust > “Within 4 weeks, all Trusts must ensure a dedicated point of contact within their PALS service, or an equivalent named service, to support families seeking answers.” > > — Yvette Cooper, Secretary of State for Health and Social Care, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Yvette Cooper](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/yvette-cooper), Secretary of State for Health and Social Care - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 10 November 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Families seeking answers about stillborn babies buried or cremated without their parents' involvement until the mid-1980s - **When:** Within 4 weeks of the statement of 13 October 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS374 (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-stillbirth-burials-contact-2026 ### Where it stands Until the mid-1980s, some stillborn babies across the United Kingdom were buried or cremated without their parents' involvement; the Health Secretary apologised on behalf of the government. The statement says all Trusts must have a dedicated point of contact in their PALS service, or an equivalent named service, for families seeking answers, and that guidance produced by Sands is going to all Trusts. "Within 4 weeks" of the 13 October 2026 statement is read as 10 November 2026. The card moves when Trusts confirm their contacts. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The Health Secretary says all Trusts must have a dedicated point of contact for families seeking answers within 4 weeks - 10 November 2026, Deadline (to come): A dedicated point of contact due in every Trust by 10 November 2026 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS374, 13 Oct 2026: Historical Stillbirth Burials and Cremations](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS374) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Tell workers in writing of their union rights > “The duty is planned to come into force on 1 January 2027 with employers required to give the statement to new workers from its introduction and to existing workers by 6 April 2027.” > > — Kate Dearden, Minister for the Future of Work, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 13 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Kate Dearden](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kate-dearden), Minister for the Future of Work - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 6 April 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Workers, new and existing, and their employers - **When:** In force on 1 January 2027 for new workers; existing workers by 6 April 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS372 (checked word for word at its source on 16 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-union-rights-statement-2027 ### Where it stands The Employment Rights Act 2025 puts a new duty on employers to give workers a written statement about their right to join a trade union. The government's consultation response, published on 25 September, provides for a standard statement drafted by the government, covering what trade unions do, recognised unions, the Certification Officer's list and statutory rights on membership. The duty is planned to come into force on 1 January 2027 for new workers, with existing workers to receive the statement by 6 April 2027. The card moves when the duty comes into force. ### Timeline - 13 October 2026, Promised: The minister for the future of work says the duty to tell workers of their right to join a trade union is planned to come into force on 1 January 2027 - 6 April 2027, Deadline (to come): Existing workers due to receive the trade union statement by 6 April 2027 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS372, 13 Oct 2026: Make Work Pay Implementation](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-13/HCWS372) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 20 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 16 October 2026. --- ## Cap leasehold permission fees and admin charges > “We will legislate to give the Secretary of State powers to cap exorbitant permission fees and administration charges, with a public consultation to follow to help determine the scope and level of those caps.” > > — Matthew Pennycook, Minister of State for Housing and Planning, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Matthew Pennycook](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/matthew-pennycook), Minister of State for Housing and Planning - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Leaseholders and homeowners on privately managed estates - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS363 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cap-leasehold-permission-fees-2026 ### Where it stands Announced on 29 September 2026 as part of wider protections for leaseholders and homeowners on privately managed estates. The law would give the Secretary of State powers to set caps; a public consultation is to follow on what they cover and how high they are. No Bill or date has been named. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Housing Minister says the government will legislate for powers to cap permission fees and administration charges ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS363, 12 Oct 2026: Improving housing availability and affordability](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS363) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## 500,000 new trees outside woodlands by 2030 > “Through this fund, up to 500,000 new trees outside woodlands will be planted between April 2027 and March 2030.” > > — Dame Angela Eagle, Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Dame Angela Eagle](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/angela-eagle), Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 31 March 2030 - **Cost a year:** Costs £16m to £19m a year (central £18m by Defra, official) - **Who it affects:** People in towns, cities and the countryside of England, near the new trees - **When:** Between April 2027 and March 2030 - **Paid for by:** The £53m Community Trees Fund - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS354 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-community-trees-500k-2030 ### Where it stands The Community Trees Fund, announced on 30 September 2026, pays for tree planting in streets, parks and places near where people live and work. Councils, Strategic Authorities, environmental groups, farm clusters and National Park Authorities can bid. "Up to" means no number of trees is guaranteed; the card reads the 500,000 as the target. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Environment Secretary says the Community Trees Fund will plant up to 500,000 new trees outside woodlands between April 2027 and March 2030 - 31 March 2030, Deadline (to come): Up to 500,000 trees outside woodlands due by March 2030 ### About the cost The government's own figure: £53m over three years, shown as about £17.7m a year. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Written ministerial statement HCWS354, 12 Oct 2026: Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs activity during the conference recess](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS354) ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS354, 12 Oct 2026: Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs activity during the conference recess](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS354) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Require two notices before council tax instalments end > “The government will require councils to issue at least one reminder notice and one final notice before a taxpayer loses the right to pay by instalments.” > > — HM Government; Improving enforcement of council tax: government response, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Improving enforcement of council tax: government response - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Council taxpayers in England who miss a payment, and the councils that collect council tax - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/improving-enforcement-of-council-tax/outcome/improving-enforcement-of-council-tax-government-response (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-council-tax-two-notices-2026 ### Where it stands A household in England that misses a council tax payment can lose the right to pay by instalments. The government will also set a timetable: a final notice no sooner than 14 days after the last reminder and 41 days after the first missed payment, then 21 days to pay before that right is lost. It will change regulations to do this and assess the cost to councils, but gives no date. The card moves when the regulations are laid. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government says it will require councils to send a reminder notice and a final notice before a taxpayer loses the right to pay council tax by instalments ### About the cost No cost has been published; the government will assess the cost to councils. ### Sources - [MHCLG, 12 Oct 2026: Improving enforcement of council tax: government response](https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/improving-enforcement-of-council-tax/outcome/improving-enforcement-of-council-tax-government-response) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Raise Crown Prosecution Service funding by over 10% > “We are investing an additional £96 million in the Crown Prosecution Service, increasing its funding by more than 10 percent between 2026 and 2029.” > > — HM Government; Government response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Government response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts - **Deadline:** 31 December 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The Crown Prosecution Service and the cases it prosecutes - **When:** Between 2026 and 2029 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-cps-funding-10pc-2029 ### Where it stands The government says the extra money means more prosecutors able to make charging decisions, prepare cases for court and bring offenders to justice. It gives no split by year and no number of prosecutors; 2029 is read as the end of 2029. The card moves when the Crown Prosecution Service's budget or accounts show the increase. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government says it is investing an additional £96 million in the Crown Prosecution Service, raising its funding by more than 10% between 2026 and 2029 - 31 December 2029, Deadline (to come): Crown Prosecution Service funding due to be more than 10% higher by 2029 ### About the cost An additional £96 million between 2026 and 2029. The response does not split it by year, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Ministry of Justice, 12 Oct 2026: Government response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## A case coordinator in every Crown Court > “To help maximise court resources further, the Government is also investing up to £5 million to roll out specialist Case Coordinators in every Crown Court in England and Wales, helping ensure cases progress more efficiently and effectively, reducing delays.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Ministry of Justice), 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Ministry of Justice) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Crown Courts in England and Wales, and the victims and defendants whose cases they hear - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/technology-to-bolster-justice-for-victims-as-government-responds-to-leveson (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-crown-court-case-coordinators-2026 ### Where it stands Case coordinators are to work with judges, prosecutors and defence teams to spot and resolve problems in cases earlier and keep them on track. Part of the government's response, published 12 October 2026, to Lord Leveson's review of the criminal courts. No start date is given. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government says it will spend up to £5m on specialist case coordinators in every Crown Court in England and Wales ### About the cost Up to £5m, by the government's figure. The release gives no period, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Ministry of Justice press release, 12 Oct 2026: Technology to bolster justice for victims as government responds to Leveson](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/technology-to-bolster-justice-for-victims-as-government-responds-to-leveson) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Shorter wait before councils take over empty homes > “We will reduce the qualifying period from two years to six months and remove evidential requirements relating to matters such as anti-social behaviour or community support.” > > — Matthew Pennycook, Minister of State for Housing and Planning, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Legislated - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Matthew Pennycook](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/matthew-pennycook), Minister of State for Housing and Planning - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Councils in England, owners of long-term empty homes, and people looking for a home - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS363 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-empty-homes-orders-2026 ### Where it stands Announced on 27 September 2026. An Empty Dwelling Management Order lets a council manage a long-term empty home and bring it back into use for up to seven years, while the owner keeps it. An order made on 14 October 2026 (SI 2026/1085) cuts how long a home must be empty before a tribunal can authorise one from two years to six months. It also removes the requirements for the council to give the tribunal any information suggesting the home causes a nuisance for the community, or that the community supports the order. It comes into force on 5 November 2026 and applies to applications made from that day. The card moves to Delivered once it is in force. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Housing Minister says the qualifying period for Empty Dwelling Management Orders will be cut from two years to six months - 14 October 2026, Legislated: The government makes the order that cuts the qualifying period from two years to six months and removes the requirements on evidence of nuisance and community support, in force from 5 November 2026 ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2026/1085/made)) ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS363, 12 Oct 2026: Improving housing availability and affordability](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS363) - [The Housing (Empty Dwelling Management Orders) (Prescribed Period of Time and Prescribed Requirements) (England) (Amendment) Order 2026 (SI 2026/1085)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2026/1085/made) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Better flood protection for 200,000 properties by 2029 > “To ensure the nation is more resilient to flooding, the government is investing £4.2 billion between last April and March 2029 to repair and replace existing defences and construct new ones, with hundreds of projects set to be completed. The new target for 200,000 properties to benefit from this investment will deliver a total economic benefit of £27.9 billion in avoided damage as communities gain better protection and growth is delivered in every postcode.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Defra and the Environment Agency), 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Defra and the Environment Agency) - **Deadline:** 31 March 2029 - **Cost a year:** Costs £1.3bn to £1.5bn a year (central £1.4bn by Defra, official) - **Who it affects:** Homes and businesses at risk of flooding in England - **When:** Between April 2026 and March 2029 - **Paid for by:** The government's £4.2bn flood defence programme - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-one-stop-shop-for-flood-preparedness-launched-as-we-approach-more-weather-whiplash (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-flood-200k-properties-2029 ### Where it stands A new target set at the start of Flood Action Week. The release is dated 12 October 2026, so "last April" is read as April 2026. It says the government spent £2.65bn on flood defences in its first two years and better protected almost 62,000 properties, beating a target of 52,000. The card moves when the Environment Agency reports properties better protected under the new programme. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government sets a target for 200,000 properties to benefit from £4.2bn of flood defence spending by March 2029 - 31 March 2029, Deadline (to come): 200,000 properties better protected from flooding due by March 2029 ### About the cost The government's own figure: £4.2bn between April 2026 and March 2029, shown as £1.4bn a year on average. The release gives no split by year. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Defra and Environment Agency press release, 12 Oct 2026: New 'one stop shop' for flood preparedness launched as we approach more weather whiplash](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-one-stop-shop-for-flood-preparedness-launched-as-we-approach-more-weather-whiplash) ### Sources - [Defra and Environment Agency press release, 12 Oct 2026: New 'one stop shop' for flood preparedness launched as we approach more weather whiplash](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-one-stop-shop-for-flood-preparedness-launched-as-we-approach-more-weather-whiplash) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Flood defences 93.5% in good condition by 2029 > “Today, as Environment Agency teams across the country continue their work to ensure vital protections remain strong, the government has set a target for asset condition to rise further to 93.5% by March 2029.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Defra and the Environment Agency), 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Defra and the Environment Agency) - **Deadline:** 31 March 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People and property protected by the Environment Agency's flood defences in England - **When:** By March 2029 - **Paid for by:** The government's £4.2bn flood defence programme - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-one-stop-shop-for-flood-preparedness-launched-as-we-approach-more-weather-whiplash (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-flood-defences-condition-2029 ### Where it stands The share of flood defences at or above their required condition was 93% at the end of March 2026, by the release's figure, after years of decline. The target is to raise it to 93.5% by March 2029. The Environment Agency reports asset condition each year; the card moves on its figure for the year to March 2029. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government sets a target for 93.5% of flood defences to be at or above their required condition by March 2029, up from 93% - 31 March 2029, Deadline (to come): 93.5% of flood defences in required condition due by March 2029 ### About the cost No separate figure: it is paid for from the £4.2bn flood defence programme for April 2026 to March 2029. ### Sources - [Defra and Environment Agency press release, 12 Oct 2026: New 'one stop shop' for flood preparedness launched as we approach more weather whiplash](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-one-stop-shop-for-flood-preparedness-launched-as-we-approach-more-weather-whiplash) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Halve consultancy spending, saving £700m a year > “It will work with departments to halve consultancy spending and save over £700m annually by 2028/29.” > > — Louise Haigh, First Secretary of State, Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster and Minister for the Cabinet Office, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Running government](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/running-government) - **Speaker:** [Louise Haigh](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/louise-haigh), First Secretary of State, Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster and Minister for the Cabinet Office - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 31 March 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Government departments, and the consultancies they hire - **When:** By 2028-29 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS356 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-halve-consultancy-spend-2029 ### Where it stands "It" in the quote is a new central Insourcing Unit, which the statement says the Office for the Prime Minister and Cabinet is setting up to coordinate departments' insourcing. The statement does not give the baseline year that the halving and the saving are measured from. The card moves on the government's reported consultancy spending for 2028-29. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Cabinet Office says a new Insourcing Unit will work with departments to halve consultancy spending and save over £700m a year by 2028-29 - 31 March 2029, Deadline (to come): Consultancy spending halved, saving over £700m a year, due by 2028-29 ### About the cost A saving, not a cost: over £700m a year by 2028-29, by the government's figure. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS356, 12 Oct 2026: Procurement Reform: Measures to create good jobs and opportunities in the UK](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS356) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Healthy Babies support in every English family hub > “The Healthy Babies programme will be rolled out nationally to every Best Start family hub, extending support based on Sure Start principles during pregnancy and the first two years of life to families in every part of England.” > > — Karin Smyth, Minister of State for Health (Secondary Care), Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Karin Smyth](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/karin-smyth), Minister of State for Health (Secondary Care) - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Families in England during pregnancy and a baby's first two years - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS364 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-healthy-babies-every-hub-2026 ### Where it stands Healthy Babies runs in 75 local authorities today. It helps parents and carers with infant feeding, parental mental health and bonding with their baby, during pregnancy and the first two years. The statement gives no date or cost for taking it to every Best Start family hub. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The health minister says the Healthy Babies programme will be rolled out to every Best Start family hub in England ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS364, 12 Oct 2026: Health and care reviews, improvement and regulation](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS364) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Public inquiry into the Heaton Park synagogue attack > “What happened that day must be fully understood so, as requested by the coroner, I can today announce a public inquiry into the deaths of Mr Cravitz and Mr Daulby.” > > — Shabana Mahmood, Home Secretary, Labour Party; Commons statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Shabana Mahmood](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/shabana-mahmood), Home Secretary - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The families of the two men killed, the people injured, and the Jewish community - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/BAD9E091-76DE-478A-AD67-00B68C6E7FEE/NationalSecurity (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-heaton-park-inquiry-2026 ### Where it stands Two men were killed and three others seriously injured in the terror attack at Heaton Park synagogue on Yom Kippur in October 2025. The Home Secretary said the inquiry, requested by the coroner, will let all evidence be heard, including sensitive national security material that the coroner's court could not fully hear. No chair, terms of reference or timetable has been announced. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Home Secretary announces a public inquiry into the deaths in the Heaton Park synagogue attack, as the coroner requested ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 12 Oct 2026: National Security (Home Secretary's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/BAD9E091-76DE-478A-AD67-00B68C6E7FEE/NationalSecurity) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Public services to work together on homelessness > “A new Duty to Collaborate will be incorporated into the Bill that will require public services to work together to identify people at risk of homelessness and jointly consider what action they could take, within their existing responsibilities, to help prevent it. Councils will also be given a new power to refer homeless households to private registered providers of social housing.” > > — Matthew Pennycook, Minister of State for Housing and Planning, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Matthew Pennycook](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/matthew-pennycook), Minister of State for Housing and Planning - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People at risk of homelessness in England, councils and other public services - **When:** When the Social Housing Bill becomes law (no date given) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS363 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-homelessness-duty-to-collaborate-2026 ### Where it stands The government confirmed on 28 September 2026 that it would amend the Social Housing Bill to add the duty. It would require public services to identify people at risk of homelessness and consider together what they could do to prevent it, within their existing responsibilities. Councils would also get a power to refer homeless households to housing associations and other private registered providers of social housing. The card moves to legislated when the Bill becomes law with the duty. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Housing Minister says a Duty to Collaborate on homelessness prevention will be added to the Social Housing Bill ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS363, 12 Oct 2026: Improving housing availability and affordability](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS363) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## A national centre for information defence > “It is why, in my speech to the UN General Assembly, I confirmed our commitment to establish a new centre for information defence, as recommended by the Foreign Affairs Select Committee.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Commons statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Defence](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/defence) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The UK public and its institutions, against disinformation campaigns run by foreign states - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/54FB2EDB-83AF-40FE-8A98-A914AD221CD7/InternationalUpdate (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-information-defence-centre-2026 ### Where it stands The Prime Minister told the Commons he had confirmed the commitment in his speech to the UN General Assembly, following a recommendation of the Foreign Affairs Select Committee. The Home Secretary repeated it the same day, describing a national centre to tackle disinformation from states. No date, cost or lead department has been published. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister confirms to the Commons the commitment to set up a new centre for information defence ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 12 Oct 2026: International Update (PM's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/54FB2EDB-83AF-40FE-8A98-A914AD221CD7/InternationalUpdate) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 12 Oct 2026: National Security (Home Secretary's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/BAD9E091-76DE-478A-AD67-00B68C6E7FEE/NationalSecurity) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Keep juries for almost all Crown Court trials > “These announcements come as the Courts and Tribunals Bill returns to Parliament tomorrow, where the Government will amend the Bill to remove proposals to limit jury trials, ensuring almost all Crown Court cases continue to be heard by a jury.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Ministry of Justice), 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Ministry of Justice) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Defendants, victims and jurors in Crown Court cases in England and Wales - **When:** When the Courts and Tribunals Bill returns to Parliament (13 October 2026) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/technology-to-bolster-justice-for-victims-as-government-responds-to-leveson (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-jury-trials-kept-2026 ### Where it stands Three Ministry of Justice releases on 12 October 2026 say the government will amend its own Courts and Tribunals Bill, returning to Parliament on 13 October, to remove the proposals in it to limit jury trials. The card moves to legislated when the Bill becomes law without them. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government says it will amend the Courts and Tribunals Bill to remove its proposals to limit jury trials ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Ministry of Justice press release, 12 Oct 2026: Technology to bolster justice for victims as government responds to Leveson](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/technology-to-bolster-justice-for-victims-as-government-responds-to-leveson) - [Ministry of Justice press release, 12 Oct 2026: Trials across the country accelerated for fast and fair justice](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/trials-across-the-country-accelerated-for-fast-and-fair-justice) - [Ministry of Justice press release, 12 Oct 2026: Remote hearings to unlock capacity and speed up justice for victims](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/remote-hearings-to-unlock-capacity-and-speed-up-justice-for-victims) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Increase magistrates to 21,000 by 2028/29 > “We are rebuilding the magistracy by increasing the total number of magistrates to 21,000 in 2028/29, with more regular regional recruitment and a new national taskforce to support local Advisory Committees.” > > — HM Government; Government response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Government response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts - **Deadline:** 31 March 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Magistrates' courts and the people whose cases they hear - **When:** In 2028/29 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-magistrates-21000-2029 ### Where it stands The government says the number of magistrates fell from around 25,000 in 2012 to 12,500 by 2021. Alongside regional recruitment and a national taskforce, it is spending around £4 million a year on marketing to attract candidates. 2028/29 is read as the financial year ending 31 March 2029. The card moves when the government publishes the number of magistrates. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government says it will increase the number of magistrates to 21,000 in 2028/29 - 31 March 2029, Deadline (to come): 21,000 magistrates due in 2028/29 ### About the cost The response gives around £4 million a year for marketing to attract candidates, not a total cost of the increase, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Ministry of Justice, 12 Oct 2026: Government response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Keep national museums free for every visitor > “We will not be pursuing a change in policy to universal free entry, but our findings more broadly will help inform the upcoming Museums Plan.” > > — Ian Murray, Minister for Creative Industries, Media and Online Safety, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Culture & sport](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/culture-and-sport) - **Speaker:** [Ian Murray](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/ian-murray), Minister for Creative Industries, Media and Online Safety - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Everyone who visits a national museum, including visitors from overseas - **When:** Ongoing; no end date - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS359 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-national-museums-free-2026 ### Where it stands The government looked at charging overseas visitors to national museums and decided against it. The statement lists the national museum sites with free admission. It has no end date, so the card stays open: it would be broken if any of those sites began charging for general admission. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government says it will not change the policy of universal free entry to national museums ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS359, 12 Oct 2026: National Museums to remain free for everyone](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS359) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## A national police service for crime and terrorism > “That is one of the reasons why I am setting up the national police service, which will bring together the National Crime Agency and Counter Terrorism Policing into one service.” > > — Shabana Mahmood, Home Secretary, Labour Party; Commons statement, in reply to a question, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Shabana Mahmood](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/shabana-mahmood), Home Secretary - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement, in reply to a question - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The National Crime Agency, Counter Terrorism Policing and their staff - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/BAD9E091-76DE-478A-AD67-00B68C6E7FEE/NationalSecurity (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-national-police-service-2026 ### Where it stands Said in answer to a question after the Home Secretary's statement on national security. The new service is to bring together the National Crime Agency and Counter Terrorism Policing. No date, cost or legislation was given. The card moves when the service is set up in law or starts work. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Home Secretary says she is setting up a national police service bringing together the National Crime Agency and Counter Terrorism Policing ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 12 Oct 2026: National Security (Home Secretary's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/BAD9E091-76DE-478A-AD67-00B68C6E7FEE/NationalSecurity) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## A national security Bill to fight cyber-criminals > “We will go further with our upcoming national security Bill and give intelligence agencies and the police stronger powers to bear down on cyber-criminals.” > > — Shabana Mahmood, Home Secretary, Labour Party; Commons statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Shabana Mahmood](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/shabana-mahmood), Home Secretary - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The intelligence agencies and the police, and the people and businesses cyber-criminals target - **When:** Not stated ("upcoming") - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/BAD9E091-76DE-478A-AD67-00B68C6E7FEE/NationalSecurity (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-national-security-bill-cyber-2026 ### Where it stands Announced alongside the Cyber Security and Resilience (Network and Information Systems) Bill, which is already before Parliament. The Home Secretary did not say when the new Bill will be introduced or what the stronger powers will be. The card moves when the Bill is published. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Home Secretary says an upcoming national security Bill will give intelligence agencies and the police stronger powers against cyber-criminals ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 12 Oct 2026: National Security (Home Secretary's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/BAD9E091-76DE-478A-AD67-00B68C6E7FEE/NationalSecurity) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Recruit 1,300 trainee probation officers by March 2027 > “The Government is increasing investment into probation and community services by up to £700 million by 2028/29. To further manage the increased pressure, we will recruit at least 1,300 trainee probation officers by March 2027, on top of the 1,389 onboarded in 2025/26, alongside introducing new digital technology.” > > — HM Government; Government response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Government response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts - **Deadline:** 31 March 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The Probation Service and the people it supervises - **When:** By March 2027 - **Paid for by:** Up to £700 million more for probation and community services by 2028/29 - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts (checked word for word at its source on 18 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 19 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-probation-officers-1300-2027 ### Where it stands The government's response to Lord Leveson's Independent Review of the Criminal Courts accepts his recommendation on probation funding, and says the 1,300 come on top of the 1,389 taken on in 2025/26. A Ministry of Justice release on 15 October 2026 repeats the 1,300 and the £700 million, and says the recruitment happens over the next year. March 2027 is read as 31 March 2027. The card moves when the Ministry of Justice reports how many trainee probation officers it has recruited. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government says it will recruit at least 1,300 trainee probation officers by March 2027 - 31 March 2027, Deadline (to come): At least 1,300 trainee probation officers due to be recruited by March 2027 ### About the cost Up to £700 million more for probation and community services by 2028/29. Neither source says whether that is a yearly figure or a total, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Ministry of Justice, 12 Oct 2026: Government response to the Independent Review of the Criminal Courts](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts/government-response-to-the-independent-review-of-the-criminal-courts) - [Ministry of Justice press release, 15 Oct 2026: New courts in the north to help women break the cycle of reoffending](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-courts-in-the-north-to-help-women-break-the-cycle-of-reoffending) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 19 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. --- ## Licence and regulate property agents > “We also announced our intention to legislate for the independent regulation of property agents.” > > — Matthew Pennycook, Minister of State for Housing and Planning, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Matthew Pennycook](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/matthew-pennycook), Minister of State for Housing and Planning - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Property agents, and the tenants, leaseholders and homeowners who deal with them - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS363 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-regulate-property-agents-2026 ### Where it stands Property agents would need a licence and suitable qualifications to work; a regulator could set codes of practice and take licences away. The statement says further information will follow "in due course" and names no Bill or date. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Housing Minister repeats the government's intention to legislate for the independent regulation of property agents ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS363, 12 Oct 2026: Improving housing availability and affordability](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS363) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Open the Sustainable Farming Incentive again in 2027 > “We plan to offer the scheme again in 2027 and will look to open it as early as possible.” > > — Dame Angela Eagle, Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Dame Angela Eagle](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/angela-eagle), Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Deadline:** 31 December 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Farmers and land managers in England - **When:** In 2027, "as early as possible" - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS354 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-sfi-reopen-2027 ### Where it stands The Sustainable Farming Incentive (SFI) pays farmers for environmentally sustainable farming. Its second 2026 window, for farmers with at least three hectares, closed the day it opened because its budget had been allocated; across both 2026 windows £310m went to new agreements. The Environment Secretary says the government will learn from this year's windows, including alternatives to first come, first served. The card moves when the 2027 window opens. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Environment Secretary says the government plans to offer the SFI again in 2027 - 31 December 2027, Deadline (to come): An SFI application window due to open in 2027 ### About the cost No budget for the 2027 window has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS354, 12 Oct 2026: Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs activity during the conference recess](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS354) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Publish a yearly State of Extremism report > “In “Protecting What Matters”, our social cohesion plan, we set out a range of measures to tackle this threat, including banning those who seek to come to this country to spread hatred, and committing to publishing an annual “State of Extremism” report, which will identify the threats we face and, crucially, equip frontline professionals to counter them.” > > — Shabana Mahmood, Home Secretary, Labour Party; Commons statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Shabana Mahmood](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/shabana-mahmood), Home Secretary - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Frontline professionals such as teachers, doctors and police, and the public - **When:** Every year (first report not dated) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/BAD9E091-76DE-478A-AD67-00B68C6E7FEE/NationalSecurity (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-state-of-extremism-report-2026 ### Where it stands The commitment comes from Protecting What Matters, the government's social cohesion plan; the Home Secretary repeated it to the Commons on 12 October 2026. The report is to identify the threats the country faces and help frontline professionals counter them. No date for the first report has been given. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Home Secretary repeats the commitment in the social cohesion plan to publish a State of Extremism report every year ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 12 Oct 2026: National Security (Home Secretary's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-12/debates/BAD9E091-76DE-478A-AD67-00B68C6E7FEE/NationalSecurity) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## GP referral route for women facing abuse > “This will start with an investment of up to £34.4 million over three years to support 12 Integrated Care Boards across England to deliver the first phase of a primary care referral pathway, called Steps to Safety, making sure women and girls experiencing violence and abuse can access specialist support through their GP.” > > — Karin Smyth, Minister of State for Health (Secondary Care), Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Karin Smyth](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/karin-smyth), Minister of State for Health (Secondary Care) - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** Costs £10m to £13m a year (central £12m by Department of Health and Social Care, official) - **Who it affects:** Women and girls experiencing violence and abuse, in 12 Integrated Care Board areas of England - **When:** Over three years (start not stated) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS364 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-steps-to-safety-gp-2026 ### Where it stands Steps to Safety is to let women and girls experiencing violence and abuse reach specialist support through their GP. The £34.4m pays for the first phase in 12 of England's Integrated Care Boards, the NHS bodies that plan local health services. The statement does not name the 12 or give a start date. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The health minister commits up to £34.4m over three years for 12 Integrated Care Boards to run the first phase of Steps to Safety ### About the cost The government's own figure: up to £34.4m over three years, shown as about £11.5m a year. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Written ministerial statement HCWS364, 12 Oct 2026: Health and care reviews, improvement and regulation](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS364) ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS364, 12 Oct 2026: Health and care reviews, improvement and regulation](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS364) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Attorney General to approve Troubles prosecutions > “Under the updated bill, the Attorney General must provide consent for any serious Troubles-related prosecution.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Northern Ireland Office), 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Northern Ireland Office) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Armed Forces veterans and police officers who served during the Troubles, and the victims and families seeking prosecutions - **When:** When the Northern Ireland Troubles Bill becomes law (no date given) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/troubles-bill-reinforced-with-permanent-legal-protections-and-safeguards-for-veterans (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-troubles-ag-consent-2026 ### Where it stands The government tabled amendments to the Northern Ireland Troubles Bill on 12 October 2026. One requires the consent of the Attorney General, acting quasi-judicially, before any serious Troubles-related prosecution can go ahead. The card moves to legislated when the Bill becomes law with it. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government tables an amendment to the Troubles Bill requiring the Attorney General's consent for any serious Troubles-related prosecution ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Northern Ireland Office press release, 12 Oct 2026: Troubles Bill reinforced with permanent legal protections and safeguards for veterans](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/troubles-bill-reinforced-with-permanent-legal-protections-and-safeguards-for-veterans) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Pilot first hearings by video from police cells > “Recommended in Lord Leveson’s Review and backed by £17.4 million, the Government’s latest technology drive will be piloted in at least four police force areas across the country.” > > — HM Government; Press release (Ministry of Justice), 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Ministry of Justice) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Defendants at their first court hearing, and the courts and police in at least four police force areas - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/technology-to-bolster-justice-for-victims-as-government-responds-to-leveson (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-virtual-remand-hearings-pilot-2026 ### Where it stands Under Virtual Remand Hearings, defendants attend their first court hearing by secure video link from a police custody suite instead of being taken to court. It is part of the government's response, published 12 October 2026, to Lord Leveson's review of the criminal courts. The release names neither the police force areas nor a start date. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government says Virtual Remand Hearings, backed by £17.4m, will be piloted in at least four police force areas ### About the cost £17.4m in total, by the government's figure. The release gives no period, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [Ministry of Justice press release, 12 Oct 2026: Technology to bolster justice for victims as government responds to Leveson](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/technology-to-bolster-justice-for-victims-as-government-responds-to-leveson) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Lift limits on government shares in water companies > “The Prime Minister announced on 29 September that the strengthened Water Bill will remove the current limits on Government ownership of shares in the major water and sewerage companies in England.” > > — Dame Angela Eagle, Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Dame Angela Eagle](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/angela-eagle), Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The major water and sewerage companies in England, and their customers - **When:** When the Water Bill becomes law (no date given) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS354 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 16 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-water-company-share-limits-2026 ### Where it stands The Prime Minister announced the change on 29 September 2026; the Environment Secretary repeated it to Parliament on 12 October. She says it lets the government act where water companies let customers and the environment down, and that the government still relies on private investment. A ten-year plan due later this year is to set out stronger public control of the water sector. The card moves to legislated when the Water Bill becomes law with the change. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The Environment Secretary says the Water Bill will remove the limits on government ownership of shares in the major water and sewerage companies in England ### About the cost Lifting the limits costs nothing by itself; buying shares would, and no figure has been published. ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS354, 12 Oct 2026: Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs activity during the conference recess](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS354) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## A Youth Hub in every local area > “Over the next three years, the Government is expanding its network of Youth Hubs to over 360 local areas across Great Britain, with the aim that a young person is no more than one hour away from a Youth Hub by public transport.” > > — HM Government; Press release (DWP), 12 October 2026 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 12 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (DWP) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Young people in Great Britain, through Youth Hubs in more than 360 local areas - **When:** Over the next three years (start not stated) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-boost-for-young-people-in-telford-as-youth-hub-opens-to-support-them-towards-work (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-youth-hub-every-area-2029 ### Where it stands Youth Hubs put Jobcentre Plus, council services, employers and training providers under one roof for young people aged 16 to 24. The Department for Work and Pensions repeated the commitment on 12 October 2026 as a hub opened in Exeter, and says every hub will meet a set of minimum standards. A DWP release on 15 October 2026 puts the expansion at more than 360 communities across Great Britain, with no time frame. Neither release says when the three years started, so the card has no deadline yet. ### Timeline - 12 October 2026, Promised: The government repeats its commitment to a Youth Hub in every local area of Great Britain within three years - 12 October 2026, Delivering: A Youth Hub opens in Exeter, open three days a week at St James Park ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-boost-for-young-people-in-exeter-as-youth-hub-opens-to-support-them-towards-work)) - 15 October 2026, Reworded: A Department for Work and Pensions release describes the commitment as an expansion of Youth Hubs to more than 360 communities across Great Britain, with no time frame ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britains-biggest-hospitality-brands-partner-with-government-to-deliver-100000-jobs-for-neet-young-people)) - 21 October 2026, Reworded: A Department for Work and Pensions release puts the expansion to more than 360 local areas back within three years, and adds the aim that no young person is more than an hour from a Youth Hub by public transport ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-boost-for-young-people-in-telford-as-youth-hub-opens-to-support-them-towards-work)) ### About the cost The release says Youth Hubs are part of the government's £2.5 billion youth employment support package, but not how much of that pays for them, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Earlier wording - Version 1, 12 October 2026: “Open on Monday, Wednesday and Friday, the Hub is part of the Government’s commitment to deliver a Youth Hub in every local area of Great Britain over the next three years, building a national network of support for the nearly one million young people not in education, employment or training.” ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-boost-for-young-people-in-exeter-as-youth-hub-opens-to-support-them-towards-work)) - Version 2, 15 October 2026: “The Government is introducing a Jobs Guarantee expected to support more than 90,000 young people, alongside 300,000 additional work experience and training placements, the ambition to see 50,000 additional young apprentices and an expansion of Youth Hubs to more than 360 communities across Great Britain.” ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britains-biggest-hospitality-brands-partner-with-government-to-deliver-100000-jobs-for-neet-young-people)) ### Sources - [DWP press release, 12 Oct 2026: Major boost for young people in Exeter as Youth Hub opens to support them towards work](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-boost-for-young-people-in-exeter-as-youth-hub-opens-to-support-them-towards-work) - [DWP press release, 15 Oct 2026: Britain's biggest hospitality brands partner with Government to deliver 100,000 jobs for NEET young people](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/britains-biggest-hospitality-brands-partner-with-government-to-deliver-100000-jobs-for-neet-young-people) - [Department for Work and Pensions press release, 21 Oct 2026: Major boost for young people in Telford as Youth Hub opens to support them towards work](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/major-boost-for-young-people-in-telford-as-youth-hub-opens-to-support-them-towards-work) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 16 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 18 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. --- ## Make ADHD and autism assessments CQC-regulated > “We will work to bring all diagnostic assessments under CQC regulation, helping to ensure people receive high-quality, clinically robust assessments regardless of how they access care, and we are also acting on concerns about the advertising of ADHD and autism assessment services.” > > — Yvette Cooper, Secretary of State for Health and Social Care, Labour Party; Press release (DHSC), quote from the Health Secretary, 9 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Yvette Cooper](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/yvette-cooper), Secretary of State for Health and Social Care - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 9 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (DHSC), quote from the Health Secretary - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People in England assessed for ADHD or autism, through the NHS or privately; the providers who carry out the assessments would be regulated by the Care Quality Commission - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS364 (checked word for word at its source on 13 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 13 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-adhd-autism-cqc-2026 ### Where it stands It follows Professor Peter Fonagy's review of mental health and neurodevelopmental services. The department's own text in the same release is more cautious: it says the government is "working towards" making all diagnostic assessments a regulated activity for the Care Quality Commission, covering NHS-funded and private patients. No date, legislation or cost has been published. ### Timeline - 9 October 2026, Promised: The Health Secretary says ADHD and autism diagnostic assessments will be made CQC-regulated - 12 October 2026, Reworded: In a written statement to Parliament, the health minister Karin Smyth says the government will "work to bring" all diagnostic assessments under CQC regulation, and that NHS money will in future pay only for assessments by CQC-registered providers ([evidence](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS364)) ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Earlier wording - Version 1, 9 October 2026: “Based on the review findings, we will also take action to strengthen the oversight of mental health and neurodevelopmental services, and make all diagnostic assessments for ADHD and autism CQC-regulated, so people can be confident that assessments are high quality and that the NHS is not being overcharged by independent or private providers.” ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-pledges-earlier-support-to-tackle-mental-health-crises)) ### Sources - [DHSC press release, 9 Oct 2026: Government pledges earlier support to tackle mental health crises](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-pledges-earlier-support-to-tackle-mental-health-crises) - [Written ministerial statement HCWS364, 12 Oct 2026: Health and care reviews, improvement and regulation](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-10-12/HCWS364) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 13 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 10 October 2026. --- ## Hand the Local Innovation Partnerships Fund to mayors > “The existing Local Innovation Partnerships Fund (LIPF) will be devolved to established Mayors from 2028.” > > — HM Government; Press release (No 10), additional information, 9 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 9 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (No 10), additional information - **Deadline:** 31 December 2028 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Established Mayoral Strategic Authorities in England, which would decide how the fund is spent in their areas - **When:** From 2028 (taken as during 2028) - **Paid for by:** Not new money - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-to-hand-regions-innovation-funding-to-build-world-leading-industries (checked word for word at its source on 10 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-lipf-mayors-2028 ### Where it stands The release says it applies only to Established Mayoral Strategic Authorities in England. It gives neither the size of the fund nor a date within 2028. ### Timeline - 9 October 2026, Promised: The government says the Local Innovation Partnerships Fund will be devolved to established mayors from 2028 - 31 December 2028, Deadline (to come): End of 2028 (editorial date for "from 2028") ### About the cost An existing fund moves to mayors; it is not new money. The release does not give its size. ### Sources - [No 10 press release, 9 Oct 2026: Prime Minister to hand regions innovation funding to build world-leading industries](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-to-hand-regions-innovation-funding-to-build-world-leading-industries) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 10 October 2026. --- ## Legislate on non-compete clauses for start-ups > “So, I can confirm today we will legislate to make sure that non-compete clauses will no longer be a barrier to hiring for our most promising startups and scaling firms.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Speech at the Innovation Nation Summit, Manchester, 9 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 9 October 2026 - **Where:** Speech at the Innovation Nation Summit, Manchester - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Workers bound by non-compete clauses, and the start-ups and scaling firms that want to hire them - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-at-the-innovation-nation-summit-9-october-2026 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-non-compete-clauses-law-2026 ### Where it stands The Prime Minister said non-compete clauses stop workers joining a rival or setting up their own firm after leaving a job. In the same speech he said workers in the everyday economy would not be prevented from moving jobs either, and that the government would bring forward options on the wider use of restrictive practices. No Bill or date is named. The card moves when a Bill with the change is introduced. ### Timeline - 9 October 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister says the government will legislate so that non-compete clauses no longer stop start-ups and scaling firms from hiring ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech at the Innovation Nation Summit, 9 October 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-at-the-innovation-nation-summit-9-october-2026) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## £1bn for innovation clusters over four years > “The Government will also commit £1 billion through UK Research and Innovation (UKRI) over the next four years to support high-growth innovation clusters in the Industrial Strategy’s priority sectors across the UK, backing the places with the research excellence, businesses and skilled workers needed to turn new ideas into successful companies.” > > — HM Government; Press release (No 10), 9 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 9 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (No 10) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** High-growth innovation clusters in the Industrial Strategy's priority sectors across the UK: research institutions, businesses and their workers - **When:** Over the next four years (start not stated) - **Paid for by:** Through UK Research and Innovation (UKRI) - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-to-hand-regions-innovation-funding-to-build-world-leading-industries (checked word for word at its source on 10 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ukri-innovation-clusters-2026 ### Where it stands Announced with the Prime Minister's speech on regional innovation on 9 October 2026. The release does not say which four years, or how the money is split by year or by sector. UK Research and Innovation is to run it. ### Timeline - 9 October 2026, Promised: The government commits £1bn through UKRI over four years to high-growth innovation clusters ### About the cost £1bn in total over four years. The release gives no start year and no split by year, so no yearly figure is shown. ### Sources - [No 10 press release, 9 Oct 2026: Prime Minister to hand regions innovation funding to build world-leading industries](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-to-hand-regions-innovation-funding-to-build-world-leading-industries) - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech at the Innovation Nation Summit, 9 October 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-at-the-innovation-nation-summit-9-october-2026) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 10 October 2026. --- ## Awaab's Law for all serious hazards in 2027 > “The third and final phase will be introduced in 2027, covering all remaining hazards in the Housing Health and Safety Rating System where they present a significant risk of harm, except overcrowding which is addressed differently.” > > — HM Government; Press release (MHCLG), notes to editors, 8 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 8 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (MHCLG), notes to editors - **Deadline:** 31 December 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Social housing tenants in England, whose landlords must fix all remaining serious hazards to legal deadlines - **When:** During 2027 (taken as by 31 December 2027) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/clampdown-on-dangerous-homes-to-protect-more-tenants-and-families (checked word for word at its source on 9 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-awaabs-law-all-hazards-2027 ### Where it stands The government describes this as the third and final phase of Awaab's Law in social housing, after damp and mould (in force since October 2025) and a wider list of hazards (due 30 November 2026, see the related card). No regulations or date within 2027 have been published for this phase. ### Timeline - 8 October 2026, Promised: The government says the final phase of Awaab's Law in social housing will be introduced in 2027 - 31 December 2027, Deadline (to come): End of 2027 (editorial date for "in 2027") ### About the cost No costing has been published for this phase. ### Sources - [MHCLG press release, 8 Oct 2026: Clampdown on dangerous homes to protect more tenants and families](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/clampdown-on-dangerous-homes-to-protect-more-tenants-and-families) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 9 October 2026. --- ## Widen Awaab's Law to more home hazards > “Subject to parliamentary approval, phase 2 comes into force on 30 November 2026, extending the protections to further serious hazards like electrical hazards, excess cold and falls.” > > — HM Government; Press release (MHCLG), notes to editors, 8 October 2026 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 8 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (MHCLG), notes to editors - **Deadline:** 30 November 2026 - **Cost a year:** Costs £14m to £18m a year (central £16m by Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, official) - **Who it affects:** Social housing tenants in England (over 4 million, by the government's count), whose landlords must fix more kinds of serious hazard to legal deadlines; councils and housing associations as landlords - **When:** From 30 November 2026, if Parliament approves the draft regulations - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/clampdown-on-dangerous-homes-to-protect-more-tenants-and-families (checked word for word at its source on 9 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-awaabs-law-hazards-2026 ### Where it stands Awaab's Law sets legal deadlines for social landlords in England to investigate and fix dangerous hazards; since October 2025 it has covered damp and mould. Draft regulations published on 13 July 2026 would add excess cold, excess heat, domestic hygiene, falls, electrical, explosion and structural collapse hazards from 30 November 2026; they need Parliament's approval. ### Timeline - 8 October 2026, Promised: The government says phase 2 of Awaab's Law in social housing comes into force on 30 November 2026 - 8 October 2026, In plan: Draft regulations, published on 13 July 2026, set 30 November 2026 as the start date for the wider list of hazards ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2026/9780348285611/contents)) - 30 November 2026, Deadline (to come): Phase 2 due to come into force ### About the cost Cost to the public purse: what councils, as landlords, pay to comply. Year shown: the first year. The government's impact assessment puts councils' costs at £15.9m a year in years 1 and 2 and £5.7m a year after (2026 prices), and housing associations' at £27.8m and £10.0m; £190.2m over ten years for the whole sector in present value. Housing associations are not part of the public sector, so their costs are not counted here. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Impact assessment for the draft regulations (13 Jul 2026), legislation.gov.uk](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukia/2026/128/pdfs/ukia_20260128_en.pdf) ### Sources - [MHCLG press release, 8 Oct 2026: Clampdown on dangerous homes to protect more tenants and families](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/clampdown-on-dangerous-homes-to-protect-more-tenants-and-families) - [Draft Hazards in Social Housing (Prescribed Requirements) (England) (Amendment) Regulations 2026, legislation.gov.uk](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2026/9780348285611/contents) - [Impact assessment for the draft regulations (13 Jul 2026), legislation.gov.uk](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukia/2026/128/pdfs/ukia_20260128_en.pdf) - [Hazards in Social Housing (Prescribed Requirements) (England) Regulations 2025 (SI 2025/1042)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2025/1042/contents/made) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 9 October 2026. --- ## Extend Awaab's Law to private renters > “Awaab’s Law is already helping to drive up standards in the social housing sector. We’re now moving to extend it to private landlords so that England’s 11 million private renters can enjoy the same protections.” > > — Matthew Pennycook, Minister of State for Housing and Planning, Labour Party; Press release (MHCLG), quote from the Housing Minister, 8 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Matthew Pennycook](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/matthew-pennycook), Minister of State for Housing and Planning - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 8 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (MHCLG), quote from the Housing Minister - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** England's private renters (11 million, the minister's figure); private landlords must fix hazards to legal deadlines - **When:** Not set; the consultation closing on 18 December 2026 will inform the timescale - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/clampdown-on-dangerous-homes-to-protect-more-tenants-and-families (checked word for word at its source on 9 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-awaabs-law-private-renters-2026 ### Where it stands A government consultation on how to introduce Awaab's Law in the private rented sector, including when it comes into force, closes on 18 December 2026; an options assessment of its impacts was published with it. The government calls extending Awaab's Law a commitment in the Renters' Rights Act and the National Plan to End Homelessness. No start date has been set. ### Timeline - 8 October 2026, Promised: The Housing Minister says the government is moving to extend Awaab's Law to private landlords ### About the cost Repairs are paid for by private landlords. The cost to the public purse (councils enforce the rules) has not been stated; the consultation's options assessment covers the impacts. ### Sources - [MHCLG press release, 8 Oct 2026: Clampdown on dangerous homes to protect more tenants and families](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/clampdown-on-dangerous-homes-to-protect-more-tenants-and-families) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 9 October 2026. --- ## Abolish inheritance tax on the family home > “Today, the Conservative Party has announced that we will abolish Inheritance Tax on the family home and raise the individual threshold to £500,000.” > > — Conservative Party; Conservative Party news release, party conference 2026, 7 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 7 October 2026 - **Where:** Conservative Party news release, party conference 2026 - **Cost a year:** Costs £6bn to £10.9bn a year (central £7.7bn by Tax Policy Associates, independent) - **Who it affects:** Estates passing on a main home, which would become exempt, and estates above today's threshold, which would rise to £500,000 per person - **When:** Not stated ("the next Conservative government"); costed for 2029-30 - **Paid for by:** Through the party's plans "to grip public spending, especially the out-of-control welfare bill" - **Quote source:** https://www.conservatives.com/news/conservatives-to-abolish-inheritance-tax-on-the-family-home (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-iht-family-home-2026 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. The same release says the individual tax-free threshold would rise to £500,000. ### Timeline - 7 October 2026, Promised: The Conservatives announce at their party conference that they would abolish inheritance tax on the family home ### About the cost Year shown: 2029-30. Low is the party's own figure, £6bn a year, from an Onward and Oxford Economics analysis in which inheritance tax liabilities of £12.6bn in 2029/30 fall to £6.6bn. Central and high are the two ends of Tax Policy Associates' independent estimate, £7.7bn to £10.9bn a year, which counts people holding on to homes and moving other wealth into housing. There is no OBR or HMRC costing. Costing sources: - [Onward: Assessing the implications of inheritance tax reforms in the UK (7 Oct 2026)](https://ukonward.com/reports/assessing-the-implications-of-inheritance-tax-reforms-in-the-uk/) - [Tax Policy Associates (8 Oct 2026)](https://taxpolicy.org.uk/2026/10/08/conservatives-inheritance-tax-family-home-cost/) ### Sources - [Conservatives: Conservatives to abolish Inheritance Tax on the family home (7 Oct 2026)](https://www.conservatives.com/news/conservatives-to-abolish-inheritance-tax-on-the-family-home) - [Onward: Assessing the implications of inheritance tax reforms in the UK (7 Oct 2026)](https://ukonward.com/reports/assessing-the-implications-of-inheritance-tax-reforms-in-the-uk/) - [Tax Policy Associates: Conservative inheritance tax plan cost (8 Oct 2026)](https://taxpolicy.org.uk/2026/10/08/conservatives-inheritance-tax-family-home-cost/) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Create or extend 25 nature reserves by 2027 > “That’s why Natural England is delivering the King’s Series of National Nature Reserves, which will create or extend 25 NNRs by 2027, leaving a legacy for people and nature.” > > — Natural England; Press release (Natural England), 7 October 2026 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Natural England](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/natural-england) - **Made on:** 7 October 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Natural England) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People and wildlife around new or extended National Nature Reserves in England, and the landowners and partners who manage them - **When:** By 2027, as stated; Natural England's March 2026 notice says 2028 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pine-marten-caught-on-camera-in-suffolk-nature-reserve-first (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-kings-series-nnr-2026 ### Where it stands Natural England's notice of 19 March 2026 says Seven Sisters became the 13th National Nature Reserve in the King's Series, halfway to 25; Lyscombe in Dorset was declared on 15 September 2026 as the latest. That notice gives the target date as 2028, while the 7 October 2026 release says 2027; the card uses the date in the quote and reads "by 2027" as the end of 2027. ### Timeline - 7 October 2026, Promised: Natural England says the King's Series will create or extend 25 National Nature Reserves by 2027 - 7 October 2026, Delivering: Under way: Natural England reported the 13th King's Series reserve (Seven Sisters) on 19 March 2026, and declared Lyscombe in Dorset on 15 September 2026 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/iconic-seven-sisters-formally-declared-englands-new-national-nature-reserve)) - 31 December 2027, Deadline (to come): 25 new or extended National Nature Reserves due (by 2027, as stated) ### About the cost No costing published in the release. ### Sources - [Natural England press release, 7 Oct 2026: Pine marten caught on camera in Suffolk nature reserve 'first'](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pine-marten-caught-on-camera-in-suffolk-nature-reserve-first) - [Natural England, 19 Mar 2026: Iconic Seven Sisters formally declared England's new National Nature Reserve](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/iconic-seven-sisters-formally-declared-englands-new-national-nature-reserve) - [Natural England, 15 Sep 2026: Rare species help Dorset nature reserve gain national recognition](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/rare-species-help-dorset-nature-reserve-gain-national-recognition) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Apply a windfall tax to bank profits > “We will apply a windfall tax to obscene bank profits, and we will make sure the support of the welfare state is always there for those who need it.” > > — Zack Polanski, Leader of the Green Party of England and Wales, Green Party of England and Wales; Leader's speech, Green Party autumn conference 2026, 2 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Zack Polanski](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/zack-polanski), Leader of the Green Party of England and Wales - **Party:** [Green Party of England and Wales](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/green-party) - **Made on:** 2 October 2026 - **Where:** Leader's speech, Green Party autumn conference 2026 - **Cost a year:** Raises £17.1bn to £20.9bn a year (central £19bn by Green Party, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** The UK's biggest banks, on their UK retail profits above £800m - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge; the party says £14.8bn of the money raised could give small and medium-sized businesses a larger Employment Allowance - **Quote source:** https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/10/02/zack-polanskis-speech-to-conference-in-full/ (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-bank-windfall-tax-2026 ### Where it stands The Green Party is not in government, so the card stays at Promised. The party set out the details on 19 August 2026: 38% on the biggest banks' UK retail profits above £800m. The quoted sentence also promises support from the welfare state, which is too general to score. Filed under Zack Polanski, who made the pledge in his speech, since 20 October 2026; until then it was filed under the Green Party. ### Timeline - 2 October 2026, Promised: Zack Polanski pledges a windfall tax on bank profits in his conference speech ### About the cost Raises money, so the figures are negative. Year shown: 2026, one year of profits; the party does not say whether the tax would repeat. The party's figure of about £19bn rests on Positive Money's estimate: 38% of the big four banks' £49.7bn of net income above £800m, £18.9bn. Positive Money is a campaign group; no official or independent costing was found on 8 Oct 2026. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Positive Money: Windfall tax on colossal bank profits could raise £19bn in 2026 (4 Aug 2026)](https://positivemoney.org/uk/press-release/windfall-tax-on-colossal-bank-profits-could-raise-pound19bn-in-2026/) - [Positive Money: 2026 bank windfall tax estimates (PDF)](https://www.datocms-assets.com/132494/1785825253-2026-bank-windfall-tax-estimates.pdf) ### Sources - [Green Party: Zack Polanski's speech to conference in full (2 Oct 2026)](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/10/02/zack-polanskis-speech-to-conference-in-full/) - [Green Party: Greens announce windfall tax on the profits of big banks (19 Aug 2026)](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/08/19/greens-announce-windfall-tax-on-the-profits-of-big-banks/) - [Positive Money: Windfall tax on colossal bank profits could raise £19bn in 2026 (4 Aug 2026)](https://positivemoney.org/uk/press-release/windfall-tax-on-colossal-bank-profits-could-raise-pound19bn-in-2026/) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Create a national Fair Rents Guarantee > “And in the long term, we’ll put in place a national Fair Rents Guarantee – to keep rents affordable for everyone, for ever.” > > — Zack Polanski, Leader of the Green Party of England and Wales, Green Party of England and Wales; Leader's speech, Green Party autumn conference 2026, 2 October 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Zack Polanski](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/zack-polanski), Leader of the Green Party of England and Wales - **Party:** [Green Party of England and Wales](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/green-party) - **Made on:** 2 October 2026 - **Where:** Leader's speech, Green Party autumn conference 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Private renters, and their landlords - **When:** "In the long term"; no date given - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/10/02/zack-polanskis-speech-to-conference-in-full/ (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-fair-rents-guarantee-2026 ### Where it stands The Green Party is not in government, so the card stays at Promised. In the same speech he called on the government to put a three-year emergency brake on private rents, with no rise above CPI, wage growth or 2%, whichever is lower; the party's release says the brake would give the government time to develop the Fair Rents Guarantee. Neither says how the guarantee would set rents or by when. In a speech on 18 March 2026 he said a Green government would bring in rent controls. ### Timeline - 2 October 2026, Promised: Zack Polanski pledges a national Fair Rents Guarantee in his conference speech ### About the cost No cost was given in the cited sources. ### Sources - [Green Party: Zack Polanski's speech to conference in full (2 Oct 2026)](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/10/02/zack-polanskis-speech-to-conference-in-full/) - [Green Party: Greens announce plan for three-year emergency brake on private rents (2 Oct 2026)](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/10/02/greens-announce-plan-for-three-year-emergency-brake-on-private-rents-to-give-renters-breathing-space/) - [Green Party: Zack Polanski lays out plans to back the "caring majority" in major speech (18 Mar 2026)](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/03/18/zack-polanski-lays-out-plans-to-back-the-caring-majority-in-major-speech/) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Bring energy costs in line with neighbours > “Within 10 years, I want those costs to be in line with our neighbours.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Leader's speech, Labour Party Conference 2026, 29 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 29 September 2026 - **Where:** Leader's speech, Labour Party Conference 2026 - **Deadline:** 29 September 2036 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** British businesses and billpayers, whose energy costs the speech says are some of the highest in Europe - **When:** Within 10 years of the speech (29 September 2026) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/updates/stories/andy-burnhams-speech-to-labour-party-conference-2026/ (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-energy-costs-neighbours-2036 ### Where it stands Stated as an aim ("I want"). The Prime Minister said British businesses and billpayers pay some of the highest energy costs in Europe, and that meeting the aim means reforming the energy market. "Within 10 years" is recorded as a deadline of 29 September 2036, ten years after the speech. The speech names no measure of costs and no list of neighbours; the card moves when the government sets one, or a plan to reach the aim. ### Timeline - 29 September 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister tells Labour's conference he wants British energy costs in line with neighbouring countries' within 10 years - 29 September 2036, Deadline (to come): Energy costs due to be in line with neighbours (editorial date, 10 years from the speech) ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Labour Party: Andy Burnham's speech to Labour Party Conference 2026 (29 Sep 2026)](https://labour.org.uk/updates/stories/andy-burnhams-speech-to-labour-party-conference-2026/) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Put AI centre stage in the G20 presidency > “When Britain takes the Presidency of the G20 next year, I will show our new-found confidence as a country, and I will show it to the world by putting AI centre stage and Britain will then work to develop a new global code to capture its benefits whilst being clear-eyed about its risks.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Leader's speech, Labour Party Conference 2026, 29 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Running government](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/running-government) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 29 September 2026 - **Where:** Leader's speech, Labour Party Conference 2026 - **Deadline:** 30 November 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** G20 governments, through a shared global code on the benefits and risks of AI, and the people those rules would protect - **When:** During the UK's G20 Presidency, from December 2026, up to the Leaders' Summit in Manchester in November 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/updates/stories/andy-burnhams-speech-to-labour-party-conference-2026/ (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-g20-ai-centre-stage-2027 ### Where it stands The Prime Minister first said it at the UN General Assembly on 22 September 2026, where he also said the UK will work towards agreeing a single set of global principles and standards for AI. No 10 said the same day that the UK takes over the G20 Presidency from the US in December 2026 and that the Leaders' Summit will be held in Manchester the following November, so the deadline is recorded as 30 November 2027. Neither speech says what the global code would contain or who would sign it. The card moves when the UK's presidency publishes its priorities, and again when a code is agreed. ### Timeline - 29 September 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister tells Labour's conference he will put AI centre stage during the UK's G20 Presidency and that Britain will work to develop a new global code on AI - 30 November 2027, Deadline (to come): G20 Leaders' Summit in Manchester (editorial date, end of November 2027) ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Labour Party: Andy Burnham's speech to Labour Party Conference 2026 (29 Sep 2026)](https://labour.org.uk/updates/stories/andy-burnhams-speech-to-labour-party-conference-2026/) - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech at UNGA, 22 September 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-at-unga-22-september-2026) - [Prime Minister's Office, 22 Sep 2026: Prime Minister drives global work on artificial intelligence at UNGA](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-drives-global-work-on-artificial-intelligence-at-unga-as-uk-and-us-make-history-with-firing-from-undersea-drone) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Create Great British Grid > “Today I can announce our plan for Great British Grid. A new branch of Great British Energy. A publicly-owned company that will challenge the private sector operators. It will increase competition, drive down costs and speed up connections so businesses can expand and grow more quickly.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Leader's speech, Labour Party Conference 2026, 29 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 29 September 2026 - **Where:** Leader's speech, Labour Party Conference 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Households and businesses waiting to connect to the electricity grid, and the private network operators Great British Grid would compete with - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Start-up costs from Great British Energy's existing budgets; the long-term budget to be considered at a future spending review - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/updates/stories/andy-burnhams-speech-to-labour-party-conference-2026/ (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-great-british-grid-2026 ### Where it stands The Department for Energy Security and Net Zero announced Great British Grid the same day: a new publicly owned body within Great British Energy that will invest public money, alongside private investment, in electricity network infrastructure. Its start-up costs come from Great British Energy's existing budgets; the long-term budget is to be considered at a future spending review. No date is given for setting it up. The card moves when Great British Grid is set up or given a budget of its own. ### Timeline - 29 September 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister announces Great British Grid, a publicly owned branch of Great British Energy, at Labour's conference ### About the cost No figure. The start-up costs are covered by Great British Energy's existing budgets, and the long-term budget is to be considered at a future spending review, so no yearly figure is shown. Costing sources: - [Department for Energy Security and Net Zero and Great British Energy, 29 Sep 2026: Great British Grid to speed up connections and cut bills](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/great-british-grid-to-speed-up-connections-and-cut-bills) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Andy Burnham's speech to Labour Party Conference 2026 (29 Sep 2026)](https://labour.org.uk/updates/stories/andy-burnhams-speech-to-labour-party-conference-2026/) - [Department for Energy Security and Net Zero and Great British Energy, 29 Sep 2026: Great British Grid to speed up connections and cut bills](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/great-british-grid-to-speed-up-connections-and-cut-bills) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Introduce a leasehold reform Bill before Christmas > “I can give him an assurance that she and many thousands of others up and down the country need wait no longer for leasehold reform. We will bring forward the leasehold reform Bill as soon as possible—hopefully this year.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Leader's speech, Labour Party Conference 2026, 29 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 29 September 2026 - **Where:** Leader's speech, Labour Party Conference 2026 - **Deadline:** 31 December 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Leaseholders - **When:** As soon as possible, hopefully in 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-21/debates/75C8A826-17E0-47BD-A4C3-A2DCD01144FB/Engagements (checked word for word at its source on 25 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 25 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-leasehold-reform-bill-2026 ### Where it stands In September the Prime Minister promised a Bill "before Christmas", recorded as 24 December 2026. At Prime Minister's Questions on 21 October he said the Bill will come "as soon as possible—hopefully this year", read as 31 December 2026. Neither statement says what the Bill would contain. The card moves when a leasehold reform Bill is introduced in Parliament. ### Timeline - 29 September 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister tells Labour's conference the government will introduce a Bill for leasehold reform before Christmas - 21 October 2026, Reworded: The Prime Minister tells the Commons the leasehold reform Bill will come as soon as possible, "hopefully this year", where in September he said before Christmas ([evidence](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-21/debates/75C8A826-17E0-47BD-A4C3-A2DCD01144FB/Engagements)) - 24 December 2026, Deadline (to come): Bill due to be introduced before Christmas (editorial date) ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Earlier wording - Version 1, 29 September 2026: “We will introduce a Bill before Christmas for long overdue Leasehold Reform.” ([source](https://labour.org.uk/updates/stories/andy-burnhams-speech-to-labour-party-conference-2026/)) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Andy Burnham's speech to Labour Party Conference 2026 (29 Sep 2026)](https://labour.org.uk/updates/stories/andy-burnhams-speech-to-labour-party-conference-2026/) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 21 Oct 2026: Engagements (Prime Minister's Questions)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-10-21/debates/75C8A826-17E0-47BD-A4C3-A2DCD01144FB/Engagements) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 25 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Adjust the State Pension triple lock from 2030 > “The current State Pension Triple Lock will be maintained until April 2030. From then, it will be adjusted so the State Pension rises by at least inflation or 2.5% each year with a new link built in to keep pace with earnings over time.” > > — HM Government; No 10 press release on a National Care Service, 29 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 29 September 2026 - **Where:** No 10 press release on a National Care Service - **Deadline:** 1 April 2030 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People receiving the basic or new State Pension - **When:** The triple lock continues until April 2030; the adjusted lock applies from then - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge; the release says "Savings under the adjusted Triple Lock will be used for a new National Care Service" - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-andy-burnham-sets-out-plans-for-a-new-national-care-service (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-triple-lock-2030-2026 ### Where it stands The government says it will legislate for the change during this Parliament. Until April 2030 the State Pension keeps rising by the triple lock; the Budget sets the April 2027 rise. ### Timeline - 29 September 2026, Promised: The government says it will keep the triple lock until April 2030, then adjust it, as part of plans for a National Care Service - 1 April 2030, Deadline (to come): The adjusted lock is due to apply ### About the cost No yearly figure is shown for the years this card covers. Keeping the triple lock until April 2030 is already in the government's plans, so it adds no cost against them. After that, DWP estimates the adjusted lock spends £15bn a year less than the triple lock would by 2039-40, and £50bn a year less by 2049-50 (nominal), and says these long-term figures should not be used for any other single year. Costing sources: - [DWP: State Pension uprating analysis 2026, tables 1 and 2](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/state-pension-uprating-analysis-2026/state-pension-uprating) ### Sources - [No 10: Prime Minister Andy Burnham sets out plans for a new National Care Service (29 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-andy-burnham-sets-out-plans-for-a-new-national-care-service) - [DWP: State Pension uprating analysis 2026 (29 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/state-pension-uprating-analysis-2026/state-pension-uprating) - [HM Treasury: Budget 2025 (26 Nov 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/budget-2025-document/budget-2025-html) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Restore the Union Learning Fund, £15m a year > “The Chancellor also confirmed £15 million a year of additional funding to restore the Union Learning Fund in England, helping working people gain new skills, progress at work and adapt as technology, including AI, changes the workplace.” > > — HM Government; HM Treasury news story, 28 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 28 September 2026 - **Where:** HM Treasury news story - **Cost a year:** Costs £14m to £17m a year (central £15m by HM Treasury, official) - **Who it affects:** Working people in England - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** "The Budget will set out details how apprenticeship brokerage expansion and Union Learning Fund are fully funded by savings found by the Department for Work & Pensions." - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/chancellor-backs-young-people-into-work-by-supporting-jobs (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-union-learning-fund-2026 ### Where it stands The Treasury says the Budget will set out how the fund is paid for, from savings found by the Department for Work and Pensions. ### Timeline - 28 September 2026, Promised: The Chancellor confirms £15m a year to restore the Union Learning Fund in England ### About the cost The government's own figure: £15 million a year. No start date or independent costing has been published. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [HM Treasury: Chancellor backs young people into work by supporting jobs (28 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/chancellor-backs-young-people-into-work-by-supporting-jobs) ### Sources - [HM Treasury: Chancellor backs young people into work by supporting jobs (28 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/chancellor-backs-young-people-into-work-by-supporting-jobs) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Launch the Your First Home equity loan scheme > “The government has today (Saturday 26 September 2026) announced a new equity loan scheme - Your First Home - in England will be confirmed at next month’s Budget, to support more people into homeownership.” > > — HM Government; MHCLG press release, 26 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 26 September 2026 - **Where:** MHCLG press release - **Deadline:** 28 October 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** First-time buyers in England buying a new-build home from a developer in the scheme. The government says it is expected to support 2.5% deposits, backed by 20% government-backed equity loans; income and price caps are to be set at the Budget. - **When:** To be confirmed at the Budget on 28 October 2026; no start date given - **Paid for by:** Partly stated: "Developers will be expected to make a contribution when signing up to the scheme to help cover costs" - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-first-time-buyer-scheme-to-be-confirmed-at-budget (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-your-first-home-2026 ### Where it stands The government says the scheme will be confirmed at the Budget on 28 October 2026, with its costs, income and price caps and timetable. ### Timeline - 26 September 2026, Promised: The government announces the Your First Home equity loan scheme for England, to be confirmed at the Budget - 28 October 2026, Deadline (to come): Due to be confirmed at the Budget ### About the cost No figure yet. The government says costs and timelines will be announced by the Chancellor at the Budget. Costing sources: - [MHCLG: New first-time buyer scheme to be confirmed at Budget (26 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-first-time-buyer-scheme-to-be-confirmed-at-budget) ### Sources - [MHCLG: New first-time buyer scheme to be confirmed at Budget (26 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-first-time-buyer-scheme-to-be-confirmed-at-budget) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Raise the tax-free personal allowance to £15,000 > “The Liberal Democrats will take 2.5 million people out of paying income tax altogether by raising the tax-free personal allowance to £15,000.” > > — Liberal Democrats; Liberal Democrat news release with the leader's conference speech, 22 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Liberal Democrats](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/liberal-democrats) - **Made on:** 22 September 2026 - **Where:** Liberal Democrat news release with the leader's conference speech - **Cost a year:** Costs £15.3bn to £18.7bn a year (central £17bn by Liberal Democrats, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** UK income taxpayers. The same package raises the employee National Insurance threshold to £15,000 and the higher-rate threshold to £56,000 (outside Scotland). - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** From a "growth dividend worth £27 billion a year" the party expects from a new partnership with the EU, including the Single Market and a Customs Union; it says £17bn of it would pay for the tax cuts - **Quote source:** https://www.libdems.org.uk/news/article/cutting-income-tax-to-tackle-the-cost-of-living-crisis (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ld-personal-allowance-15k-2026 ### Where it stands The Liberal Democrats are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. The release says 2.5 million people would be taken out of income tax; the leader's speech the same day says 2 million more. ### Timeline - 22 September 2026, Promised: The Liberal Democrats announce the £15,000 personal allowance on the last day of their conference ### About the cost The party's own figure, £17bn a year, covers the whole package (the allowance, the National Insurance threshold and the higher-rate threshold) with no split, and the release gives no year. No independent costing was found on 8 Oct 2026. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Liberal Democrats: Cutting income tax to tackle the cost of living crisis (22 Sep 2026)](https://www.libdems.org.uk/news/article/cutting-income-tax-to-tackle-the-cost-of-living-crisis) - [Chartered Institute of Taxation: Liberal Democrat Conference 2026](https://www.tax.org.uk/liberal-democrats-conference-2026-tax) ### Sources - [Liberal Democrats: Cutting income tax to tackle the cost of living crisis (22 Sep 2026)](https://www.libdems.org.uk/news/article/cutting-income-tax-to-tackle-the-cost-of-living-crisis) - [Liberal Democrats: The fight of our lives, leader's speech (22 Sep 2026)](https://www.libdems.org.uk/news/article/the-fight-of-our-lives) - [Chartered Institute of Taxation: Liberal Democrat Conference 2026](https://www.tax.org.uk/liberal-democrats-conference-2026-tax) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Develop an AI defence partnership with the US > “I am announcing today that we are developing a new AI defence partnership with the US to protect our critical national infrastructure.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Speech to the UN General Assembly, 22 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Defence](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/defence) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 22 September 2026 - **Where:** Speech to the UN General Assembly - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The UK's critical national infrastructure, and the people and services that depend on it - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-at-unga-22-september-2026 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-us-ai-defence-partnership-2026 ### Where it stands No 10 said the same day that the Ministry of Defence's Rapid AI Delivery Taskforce and the US Department of War's Chief Digital and Artificial Intelligence Office will work together on AI and autonomy, to help protect critical national infrastructure from sea lanes to air space. No date, cost or agreement has been published. The card moves when the two governments publish the partnership's terms or its first joint work. ### Timeline - 22 September 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister tells the UN General Assembly the UK is developing a new AI defence partnership with the US to protect critical national infrastructure ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech at UNGA, 22 September 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-at-unga-22-september-2026) - [Prime Minister's Office, 22 Sep 2026: Prime Minister drives global work on artificial intelligence at UNGA](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-drives-global-work-on-artificial-intelligence-at-unga-as-uk-and-us-make-history-with-firing-from-undersea-drone) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Cut manufacturers’ electricity bills by up to 25% > “When it comes to energy costs, our British industrial competitiveness scheme will save more than 10,000 manufacturers up to 25% of their electricity bills.” > > — Blair McDougall, Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State (Minister for Reindustrialisation), Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade and Department for Energy Security and Net Zero, Labour Party; Commons statement, 9 September 2026 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Blair McDougall](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/blair-mcdougall), Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State (Minister for Reindustrialisation), Department for Business, Innovation, Science and Trade and Department for Energy Security and Net Zero - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** Costs £0.54bn to £0.66bn a year (central £0.6bn by Department for Business and Trade, official) - **Who it affects:** Manufacturers in Great Britain in eligible frontier and foundational sectors, such as automotive, aerospace and chemicals, that meet the electricity-use threshold (government estimate: over 10,000 businesses). They stop paying the indirect costs of the Renewables Obligation, Feed-in Tariffs and the Capacity Market. The Northern Ireland Executive is to get funding for an equivalent programme, subject to a business case. - **When:** Applications 1 October to 30 November 2026; exemptions on bills from April 2027 (Renewables Obligation and Feed-in Tariffs) and October 2027 (Capacity Market); a one-off payment in 2027 covers the support firms would have received had the scheme run from April 2026 - **Paid for by:** A combination of changes within the energy system (such as those recently made to inflation indexation of RO/FITs), removal of Carbon Price Support from April 2028 and Exchequer funding, so that domestic and non-domestic electricity consumers do not see an increase in their bills; the one-off 2027 payment is funded by the Exchequer - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/CAB0EF73-A8DD-4708-AF57-2221AD011A5A/JaguarLandRoverRedundancies (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-bics-electricity-2026 ### Where it stands The scheme is in the government's plans (Modern Industrial Strategy, June 2025; consultation responses of 16 April and July 2026), and applications opened on 1 October 2026 and close on 30 November 2026. Exemptions on bills start in April 2027. Draft regulations amending the Renewables Obligation and Capacity Market rules were laid on 7 September 2026 and need approval by both Houses; none had been made by 7 October 2026. The Exchequer funding is due to be scored at Budget 2026, so the card stays at In plan. ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: Minister for Reindustrialisation Blair McDougall tells the Commons the scheme will save more than 10,000 manufacturers up to 25% of their electricity bills - 1 October 2026, In plan: Applications open until 30 November 2026; the government says eligible firms receive support from April 2027 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/applications-open-for-scheme-to-slash-electricity-bills-for-over-10000-manufacturers)) ### About the cost Year shown: a typical year of the scheme from April 2027; the government gives an average yearly figure, not one for a named year. Its estimate is "around £600 million on average p.a." (government response, 16 April 2026); its press release the same day says "up to £600 million per year from April 2027". Central figure only, subject to final scheme design and consumption forecasts. Neither source says whether this includes the one-off additional payment in 2027, worth around a year's relief, for businesses that apply in the first window. The final impact assessment (7 September 2026), published with the draft regulations, puts the cost of BICS support at £3.8bn in present value over 2027-28 to 2034-35 (2025 prices), including the additional payment, or £3.2bn without it; that is a discounted eight-year total, not a yearly figure, so it is not used for the range. No independent costing has been published. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Government response: BICS consultation on scheme eligibility and approach, 16 Apr 2026](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69dfe1fdf5069cdc548688aa/british-industrial-competitiveness-scheme-consultation-on-scheme-eligibility-approach-government-response.pdf) - [DBT and HM Treasury press release, 16 Apr 2026: Government cuts electricity bill for 10,000 manufacturers](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-cuts-electricity-bill-for-10000-manufacturers-in-boost-for-uk-competitiveness) - [BIST impact assessment: British Industrial Competitiveness Scheme (final stage, 7 Sep 2026)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukia/2026/149/pdfs/ukia_20260149_en.pdf) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 9 Sep 2026: Jaguar Land Rover: Redundancies (statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/CAB0EF73-A8DD-4708-AF57-2221AD011A5A/JaguarLandRoverRedundancies) - [The UK's Modern Industrial Strategy, 23 Jun 2025 (DBT)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/industrial-strategy) - [Government response: BICS consultation on scheme eligibility and approach, 16 Apr 2026](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69dfe1fdf5069cdc548688aa/british-industrial-competitiveness-scheme-consultation-on-scheme-eligibility-approach-government-response.pdf) - [DBT and HM Treasury press release, 16 Apr 2026: Government cuts electricity bill for 10,000 manufacturers](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-cuts-electricity-bill-for-10000-manufacturers-in-boost-for-uk-competitiveness) - [BICS consultation on regulatory changes and scheme delivery: government response, Jul 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/british-industrial-competitiveness-scheme-consultation-on-regulatory-changes-and-scheme-delivery) - [BIST press release, 1 Oct 2026: Applications open for scheme to slash electricity bills for over 10,000 manufacturers](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/applications-open-for-scheme-to-slash-electricity-bills-for-over-10000-manufacturers) - [GOV.UK collection: British Industrial Competitiveness Scheme](https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/british-industrial-competitiveness-scheme) - [Draft Renewables Obligation and Electricity Capacity (Amendment) (British Industrial Competitiveness Scheme Excluded Electricity) Regulations 2026 (laid 7 Sep 2026), legislation.gov.uk](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2026/9780348286762/contents) - [BIST impact assessment: British Industrial Competitiveness Scheme (final stage, 7 Sep 2026)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukia/2026/149/pdfs/ukia_20260149_en.pdf) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## Stop children taking, sharing or viewing naked pictures > “New legislation will be prepared by the government to force tech companies to make it impossible for children to take, share or view naked pictures.” > > — HM Government; Press release (DCMS), 9 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Press release (DCMS) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Children under 18 in the UK; technology companies, which would be legally required to build protections into their devices - **When:** Not stated; the government says it will introduce the legislation "as soon as possible" - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/uk-to-have-worlds-strongest-online-child-safety-laws-as-government-prepares-legislation-on-nude-images (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-child-nude-images-law-2026 ### Where it stands No date was given: the government says it will introduce the legislation as soon as possible, and will reassess whether it is needed if companies put solutions in place themselves. The same press release says features that keep users scrolling for longer, such as videos that play one after another and personalised feeds, will also be switched off by default for 16 and 17-year-olds; no date is given for this either. ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: Government announces it will bring forward legislation requiring technology companies to stop under-18s taking, sharing or viewing nude images on their devices ### About the cost No cost to the public purse stated. The law would require technology companies to build protections into their devices, so the main cost falls on the companies. The government has not yet published the bill or an impact assessment, and its announcement gives no figure. Costing sources: - [DCMS: UK to have world's strongest online child safety laws as government prepares legislation on nude images (9 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/uk-to-have-worlds-strongest-online-child-safety-laws-as-government-prepares-legislation-on-nude-images) - [DCMS: Lisa Nandy's statement on protecting children online (8 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/lisa-nandys-statement-on-protecting-children-online) ### Corrections - 8 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note said only that no costing was published. It now says who bears the cost under the announced plan. Was: “No costing published.”. Now: “No cost to the public purse stated. The law would require technology companies to build protections into their devices, so the main cost falls on the companies. The government has not yet published the bill or an impact assessment, and its announcement gives no figure.”. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/uk-to-have-worlds-strongest-online-child-safety-laws-as-government-prepares-legislation-on-nude-images)) - 8 October 2026, the cost sources in version 1: The note said only that no costing was published. It now says who bears the cost under the announced plan. Was: not given. Now: DCMS: UK to have world's strongest online child safety laws as government prepares legislation on nude images (9 Sep 2026); DCMS: Lisa Nandy's statement on protecting children online (8 Sep 2026). ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/uk-to-have-worlds-strongest-online-child-safety-laws-as-government-prepares-legislation-on-nude-images)) ### Sources - [DCMS press release, 9 Sep 2026: UK to have world's strongest online child safety laws as government prepares legislation on nude images](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/uk-to-have-worlds-strongest-online-child-safety-laws-as-government-prepares-legislation-on-nude-images) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## Cheap power plan to cut energy costs > “The Conservatives have a cheap power plan to slash energy costs for the entire economy. It involves hard-nosed choices: repealing the Climate Change Act 2008, axing the emissions trading scheme, scrapping wind and solar subsidies, investing in nuclear and getting the North sea drilling again.” > > — Julia Lopez, Shadow Minister (Business, Innovation, Science and Trade), Conservative Party; Commons statement (Julia Lopez, for the Conservatives), 9 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Julia Lopez](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/julia-lopez), Shadow Minister (Business, Innovation, Science and Trade) - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement (Julia Lopez, for the Conservatives) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Electricity bill payers, households and businesses (the party says the Cheap Power Plan would save the average family £200 a year on electricity bills); wind and solar generators that receive subsidies - **When:** Not stated; the party says the next Conservative Government would act - **Paid for by:** The party says its plan to cut bills "would be paid for by getting Britain drilling" (party broadcast, 8 April 2026). No other funding is stated on its policy pages. - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/CAB0EF73-A8DD-4708-AF57-2221AD011A5A/JaguarLandRoverRedundancies (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-cheap-power-plan-2026 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. Claire Coutinho, then Shadow Energy Secretary, announced the repeal of the Climate Change Act and the first Cheap Power Plan policies (to "axe the Carbon Tax on electricity generation" and to scrap old wind farm subsidies) at the party's 2025 conference, and the party's policy page lists repealing the Act and axing the "Carbon Tax". Filed under Julia Lopez, who made the pledge in the Commons for the Conservatives, since 20 October 2026; until then it was filed under the Conservative Party. ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: Conservative frontbencher Julia Lopez tells the Commons the Conservatives' cheap power plan involves repealing the Climate Change Act 2008, axing the emissions trading scheme and scrapping wind and solar subsidies ### About the cost No costing of the effect on the public finances published. The party's figures are savings on bills, not public-finance figures: it says axing the carbon tax would cut bills by almost £8bn a year (6 October 2025 speech) and that the plan would save households £200 a year, and a report by Onward that the party published on 19 August 2026 puts savings on electricity bills at over £320bn by 2050. The party's savings list includes £1.6bn from scrapping "green subsidies", with no year and no list of which subsidies. Costing sources: - [Conservatives: Energy is prosperity (Claire Coutinho conference speech), 6 Oct 2025](https://www.conservatives.com/news/energy-is-prosperity) - [Conservatives: The Hidden Cost of Net Zero, 19 Aug 2026](https://www.conservatives.com/news/the-hidden-cost-of-net-zero) - [Conservatives: Our Plan for Britain (policy page)](https://www.conservatives.com/our-plan-for-britain) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 9 Sep 2026: Jaguar Land Rover: Redundancies (statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/CAB0EF73-A8DD-4708-AF57-2221AD011A5A/JaguarLandRoverRedundancies) - [Conservatives: Energy is prosperity (Claire Coutinho conference speech), 6 Oct 2025](https://www.conservatives.com/news/energy-is-prosperity) - [Conservatives: The Hidden Cost of Net Zero (Claire Coutinho speech and Onward report), 19 Aug 2026](https://www.conservatives.com/news/the-hidden-cost-of-net-zero) - [Conservatives: Our Plan for Britain (policy page)](https://www.conservatives.com/our-plan-for-britain) - [Conservatives: New Conservative Broadcast: Cut Britain's Bills, 8 Apr 2026](https://www.conservatives.com/news/cut-britains-bills-broadcast) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## Abolish the zero emission vehicle (ZEV) mandate > “The Conservatives would abolish the ZEV mandate.” > > — Julia Lopez, Shadow Minister (Business, Innovation, Science and Trade), Conservative Party; Commons statement (Julia Lopez, for the Conservatives), 9 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Julia Lopez](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/julia-lopez), Shadow Minister (Business, Innovation, Science and Trade) - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement (Julia Lopez, for the Conservatives) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Car and van manufacturers, which would no longer have to meet the mandate's yearly targets for zero-emission sales; the party also says it would end the 2030 ban on new petrol and diesel cars - **When:** Not stated; the party says the next Conservative Government would act - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/CAB0EF73-A8DD-4708-AF57-2221AD011A5A/JaguarLandRoverRedundancies (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-zev-mandate-abolition-2026 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised; the party's policy pages say the next Conservative Government will completely abolish the Zero Emission Vehicle (ZEV) mandate. Filed under economic affairs, not housing and environment, because the mandate regulates car and van makers' sales (transport and manufacturing are economic affairs in the COFOG classification the ledger uses) and the pledge was made in a statement on car-industry job losses. Filed under Julia Lopez, who made the pledge in the Commons for the Conservatives, since 20 October 2026; until then it was filed under the Conservative Party. ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: Conservative frontbencher Julia Lopez tells the Commons the Conservatives would abolish the ZEV mandate ### About the cost No costing published for abolishing the mandate itself. In December 2025 the party said that scrapping the non-research and development subsidy programmes linked to the mandate, a separate measure, would save £3.8bn over the next decade; that is a ten-year total, so no yearly figure is shown. Costing sources: - [FleetPoint, 15 Dec 2025: Conservatives to rip up electric vehicle rules (reports the party's announcement)](https://www.fleetpoint.org/environment-news/zero-emission-vehicle-mandate/conservatives-to-rip-up-electric-vehicle-rules/) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 9 Sep 2026: Jaguar Land Rover: Redundancies (statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/CAB0EF73-A8DD-4708-AF57-2221AD011A5A/JaguarLandRoverRedundancies) - [Conservatives: Our new plan for drivers, 24 Apr 2026](https://www.conservatives.com/news/our-new-plan-for-drivers) - [Conservatives: Our Plan for Britain (policy page)](https://www.conservatives.com/our-plan-for-britain) - [FleetPoint, 15 Dec 2025: Conservatives to rip up electric vehicle rules (reports the party's announcement)](https://www.fleetpoint.org/environment-news/zero-emission-vehicle-mandate/conservatives-to-rip-up-electric-vehicle-rules/) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## Publish curriculum and assessment reform proposals > “Our curriculum and assessment reform will go hand in hand with that ambition, and we will soon publish proposals building on the Becky Francis review.” > > — Lucy Powell, Secretary of State for Education, Labour Party; Commons statement, 9 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [Lucy Powell](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/lucy-powell), Secretary of State for Education - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Pupils and students in England, and the schools and colleges that teach and assess them - **When:** Not stated ("soon") - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/5464194E-3C69-4173-B4BA-5F57B9F7B471/EducationAndSkillsReform (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-curriculum-proposals-2026 ### Where it stands No date was given ("soon"), so the card has no deadline. The independent Curriculum and Assessment Review, chaired by Professor Becky Francis, published its final report on 5 November 2025, alongside a government response. ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: Lucy Powell tells the Commons that proposals for curriculum and assessment reform building on the Becky Francis review will be published soon ### About the cost No separate cost: publishing proposals costs nothing of its own, and the Department for Education has published no costing. Its November 2025 response to the Curriculum and Assessment Review sets the timetable, aiming to publish the final revised national curriculum by spring 2027, but gives no overall cost for the reform. Costing sources: - [DfE: Government response to the Curriculum and Assessment Review (5 Nov 2025)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/690b2a4a14b040dfe82922ea/Government_response_to_the_Curriculum_and_Assessment_Review.pdf) ### Corrections - 8 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note said only that no costing was published. It now says why the promise has no separate cost and what the Department for Education has published. Was: “No costing published.”. Now: “No separate cost: publishing proposals costs nothing of its own, and the Department for Education has published no costing. Its November 2025 response to the Curriculum and Assessment Review sets the timetable, aiming to publish the final revised national curriculum by spring 2027, but gives no overall cost for the reform.”. ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/690b2a4a14b040dfe82922ea/Government_response_to_the_Curriculum_and_Assessment_Review.pdf)) - 8 October 2026, the cost sources in version 1: The note said only that no costing was published. It now says why the promise has no separate cost and what the Department for Education has published. Was: not given. Now: DfE: Government response to the Curriculum and Assessment Review (5 Nov 2025). ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/690b2a4a14b040dfe82922ea/Government_response_to_the_Curriculum_and_Assessment_Review.pdf)) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 9 Sep 2026: Education and Skills Reform](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/5464194E-3C69-4173-B4BA-5F57B9F7B471/EducationAndSkillsReform) - [DfE, 5 Nov 2025: Curriculum and Assessment Review Final Report](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/curriculum-and-assessment-review-final-report) - [DfE, 5 Nov 2025: Curriculum and Assessment Review Final Report: government response](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/curriculum-and-assessment-review-final-report-government-response) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## All landlords registered by 14 November 2027 > “All landlords actively letting property will need to have registered by 14 November 2027.” > > — HM Government; Press release (MHCLG), 9 September 2026 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Press release (MHCLG) - **Deadline:** 14 November 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Landlords in England with properties under let, who must register; their tenants; and councils, which get access to the information (the government says this will help them "spot rogue landlords and take quicker action") - **When:** Launch on 15 December 2026 in the West Midlands, then other regions over 12 months; landlords in each region get three months to sign up once it is called forward, and all landlords actively letting must be registered by 14 November 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/stronger-protections-and-greater-confidence-for-renters (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-landlord-register-2026 ### Where it stands The register is due to launch on 15 December 2026 in the West Midlands and reach other regions over 12 months; the Private Rented Sector Database Regulations 2026 were laid in draft on 9 September 2026 and need approval by both Houses, and section 75 of the Renters’ Rights Act 2025, which creates the database, is not yet in force. The same release says HMRC’s Valuation Office will take over decisions on challenges to rent increases in England; until then renters apply to the First-tier Tribunal. ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: MHCLG announces the national landlord register will launch on 15 December 2026 in the West Midlands, with all landlords actively letting property registered by 14 November 2027 - 9 September 2026, In plan: Draft Private Rented Sector Database Regulations 2026 laid before Parliament, setting regional start dates from 15 December 2026 (West Midlands) to 15 August 2027 (South West) ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2026/9780348286861/contents)) - 14 November 2027, Deadline (to come): All landlords actively letting property due to be registered ### About the cost The government has not published what the register costs the public purse. Its 2024 impact assessment lists a government grant to set up the database without a figure, and says the database will eventually pay for itself through registration fees. The fee is now £65 a year per property, and the law lets it cover running the database and enforcing the rules. The 2026 regulations came without a new impact assessment. Costing sources: - [Draft Private Rented Sector Database Regulations 2026, legislation.gov.uk](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2026/9780348286861/contents) - [MHCLG: Renters' Rights Bill impact assessment (22 Nov 2024), paragraph 115 and Annex 3](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/67405a2353373262c0d825c5/Renters__Rights_Bill_Impact_assessment.pdf) - [MHCLG: Explanatory memorandum to the draft Private Rented Sector Database Regulations 2026](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2026/9780348286861/memorandum/contents) - [MHCLG Housing Hub: Get ready to register (the £65 fee)](https://housinghub.campaign.gov.uk/renting-is-changing/get-ready-to-register/) ### Corrections - 8 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note said only that no costing was published. It now says what the government's impact assessment does say: an uncosted upfront grant, paid back over time by landlord fees. Was: “No costing published. Under the draft regulations, a fee must be paid to make or renew (every 12 months) each dwelling entry, and in some cases to reactivate one; the database operator sets the fee by reference to its relevant costs (draft regulations 6(5), 10(2), 12(5) and 14).”. Now: “The government has not published what the register costs the public purse. Its 2024 impact assessment lists a government grant to set up the database without a figure, and says the database will eventually pay for itself through registration fees. The fee is now £65 a year per property, and the law lets it cover running the database and enforcing the rules. The 2026 regulations came without a new impact assessment.”. ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/67405a2353373262c0d825c5/Renters__Rights_Bill_Impact_assessment.pdf)) - 8 October 2026, the cost sources in version 1: The note said only that no costing was published. It now says what the government's impact assessment does say: an uncosted upfront grant, paid back over time by landlord fees. Was: Draft Private Rented Sector Database Regulations 2026, legislation.gov.uk. Now: Draft Private Rented Sector Database Regulations 2026, legislation.gov.uk; MHCLG: Renters' Rights Bill impact assessment (22 Nov 2024), paragraph 115 and Annex 3; MHCLG: Explanatory memorandum to the draft Private Rented Sector Database Regulations 2026; MHCLG Housing Hub: Get ready to register (the £65 fee). ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/67405a2353373262c0d825c5/Renters__Rights_Bill_Impact_assessment.pdf)) ### Sources - [MHCLG press release, 9 Sep 2026: Stronger protections and greater confidence for renters](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/stronger-protections-and-greater-confidence-for-renters) - [Draft Private Rented Sector Database Regulations 2026 (laid 9 Sep 2026), legislation.gov.uk](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2026/9780348286861/contents) - [Renters’ Rights Act 2025, section 75 (The database), legislation.gov.uk](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/26/section/75) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## Give mayors control of the 16-19 education budget > “For the first time, mayors will have control of the 16-19 education budget, and I know that, in respect of early years and early intervention, we can transform outcomes through the power of place.” > > — Lucy Powell, Secretary of State for Education, Labour Party; Commons statement, 9 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [Lucy Powell](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/lucy-powell), Secretary of State for Education - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Mayors of strategic authorities in England, who would control 16-19 education funding in their areas, and 16- to 19-year-olds in education there - **When:** Not stated. The Cabinet's Rewiring the State statement says a white paper in autumn 2026 will set out the timetable. - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/5464194E-3C69-4173-B4BA-5F57B9F7B471/EducationAndSkillsReform (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mayors-16-19-budget-2026 ### Where it stands No start date was given in the statement. The Cabinet's Rewiring the State statement (31 July 2026) lists mayors' control of the budget for 16- to 19-year-olds among the agreed reforms and says a white paper this autumn will set out a timetable for implementation. ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: Lucy Powell tells the Commons that mayors will control the 16-19 education budget for the first time ### About the cost No cost of its own: the pledge hands mayors control of money the Department for Education already spends, and no costing has been published. For scale only, England's whole 16-19 budget is nearly £9 billion in the 2026/27 academic year, but the government has not said how much of it would pass to mayors. DfE describes it as the devolution of "billions of pounds of funding for 16 to 19-year-olds". Costing sources: - [DfE press release, 10 Sep 2026: Local leaders have say on reforms to prepare youngsters for work](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/local-leaders-have-say-on-reforms-to-prepare-youngsters-for-work) - [Cabinet Office, 31 Jul 2026: Rewiring the State – Cabinet Statement](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/rewiring-the-state-cabinet-statement/rewiring-the-state-cabinet-statement-html) - [UK Parliament: written question 125387, Further Education: Finance (answered 20 Apr 2026)](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-questions/detail/2026-04-10/125387) ### Corrections - 8 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note now gives the size of the existing national 16-19 budget, from a ministerial answer, so readers can see the scale; it stays clear that this is money already spent, not a new cost. Was: “No costing published. The pledge moves control of existing 16-19 education funding from central government to mayors. No official figure has been published for how much of that budget would be devolved, or for any change in total spending. DfE describes it as the devolution of "billions of pounds of funding for 16 to 19-year-olds".”. Now: “No cost of its own: the pledge hands mayors control of money the Department for Education already spends, and no costing has been published. For scale only, England's whole 16-19 budget is nearly £9 billion in the 2026/27 academic year, but the government has not said how much of it would pass to mayors. DfE describes it as the devolution of "billions of pounds of funding for 16 to 19-year-olds".”. ([source](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-questions/detail/2026-04-10/125387)) - 8 October 2026, the cost sources in version 1: The note now gives the size of the existing national 16-19 budget, from a ministerial answer, so readers can see the scale; it stays clear that this is money already spent, not a new cost. Was: DfE press release, 10 Sep 2026: Local leaders have say on reforms to prepare youngsters for work; Cabinet Office, 31 Jul 2026: Rewiring the State – Cabinet Statement. Now: DfE press release, 10 Sep 2026: Local leaders have say on reforms to prepare youngsters for work; Cabinet Office, 31 Jul 2026: Rewiring the State – Cabinet Statement; UK Parliament: written question 125387, Further Education: Finance (answered 20 Apr 2026). ([source](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-questions/detail/2026-04-10/125387)) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 9 Sep 2026: Education and Skills Reform](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/5464194E-3C69-4173-B4BA-5F57B9F7B471/EducationAndSkillsReform) - [Cabinet Office, 31 Jul 2026: Rewiring the State – Cabinet Statement](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/rewiring-the-state-cabinet-statement/rewiring-the-state-cabinet-statement-html) - [No 10 press release, 30 Jul 2026: PM hands mayors share of income tax to make lives better in every postcode](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-hands-mayors-share-of-income-tax-to-make-lives-better-in-every-postcode) - [DfE press release, 10 Sep 2026: Local leaders have say on reforms to prepare youngsters for work](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/local-leaders-have-say-on-reforms-to-prepare-youngsters-for-work) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## Present a mental health strategy before Christmas > “This will all be considered as part of a mental health strategy that will come before this House before Christmas.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Prime Minister's Questions, 9 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Prime Minister's Questions - **Deadline:** 24 December 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Children and adults in England who need mental health support (DHSC's May 2026 call for evidence is for a mental health strategy for England). The question was about mental health in-patient beds in Hertfordshire and patients sent far from home. - **When:** Before Christmas 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/C226C460-61AA-49F3-BBE8-1219B334BEDC/Engagements (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mental-health-strategy-2026 ### Where it stands "Before Christmas" is recorded as a deadline of 24 December 2026. DHSC opened a call for evidence for a cross-government mental health strategy for England on 15 May 2026; no strategy had been published by 7 October 2026. ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister tells the Commons a mental health strategy will come before the House before Christmas - 24 December 2026, Deadline (to come): Strategy due before the House before Christmas (editorial date) ### About the cost No separate cost: presenting a strategy costs nothing of its own, and no costing had been published by 8 October 2026. For context only: the Department of Health and Social Care says NHS mental health spending in England is forecast to reach a record £16.1 billion in 2026-27. That is the whole NHS mental health budget, not money for this promise. Costing sources: - [DHSC: Informing the mental health strategy for England, call for evidence (15 May 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/calls-for-evidence/informing-the-mental-health-strategy-for-england/informing-the-mental-health-strategy-for-england-call-for-evidence-document) ### Corrections - 8 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note said only that no costing was published. It now says why the promise has no separate cost and gives the wider NHS mental health budget for context, labelled as such. Was: “No costing published.”. Now: “No separate cost: presenting a strategy costs nothing of its own, and no costing had been published by 8 October 2026. For context only: the Department of Health and Social Care says NHS mental health spending in England is forecast to reach a record £16.1 billion in 2026-27. That is the whole NHS mental health budget, not money for this promise.”. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/calls-for-evidence/informing-the-mental-health-strategy-for-england/informing-the-mental-health-strategy-for-england-call-for-evidence-document)) - 8 October 2026, the cost sources in version 1: The note said only that no costing was published. It now says why the promise has no separate cost and gives the wider NHS mental health budget for context, labelled as such. Was: not given. Now: DHSC: Informing the mental health strategy for England, call for evidence (15 May 2026). ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/calls-for-evidence/informing-the-mental-health-strategy-for-england/informing-the-mental-health-strategy-for-england-call-for-evidence-document)) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 9 Sep 2026: Engagements (Prime Minister's Questions)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/C226C460-61AA-49F3-BBE8-1219B334BEDC/Engagements) - [DHSC call for evidence, 15 May 2026: Informing the mental health strategy for England](https://www.gov.uk/government/calls-for-evidence/informing-the-mental-health-strategy-for-england) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## Fund 10 major hospital projects and maintenance > “Over £200 million will fund 10 major hospital projects, while over £1.3 billion will go towards maintenance, safety and resilience improvements.” > > — HM Government; Press release (DHSC), 9 September 2026 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Press release (DHSC) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** NHS hospitals and other NHS facilities in England, and their patients and staff: 10 major projects and more than 950 maintenance, safety and resilience schemes - **When:** Allocations cover the financial years 2026-27 to 2029-30; no completion dates are given for the projects - **Paid for by:** The £6.75 billion Estates Safety Fund, which DHSC describes as "part of the government’s record capital budget for health" - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/over-15-billion-to-help-nhs-withstand-year-round-pressure (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nhs-capital-1-5bn-2026 ### Where it stands On 11 September 2026 DHSC published the initial Estates Safety Fund allocations for 2026-27 to 2029-30, listed by NHS trust with the number of schemes and sites (about £1.3bn for more than 950 schemes). DHSC says these schemes are approved to proceed to detailed design and that final cost and scope are subject to business case approvals. The list gives totals by trust, not by project, so the 10 major projects (over £200m) named in the 9 September press release cannot be matched to it: Bristol Royal Infirmary (£41m), Royal Free Hospital, London (£32m), Stepping Hill Hospital, Stockport (£26m), Wycombe Hospital (£25m), St George’s Hospital, Stafford (£25m), John Howard Centre, London (£25m), Crystal Centre and Linden Centre, Essex (£15m), Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Gateshead (£12m), Lister Hospital, Hertfordshire (£11m) and Southend Hospital (£1m, to begin planning a replacement tower). ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: DHSC announces over £1.5bn for NHS buildings: over £200m for 10 major hospital projects and over £1.3bn for maintenance, safety and resilience improvements - 11 September 2026, In plan: DHSC publishes the initial Estates Safety Fund allocations for 2026-27 to 2029-30: about £1.3bn for more than 950 schemes, given as totals by NHS trust rather than by project ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/estates-safety-fund-initial-schemes-and-associated-funding-allocations-2026-to-2030)) ### About the cost The release gives more than £1.5bn in total: over £200m for 10 major projects and over £1.3bn for maintenance, safety and resilience projects across the NHS estate, including more than £32m for cooling, ventilation and overheating. The release gives no figure for a single year, and the DHSC list it links to covers allocations across the financial years 2026-27 to 2029-30, so no yearly range is shown. The money comes from the £6.75bn Estates Safety Fund, which DHSC describes as equivalent to £750m a year over 9 years. Final scheme costs are subject to future business case approvals. Costing sources: - [DHSC press release, 9 Sep 2026: Over £1.5 billion to help NHS withstand year-round pressure](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/over-15-billion-to-help-nhs-withstand-year-round-pressure) - [DHSC, 11 Sep 2026: Estates Safety Fund: initial schemes and associated funding allocations, 2026 to 2030](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/estates-safety-fund-initial-schemes-and-associated-funding-allocations-2026-to-2030) ### Sources - [DHSC press release, 9 Sep 2026: Over £1.5 billion to help NHS withstand year-round pressure](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/over-15-billion-to-help-nhs-withstand-year-round-pressure) - [DHSC, 11 Sep 2026: Estates Safety Fund: initial schemes and associated funding allocations, 2026 to 2030](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/estates-safety-fund-initial-schemes-and-associated-funding-allocations-2026-to-2030) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## Publish national inclusion standards for SEND > “We are developing national inclusion standards, which we will publish alongside any legislation or further steps we take on SEND.” > > — Lucy Powell, Secretary of State for Education, Labour Party; Commons statement, 9 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [Lucy Powell](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/lucy-powell), Secretary of State for Education - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Children and young people with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) in England, their families, and the schools that support them - **When:** Not stated; alongside any SEND legislation or further steps on SEND. The schools white paper says the standards should guide schools by 2028. - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/5464194E-3C69-4173-B4BA-5F57B9F7B471/EducationAndSkillsReform (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-send-inclusion-standards-2026 ### Where it stands No date was given: the standards are to be published alongside any SEND legislation or further steps, and in the same statement Lucy Powell said the government will introduce SEND legislation "in due course". The schools white paper Every child achieving and thriving (23 February 2026) sets out National Inclusion Standards and says they should guide how schools meet children's needs by 2028. ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: Lucy Powell tells the Commons that national inclusion standards will be published alongside any SEND legislation or further steps ### About the cost No one-year costing published. The schools white paper (February 2026) says up to £15 million will be invested by 2028 to build the evidence base for, and then provide, the National Inclusion Standards. It does not split this by year, so no yearly figure is shown. Costing sources: - [DfE schools white paper, 23 Feb 2026: Every child achieving and thriving](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/every-child-achieving-and-thriving/every-child-achieving-and-thriving-html-version) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 9 Sep 2026: Education and Skills Reform](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-09/debates/5464194E-3C69-4173-B4BA-5F57B9F7B471/EducationAndSkillsReform) - [DfE schools white paper, 23 Feb 2026: Every child achieving and thriving](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/every-child-achieving-and-thriving/every-child-achieving-and-thriving-html-version) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## Enact the Socio-Economic Duty > “Crucially, the unit will lead the enactment of the Socio-Economic Duty, a new power in the Equality Act that will legally require public bodies to consider how to improve the lives of lower-income families as part of decisions around issues like transport, services and budgets.” > > — Bridget Phillipson, Minister for Women and Equalities, Labour Party; Written ministerial statement, 9 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [Bridget Phillipson](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/bridget-phillipson), Minister for Women and Equalities - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 9 September 2026 - **Where:** Written ministerial statement - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Public bodies in England covered by section 1 of the Equality Act 2010, which would have to consider reducing inequalities of outcome from socio-economic disadvantage in strategic decisions; lower-income families - **When:** Not stated. A government press release the same day calls it one of the new Class Unit's early priorities. - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-09-09/HCWS322 (checked word for word at its source on 7 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-socio-economic-duty-2026 ### Where it stands The duty is section 1 of the Equality Act 2010, in force in Scotland since 1 April 2018 and in Wales since 31 March 2021 but never commenced in England; legislation.gov.uk lists no commencement for England, and no date had been announced by 7 October 2026. The same statement announced the closure of the Social Mobility Commission, to be achieved through primary legislation "when Parliamentary time and consideration allows". ### Timeline - 9 September 2026, Promised: Bridget Phillipson tells Parliament a new Class Unit will lead the enactment of the socio-economic duty in the Equality Act 2010 ### About the cost Too small to show in billions. The only official costing is the 2009 Equality Bill impact assessment: about £187,000 a year across 695 public bodies in England and Wales, plus about £468,000 once, almost all staff time. It uses 2008 pay rates, and the government has published no new costing for bringing the duty into force in England. Costing sources: - [Government Equalities Office: Equality Bill impact assessment, version 3 (Nov 2009), Annex A](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5a7c7cf4ed915d6969f4538c/9780108508677.pdf) ### Corrections - 8 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note said only that no costing was published. An official costing exists, from 2009, and shows the cost is negligible; the note now gives it. Was: “No costing published.”. Now: “Too small to show in billions. The only official costing is the 2009 Equality Bill impact assessment: about £187,000 a year across 695 public bodies in England and Wales, plus about £468,000 once, almost all staff time. It uses 2008 pay rates, and the government has published no new costing for bringing the duty into force in England.”. ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5a7c7cf4ed915d6969f4538c/9780108508677.pdf)) - 8 October 2026, the cost sources in version 1: The note said only that no costing was published. An official costing exists, from 2009, and shows the cost is negligible; the note now gives it. Was: not given. Now: Government Equalities Office: Equality Bill impact assessment, version 3 (Nov 2009), Annex A. ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5a7c7cf4ed915d6969f4538c/9780108508677.pdf)) ### Sources - [Written ministerial statement HCWS322, 9 Sep 2026: Driving Opportunity in Every Postcode](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-09-09/HCWS322) - [Office for Equality and Opportunity press release, 9 Sep 2026: Time to end class squeamishness](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/time-to-end-class-squeamishness-first-government-unit-to-improve-life-chances-for-working-class) - [Equality Act 2010, section 1 (public sector duty regarding socio-economic inequalities), legislation.gov.uk](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2010/15/section/1) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 7 October 2026. --- ## Cut energy bills by over £250 a year > “In total, our plan will remove over £250 per year from energy bills, through removing government policy costs from electricity and gas bills, scrapping carbon taxes on generators and permanently taking VAT off of consumer energy bills.” > > — Reform UK; The First 100 Days: Our Pledges to You, page 8, 5 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Reform UK](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/reform-uk) - **Made on:** 5 September 2026 - **Where:** The First 100 Days: Our Pledges to You, page 8 - **Cost a year:** Costs £8.9bn to £10.9bn a year (central £9.9bn by Reform UK, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** Households paying gas and electricity bills. Gas generators would stop paying carbon taxes, and four schemes now charged on bills would be paid by the Treasury instead. - **When:** "A Reform Government would take these measures within 100 days of taking office." - **Paid for by:** Previously announced savings: £52bn a year from the Making Welfare Work programme by the end of the next Parliament, £7bn from eliminating most foreign aid, £10bn from cutting net zero programmes and £7bn from shrinking the government by the end of the next Parliament, plus immigration-related savings (the party lists £91bn of itemised savings and new revenue against £58bn of costs). - **Quote source:** https://www.reformparty.uk/policies/the-first-100-days-our-pledges-to-you/pdf (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-reform-energy-bills-250-2026 ### Where it stands Reform UK is not in government, so the card stays at Promised. The VAT part overlaps with the government's own cut: domestic electricity has been zero-rated in Great Britain since 1 October 2026 (see the card "Cut taxes on energy bills"). ### Timeline - 5 September 2026, Promised: Reform UK publishes its First 100 Days document at its conference, pledging to cut energy bills by over £250 a year ### About the cost Year shown: the fifth year, the latest year Reform UK costed. The party's own figure is £9.9bn by the fifth year: £2.1bn from removing VAT, £4.8bn from removing energy taxes, and the rest from moving scheme costs onto the Treasury. No independent costing was found on 8 Oct 2026. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Reform UK: The First 100 Days, Costings (PDF)](https://www.reformparty.uk/policies/the-first-100-days-our-pledges-to-you/pdf) ### Sources - [Reform UK: The First 100 Days: Our Pledges to You (PDF), September 2026](https://www.reformparty.uk/policies/the-first-100-days-our-pledges-to-you/pdf) - [ITV News: Reform launching its conference with pledges for first 100 days in government (3 Sep 2026)](https://www.itv.com/news/2026-09-03/reform-launching-its-conference-with-pledges-for-first-100-days-in-government) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Raise the personal allowance to £15,000 > “The first Budget of a Reform government will increase the tax-free personal allowance for income tax to £15,000, beginning at the next tax year.” > > — Reform UK; The First 100 Days: Our Pledges to You, page 12, 5 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Reform UK](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/reform-uk) - **Made on:** 5 September 2026 - **Where:** The First 100 Days: Our Pledges to You, page 12 - **Cost a year:** Costs £19bn to £23.2bn a year (central £21.1bn by Reform UK, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** Income taxpayers earning under £100,000 (the party says about 40 million, with 2.9 million taken out of income tax). The higher-rate threshold stays at £50,270 and the taper above £100,000 is kept. - **When:** In the first Budget of a Reform government, pledged within its first 100 days; takes effect at the start of the next tax year - **Paid for by:** Previously announced savings: £52bn a year from the Making Welfare Work programme by the end of the next Parliament, £7bn from eliminating most foreign aid, £10bn from cutting net zero programmes and £7bn from shrinking the government by the end of the next Parliament, plus immigration-related savings (the party lists £91bn of itemised savings and new revenue against £58bn of costs). - **Quote source:** https://www.reformparty.uk/policies/the-first-100-days-our-pledges-to-you/pdf (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-reform-personal-allowance-15k-2026 ### Where it stands Reform UK is not in government, so the card stays at Promised. This pledge replaces the party's 2024 aim of a £20,000 allowance, which it said in November 2025 it was no longer committed to; the same document keeps £20,000 as a long-term ambition. ### Timeline - 5 September 2026, Promised: Robert Jenrick announces the £15,000 allowance at Reform UK's conference; the party publishes its First 100 Days document ### About the cost Year shown: the fifth year, the latest year Reform UK costed. The party's own costing, including a behavioural adjustment, is £17.7bn in the first year (2026-27 incomes), rising to £21.1bn by the fifth year (central). No independent costing of the £15,000 pledge was found on 6 Oct 2026; an editor should add one when published. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Reform UK: The First 100 Days, Costings (pages 13-14)](https://www.reformparty.uk/policies/the-first-100-days-our-pledges-to-you/pdf) - [BBC News, 5 Sep 2026](https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/articles/cgk5g51xk57o) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the how much bn per year in version 1: The range ran from the first-year cost to the fifth-year cost (a time profile). Cards show one year: the party's fifth-year figure, with an editorial ±10% because the party gives a central figure only. Was: £17.7bn to £21.1bn a year. Now: £19bn to £23.2bn a year. ([source](https://www.reformparty.uk/policies/the-first-100-days-our-pledges-to-you/pdf)) - 6 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note used the first-year and fifth-year costs as the ends of a range. It now gives the year shown, the editorial ±10% and the two costs as a time profile. Was: “Reform UK's own costing: £17.7bn in the first year (low and central) and £21.1bn by the fifth year (high), including a behavioural adjustment. No independent costing of the £15,000 pledge was found on 6 Oct 2026; an editor should add one when published.”. Now: “Year shown: the fifth year, the latest year Reform UK costed. The party's own costing, including a behavioural adjustment, is £17.7bn in the first year (2026-27 incomes), rising to £21.1bn by the fifth year (central). No independent costing of the £15,000 pledge was found on 6 Oct 2026; an editor should add one when published. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only.”. ([source](https://www.reformparty.uk/policies/the-first-100-days-our-pledges-to-you/pdf)) - 6 October 2026, the funded by in version 1: The entry left out when the savings arrive. The party's costings give the £52bn welfare and £7bn government savings as amounts by the end of the next Parliament. Was: “Previously announced savings: £52bn a year from the Making Welfare Work programme, £7bn from eliminating most foreign aid, £10bn from cutting net zero programmes and £7bn from shrinking the government, plus immigration-related savings (the party lists £91bn of itemised savings and new revenue against £58bn of costs).”. Now: “Previously announced savings: £52bn a year from the Making Welfare Work programme by the end of the next Parliament, £7bn from eliminating most foreign aid, £10bn from cutting net zero programmes and £7bn from shrinking the government by the end of the next Parliament, plus immigration-related savings (the party lists £91bn of itemised savings and new revenue against £58bn of costs).”. ([source](https://www.reformparty.uk/policies/the-first-100-days-our-pledges-to-you/pdf)) ### Sources - [Reform UK: The First 100 Days: Our Pledges to You (PDF), September 2026](https://www.reformparty.uk/policies/the-first-100-days-our-pledges-to-you/pdf) - [BBC News: Reform promises to increase tax-free personal allowance to £15,000, 5 Sep 2026](https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/articles/cgk5g51xk57o) - [Chartered Institute of Taxation: Reform UK Conference 2026 report](https://www.tax.org.uk/reform-uk-conference-2026-tax-policy) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Spend 3% of GDP on defence by 2030 > “We need to increase our defence spending every year so we can get to 3% of GDP by 2030.” > > — Kemi Badenoch, Leader of the Opposition, Conservative Party; Speech on defence and welfare, 3 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Defence](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/defence) - **Speaker:** [Kemi Badenoch](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kemi-badenoch), Leader of the Opposition - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 3 September 2026 - **Where:** Speech on defence and welfare - **Deadline:** 31 December 2030 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The armed forces; defence spending would rise every year until it reaches 3% of GDP - **When:** By 2030 - **Paid for by:** Welfare cuts the party names (housing benefit reform, £4 billion a year; reinstating the two-child benefit cap, £3.1 billion; ending the VAT exemption for Motability vehicles, £1 billion), savings from the Chagos deal and money moved from the British Business Bank - **Quote source:** https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/kemi-sets-out-major-plan-defend-our-country (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-defence-3pc-2030 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. In the same speech she says the party has found an extra £10 billion a year for the armed forces from welfare cuts, savings from the Chagos deal and money moved from the British Business Bank; her news release of 24 September lists the welfare savings. "By 2030" is recorded as a deadline of 31 December 2030. ### Timeline - 3 September 2026, Promised: Kemi Badenoch says defence spending must rise every year to reach 3% of GDP by 2030, and sets out how the party would pay for it - 31 December 2030, Deadline (to come): 3% of GDP on defence due by 2030 (editorial date) ### About the cost The party's own figure is an extra £10 billion a year for the armed forces. No official or independent costing has been published. ### Sources - [Kemi Badenoch: Kemi sets out major plan to defend our country (speech, 3 Sep 2026)](https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/kemi-sets-out-major-plan-defend-our-country) - [Kemi Badenoch: Local MP: We must cut welfare to fund our defence (24 Sep 2026)](https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/local-mp-we-must-cut-welfare-fund-our-defence) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Bring back the two-child benefit cap > “And I have already announced that we would reinstate the two-child benefit cap.” > > — Kemi Badenoch, Leader of the Opposition, Conservative Party; Speech on defence and welfare, 3 September 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [Kemi Badenoch](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kemi-badenoch), Leader of the Opposition - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 3 September 2026 - **Where:** Speech on defence and welfare - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Families on Universal Credit with three or more children - **When:** Not stated ("we would"; the next Conservative Government) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/kemi-sets-out-major-plan-defend-our-country (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-two-child-cap-return-2026 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. The limit stopped applying from 6 April 2026 under the Universal Credit (Removal of Two Child Limit) Act 2026. The speech says she had announced this before; the card records it from this speech. Her news release of 24 September puts the saving at £3.1 billion a year and counts it towards paying for defence. ### Timeline - 3 September 2026, Promised: Kemi Badenoch says the Conservatives would reinstate the two-child benefit cap ### About the cost The party says reinstating the cap would save £3.1 billion a year. No official or independent costing has been published. ### Sources - [Kemi Badenoch: Kemi sets out major plan to defend our country (speech, 3 Sep 2026)](https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/kemi-sets-out-major-plan-defend-our-country) - [Kemi Badenoch: Local MP: We must cut welfare to fund our defence (24 Sep 2026)](https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/local-mp-we-must-cut-welfare-fund-our-defence) - [Universal Credit (Removal of Two Child Limit) Act 2026](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/13/enacted) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## End indefinite IPP sentences this Parliament > “The Prime Minister has also announced that he will end the injustice of Imprisonment for Public Protection sentences this Parliament, meaning people will no longer be trapped indefinitely under a sentence abolished more than a decade ago.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; No 10 press release, 30 August 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 30 August 2026 - **Where:** No 10 press release - **Deadline:** 1 July 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People still held in prison or supervised on licence under Imprisonment for Public Protection (IPP) sentences, which courts stopped handing down in 2012 - **When:** This Parliament - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-blocks-hundreds-more-criminals-from-sentencing-changes (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-end-ipp-sentences-2029 ### Where it stands In his Commons statement on 1 September the Prime Minister spoke of "finally grasping the nettle" on indefinite IPP sentences. The release says work will begin at once and on a cross-party basis, and that it will take time; it does not say how the sentences will end or whether that needs a new law. The end of the Parliament is taken as 1 July 2029, as on other cards. The card moves when the government publishes its plan or brings legislation. ### Timeline - 30 August 2026, Promised: No 10 says the Prime Minister will end Imprisonment for Public Protection sentences this Parliament - 1 July 2029, Deadline (to come): End of this Parliament (editorial date) ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [No 10 press release, 30 Aug 2026: Prime Minister blocks hundreds more criminals from sentencing changes](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-blocks-hundreds-more-criminals-from-sentencing-changes) - [PM statement to the House of Commons, 1 Sep 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-statement-to-the-house-of-commons-1-september-2026) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Leave the European Convention on Human Rights > “The Conservatives will leave the ECHR and other international rules preventing Britain from controlling our borders.” > > — Kemi Badenoch, Leader of the Opposition, Conservative Party; Article for The Sun, republished on her website, 27 August 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Kemi Badenoch](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kemi-badenoch), Leader of the Opposition - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 27 August 2026 - **Where:** Article for The Sun, republished on her website - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People in the UK, who can now bring cases under the Convention in UK courts and at the European Court of Human Rights - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/kemi-badenoch-mp-we-will-deport-every-illegal-immigrant-our-country-our-home-not-hotel (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-leave-echr-2026 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. The article does not say which other international rules it means, or when. In the same article she says the Conservatives would ban asylum claims by illegal migrants, deport them quickly and double the number of years it takes to qualify for leave to remain. ### Timeline - 27 August 2026, Promised: Kemi Badenoch writes that the Conservatives will leave the ECHR and other international rules that stop Britain controlling its borders ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Kemi Badenoch: We will deport every illegal immigrant. Our country is our home, not a hotel (27 Aug 2026, first published in The Sun)](https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/kemi-badenoch-mp-we-will-deport-every-illegal-immigrant-our-country-our-home-not-hotel) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Deploy 10,000 more police officers > “Local MP for North West Essex and Leader of the Conservative Party, Kemi Badenoch, has pledged that the next Conservative Government will deploy 10,000 more police officers.” > > — Kemi Badenoch, Leader of the Opposition, Conservative Party; News release on her website, 25 August 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Kemi Badenoch](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kemi-badenoch), Leader of the Opposition - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 25 August 2026 - **Where:** News release on her website - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Police forces; the release says Essex Police would get 303 more officers - **When:** Not stated ("the next Conservative Government") - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/conservatives-pledge-10000-more-police-officers (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-10000-police-2026 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. The release says this is part of the party's Take Back Our Streets plan and that Essex Police would get 303 of the officers. It does not say how the officers would be paid for or by when. ### Timeline - 25 August 2026, Promised: Kemi Badenoch pledges that the next Conservative Government will deploy 10,000 more police officers ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Kemi Badenoch: Conservatives pledge 10,000 more police officers (25 Aug 2026)](https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/conservatives-pledge-10000-more-police-officers) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Scrap the legally binding net zero target > “All of this is why my Conservative Party has pledged to scrap the carbon tax — the biggest green levy — and scrap the legally binding target for Net Zero by 2050.” > > — Kemi Badenoch, Leader of the Opposition, Conservative Party; Article for The Sun, republished on her website, 18 August 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Kemi Badenoch](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kemi-badenoch), Leader of the Opposition - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 18 August 2026 - **Where:** Article for The Sun, republished on her website - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Everyone in the UK; the target binds the government to cut net greenhouse gas emissions to zero by 2050 - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/kemi-badenoch-mp-net-zero-has-failed-and-made-your-electricity-more-expensive-heres-my-plan (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-net-zero-target-scrap-2026 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. The target of net zero by 2050 is set in law by the Climate Change Act 2008, as amended in 2019. Scrapping the carbon tax, the other half of the sentence, is part of the party's cheap power plan, which has its own card. ### Timeline - 18 August 2026, Promised: Kemi Badenoch writes that the Conservatives have pledged to scrap the carbon tax and the legally binding target for net zero by 2050 ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Kemi Badenoch: Net Zero has failed and made your electricity more expensive. Here's my plan (18 Aug 2026, first published in The Sun)](https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/kemi-badenoch-mp-net-zero-has-failed-and-made-your-electricity-more-expensive-heres-my-plan) - [Climate Change Act 2008, section 1 (the net zero target)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2008/27/section/1) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Free unlimited bus travel for disabled people > “Disabled people will now have unlimited free bus travel 24/7.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; No 10, DfT and DWP press release, 18 August 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 18 August 2026 - **Where:** No 10, DfT and DWP press release - **Deadline:** 1 April 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Holders of a disabled person's bus pass in England - **When:** 1 April 2027 - **Paid for by:** £60m from existing DWP (£40m) and DfT (£20m) budgets - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/free-bus-travel-247-for-disabled-people-as-prime-minister-takes-further-action-to-ease-cost-of-living (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-disabled-bus-pass-2026 ### Where it stands Announced with £60m from existing DWP and DfT budgets, to start on 1 April 2027. No plan, legislation or funding allocation has been published since, so the card stays at Promised. ### Timeline - 18 August 2026, Promised: PM announces that time limits on disabled people's bus passes in England will be lifted from 1 April 2027 - 1 April 2027, Deadline (to come): Due to start ### About the cost The announcement says the change is backed by £60m (£40m from DWP and £20m from DfT) but does not say whether that is a one-off or a yearly sum. There is no independent costing. Costing sources: - [Press release, 18 Aug 2026: Free bus travel 24/7 for disabled people](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/free-bus-travel-247-for-disabled-people-as-prime-minister-takes-further-action-to-ease-cost-of-living) ### Sources - [Press release, 18 Aug 2026: Free bus travel 24/7 for disabled people](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/free-bus-travel-247-for-disabled-people-as-prime-minister-takes-further-action-to-ease-cost-of-living) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Create 100,000 more apprenticeships > “North West Essex MP and Leader of the Conservative Party, Kemi Badenoch, has pledged that the next Conservative Government will create 100,000 more apprenticeships as A-Level, T-Level and vocational students across North West Essex receive their results.” > > — Kemi Badenoch, Leader of the Opposition, Conservative Party; News release on her website, 13 August 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [Kemi Badenoch](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kemi-badenoch), Leader of the Opposition - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 13 August 2026 - **Where:** News release on her website - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** 18 to 21-year-olds; employers would get up to £5,000 for every British apprentice they hire - **When:** Not stated ("the next Conservative Government") - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/local-mp-pledges-more-apprenticeships-students-receive-results (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-100000-apprenticeships-2026 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. The release says the apprenticeships are for 18 to 21-year-olds, created by lifting funding caps and giving employers up to £5,000 for every British apprentice they hire, under the party's New Deal for Young People. It calls the plan fully funded but does not say where the money would come from. ### Timeline - 13 August 2026, Promised: Kemi Badenoch pledges that the next Conservative Government will create 100,000 more apprenticeships ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [Kemi Badenoch: Local MP pledges more apprenticeships as students receive results (13 Aug 2026)](https://www.kemibadenoch.org.uk/news/local-mp-pledges-more-apprenticeships-students-receive-results) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Exclude rape and grooming offences from earlier release > “That’s why we’re making significant changes: offenders who have been sentenced for rape, serious child sex offences and other grooming offences will be excluded from the changes.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; No 10 and Ministry of Justice press release, 4 August 2026 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 4 August 2026 - **Where:** No 10 and Ministry of Justice press release - **Deadline:** 1 October 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Offenders in England and Wales serving standard determinate sentences for rape, serious child sex offences or grooming offences - **When:** When the earlier release points start, 1 October 2026 according to the release - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/rape-serious-child-sex-and-grooming-offences-barred-from-sentencing-changes (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-sentencing-exclusions-2026 ### Where it stands The Sentencing Act 2026 (Commencement No. 6 and Revocation) Regulations 2026, made on 1 September, brought the earlier release points into force on 1 October 2026, but not for sentences for the offences in their Schedule. The Schedule lists rape, child sex offences and meeting a child following sexual grooming. On 30 August the Prime Minister widened the exclusions to manslaughter, death by dangerous driving and indecent assault, and the Schedule lists those too. The Ministry of Justice publishes the full list of excluded offences. ### Timeline - 4 August 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister says offenders sentenced for rape, serious child sex offences and other grooming offences will be excluded from the changes to prison release - 1 September 2026, Legislated: The commencement regulations are made; their Schedule excludes these offences from the earlier release points ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2026/953/made)) - 1 October 2026, Delivered: The earlier release points come into force, except for sentences for the offences in the Schedule ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2026/953/made)) ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [No 10 and Ministry of Justice press release, 4 Aug 2026: Rape, serious child sex and grooming offences barred from sentencing changes](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/rape-serious-child-sex-and-grooming-offences-barred-from-sentencing-changes) - [No 10 press release, 30 Aug 2026: Prime Minister blocks hundreds more criminals from sentencing changes](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-blocks-hundreds-more-criminals-from-sentencing-changes) - [The Sentencing Act 2026 (Commencement No. 6 and Revocation) Regulations 2026 (S.I. 2026/953), Schedule: excluded offences](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2026/953/schedule/made) - [Ministry of Justice: Sentencing Act 2026 offence exclusions](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sentencing-act-offence-exclusions) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Give every mayor a share of income tax > “We have therefore agreed to overhaul the way regional government is funded, starting by replacing grants from central government with a share of local income tax for every mayor beginning in 2028, such that where a region grows its tax base, it benefits from the increased receipts.” > > — HM Government; Cabinet statement: Rewiring the State, 31 July 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Running government](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/running-government) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 31 July 2026 - **Where:** Cabinet statement: Rewiring the State - **Deadline:** 1 April 2028 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Every mayor in England and the people their strategic authorities serve - **When:** Income tax receipts kept locally from April 2028; a roadmap at the Budget on 28 October 2026 - **Paid for by:** "replacing grants from central government with a share of local income tax" - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/rewiring-the-state-cabinet-statement/rewiring-the-state-cabinet-statement-html (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mayors-income-tax-2026 ### Where it stands The Chancellor has said he will set out a roadmap to fiscal devolution at the Budget on 28 October 2026. The Cabinet statement says detailed arrangements will be confirmed at the upcoming Spending Review, with income tax receipts kept locally from April 2028. ### Timeline - 31 July 2026, Promised: The Cabinet agrees to give every mayor a share of local income tax from 2028, in place of central grants - 1 April 2028, Deadline (to come): Income tax receipts due to be kept locally ### About the cost No figure: the pledge changes how mayors are funded, a share of local income tax in place of central grants, rather than adding spending, and no amount has been published. Costing sources: - [Cabinet Office: Rewiring the State – Cabinet Statement (31 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/rewiring-the-state-cabinet-statement/rewiring-the-state-cabinet-statement-html) ### Sources - [Cabinet Office: Rewiring the State – Cabinet Statement (31 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/rewiring-the-state-cabinet-statement/rewiring-the-state-cabinet-statement-html) - [No 10: PM hands mayors share of income tax to make lives better in every postcode (30 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-hands-mayors-share-of-income-tax-to-make-lives-better-in-every-postcode) - [HM Treasury: Chancellor John Healey's Growth Speech 2026 (7 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/chancellor-john-healeys-growth-speech-2026) - [UK Parliament: Written statement HCWS330, Fiscal Devolution in England (10 Sep 2026)](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2026-09-10/HCWS330) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Create technical education pathways from age 14 > “In a fundamental change to the education system, we will introduce new technical education pathways from 14 – prestigious routes that will give students the chance to combine the core academic subjects with the skills, technical knowledge and experience they need to get quality, well-paid jobs where they live.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; No 10 press release, 28 July 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 28 July 2026 - **Where:** No 10 press release - **Deadline:** 30 September 2028 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Pupils from age 14 (Year 10) in England, who would combine English, maths and science with technical education linked to local jobs - **When:** Rollout to begin from September 2028 (the release calls this an ambition) - **Paid for by:** The Department for Education's existing budgets: the release says the department "will use its existing budgets to best support delivery" - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-from-today-britain-will-value-the-hard-hat-as-much-as-the-graduation-cap (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-technical-pathways-from-14-2028 ### Where it stands No 10 published the release on the evening of 27 July for the announcement on 28 July. It gives "an ambition to begin rolling them out from September 2028", recorded as a deadline of 30 September 2028, and says mayors, local leaders, schools, colleges and employers will design the routes first. On 15 October the government said new Vocational GCSEs would replace Technical Awards, as part of the Prime Minister's commitment to put technical education on an equal footing with the academic path; that is a separate card. The card moves when the government publishes how the pathways will work or schools start offering them. ### Timeline - 28 July 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister says the government will introduce technical education pathways from age 14, with rollout to begin from September 2028 - 30 September 2028, Deadline (to come): Rollout due to begin from September 2028 (editorial date) ### About the cost No cost has been published. ### Sources - [No 10 press release, 28 Jul 2026: PM: 'From today Britain will value the hard hat as much as the graduation cap'](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-from-today-britain-will-value-the-hard-hat-as-much-as-the-graduation-cap) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Cut business rates 20% for pubs and venues > “Pubs, clubs and live music venues set to receive a 20% cut to their business rates bills saving the typical pub an estimated £1,100 next year” > > — HM Government; Press release from No 10, HM Treasury and the business department, 23 July 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 23 July 2026 - **Where:** Press release from No 10, HM Treasury and the business department - **Deadline:** 1 April 2027 - **Cost a year:** Costs £90m to £0.11bn a year (central £0.1bn by No 10, official) - **Who it affects:** Nearly 32,000 pubs, clubs and live music venues in England (the very largest live music venues excluded) - **When:** Business rates bills from April 2027; no end date given - **Paid for by:** "Today’s changes will be fully funded, including through reviewing reliefs for businesses that do not make a positive contribution to local communities, such as vape shops." - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/burnham-means-business-pm-slashes-business-rates-bills-for-pubs-clubs-and-live-music-venues (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-pubs-business-rates-cut-2026 ### Where it stands The cut applies to bills from April 2027. The government says details of the exclusion for the very largest live music venues will be set out at the Budget, and the Chancellor told the Commons on 8 September 2026 that he would set out more details of business rates reform there. ### Timeline - 23 July 2026, Promised: The government announces a 20% business rates cut for pubs, clubs and live music venues in England - 1 April 2027, Deadline (to come): Due to apply to bills ### About the cost Year shown: 2027-28, the first year of the cut. The government says the package is worth around £100 million a year. No independent costing has been published. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [No 10, HM Treasury and DBT press release (23 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/burnham-means-business-pm-slashes-business-rates-bills-for-pubs-clubs-and-live-music-venues) ### Sources - [No 10, HM Treasury and DBT: Burnham means business: PM slashes business rates bills for pubs, clubs and live music venues (23 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/burnham-means-business-pm-slashes-business-rates-bills-for-pubs-clubs-and-live-music-venues) - [HM Treasury: Treasury to call time on uncertainty for pubs and hotels (24 Aug 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/treasury-to-call-time-on-uncertainty-for-pubs-and-hotels) - [Hansard (Commons): High Street Renewal (8 Sep 2026)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-08/debates/316E8598-025F-4C1E-B595-1D7CBC383C7C/HighStreetRenewal) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Cap bus fares at £2 > “I’ve done it before and I will do it again now: a £2 cap on bus fares for millions across the country.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Government announcement, 22 July 2026 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 22 July 2026 - **Where:** Government announcement - **Deadline:** 1 January 2027 - **Cost a year:** Costs £0.36bn to £0.44bn a year (central £0.4bn by Department for Transport, official) - **Who it affects:** Bus passengers on participating services in England outside London - **When:** 1 January to 31 December 2027 - **Paid for by:** An extra £454m (including funding for devolved governments) from a reprioritisation of DESNZ’s budget, switching funding that had been set aside for international climate finance projects into loans - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cheaper-travel-for-millions-with-a-third-off-fares (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-bus-cap-2-2026 ### Where it stands Funding was named when it was announced, but it is not yet in an Estimates line. A promise counts as funded only once a Budget, Spending Review or Estimates allocates the money, so this card stays at In plan. Earlier caps for context: a £2 cap ran in England outside London from January 2023 under the previous government; it rose to £3 in January 2025, and Spending Review 2025 (11 June 2025) extended the £3 cap to March 2027 (sources below). ### Timeline - 22 July 2026, Promised: PM announces a £2 cap on single bus fares from 1 January to 31 December 2027, backed by £400m of extra funding - 22 July 2026, In plan: Written statement to Parliament confirms the scheme and names the funding: £400m extra, from reprioritising DESNZ's budget ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/2-bus-fares-from-january-2027)) - 1 January 2027, Deadline (to come): Due to start ### About the cost Year shown: 2027, the only year of the cap (1 January to 31 December 2027); central figure only. The government says the cap is backed by £400m of extra funding. Its press release puts the total at £454m including funding for the devolved governments, paid through the Barnett formula. Neither source says whether the £400m is the full cost of the cap or the extra over the £3 cap it replaces, and no independent costing has been published. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Written statement to Parliament: £2 bus fares from January 2027](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/2-bus-fares-from-january-2027) - [Press release: Cheaper travel for millions with a third off fares](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cheaper-travel-for-millions-with-a-third-off-fares) ### Sources - [No 10, HM Treasury and DfT press release: Cheaper travel for millions with a third off fares, 22 Jul 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cheaper-travel-for-millions-with-a-third-off-fares) - [Written statement to Parliament: £2 bus fares from January 2027, 22 Jul 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/2-bus-fares-from-january-2027) - [DfT guidance: £3 national bus fare cap (updated 22 Jul 2026 with the £2 cap for 2027)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/3-national-bus-fare-cap) - [Spending Review 2025 (HM Treasury)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html) - [DfT news, 1 Jan 2025: £3 national bus fare cap starts](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/bus-passengers-to-save-hundreds-as-government-prevents-cliff-edge-fare-hike) - [DfT news, 1 Jan 2023: £2 bus tickets for thousands of routes](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-year-cheer-2-bus-tickets-for-thousands-of-routes) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Cut taxes on energy bills > “We’re taking immediate action to cut taxes on energy bills, put more money in people’s pockets and bring back hope.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; No 10 press release, 21 July 2026 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 21 July 2026 - **Where:** No 10 press release - **Deadline:** 1 October 2026 - **Cost a year:** Costs £0.77bn to £0.94bn a year (central £0.85bn by No 10, official) - **Who it affects:** Households in Great Britain paying for domestic electricity (VAT cut from 5% to 0%), plus eligible charities, care homes and non-VAT-registered small businesses that qualify for domestic energy VAT relief; Northern Ireland gets comparable funding instead - **When:** 1 October 2026 to 31 March 2027 - **Paid for by:** Cancellation of the Digital ID programme (£1.8bn over the next three years) - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-pm-cuts-tax-on-household-electricity-bills-to-give-breathing-space-on-cost-of-living (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-electricity-vat-2026 ### Where it stands A Treasury order made on 7 September 2026 zero-rates domestic electricity in Great Britain from 1 October 2026, and the government confirmed the cut took effect that day. The zero rate is temporary and ends on 31 March 2027; Northern Ireland gets comparable funding instead because EU VAT rules apply there. ### Timeline - 21 July 2026, Promised: PM announces VAT will be removed from household electricity bills from 1 October 2026 - 7 September 2026, Legislated: Treasury makes the order zero-rating domestic electricity from 1 October 2026 to 31 March 2027 ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2026/987/contents/made)) - 1 October 2026, Deadline: Due to start - 1 October 2026, Delivered: Zero rate of VAT on domestic electricity in force ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/energy-bill-tax-cut-starts-today-to-give-families-breathing-space)) ### About the cost Year shown: 2026-27, the only year of the measure, which covers six months (1 October 2026 to 31 March 2027); central figure only. Government estimate: around £850m, based on estimated electricity prices. There is no independent costing yet; the government says updated costs will be set out at the Budget. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [No 10 press release, 21 Jul 2026: New PM cuts tax on household electricity bills](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-pm-cuts-tax-on-household-electricity-bills-to-give-breathing-space-on-cost-of-living) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the who in version 1: The press release says Northern Ireland gets "comparable" funding, not "equivalent" funding. It also names small businesses that are not registered for VAT and qualify for domestic energy VAT relief, which the entry left out. Was: “Households in Great Britain paying for domestic electricity (VAT cut from 5% to 0%), plus eligible charities and care homes; Northern Ireland gets equivalent funding instead”. Now: “Households in Great Britain paying for domestic electricity (VAT cut from 5% to 0%), plus eligible charities, care homes and non-VAT-registered small businesses that qualify for domestic energy VAT relief; Northern Ireland gets comparable funding instead”. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-pm-cuts-tax-on-household-electricity-bills-to-give-breathing-space-on-cost-of-living)) ### Sources - [No 10 press release, 21 Jul 2026: New PM cuts tax on household electricity bills](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-pm-cuts-tax-on-household-electricity-bills-to-give-breathing-space-on-cost-of-living) - [The Value Added Tax (Supplies of Domestic Electricity) Order 2026 (SI 2026/987)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2026/987/contents/made) - [GOV.UK news, 1 Oct 2026: Energy bill tax cut starts today](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/energy-bill-tax-cut-starts-today-to-give-families-breathing-space) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Meet the fiscal rules, with a buffer > “We will meet the fiscal rules. And Andy Burnham and I have talked about how we will do that in lockstep, ensuring there’s a buffer also for uncertainty.” > > — John Healey, Chancellor of the Exchequer, Labour Party; Speech to Treasury staff, 21 July 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Running government](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/running-government) - **Speaker:** [John Healey](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/john-healey), Chancellor of the Exchequer - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 21 July 2026 - **Where:** Speech to Treasury staff - **Deadline:** 28 October 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Everyone in the UK, through the overall balance of taxes, spending and borrowing - **When:** Judged at the Budget on 28 October 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/chancellor-john-healey-delivers-speech-to-treasury-staff (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-fiscal-rules-2026 ### Where it stands The test comes at the Budget on 28 October 2026, when the OBR judges whether the government's plans meet the rules in the Charter for Budget Responsibility. The Prime Minister repeated the commitment at Prime Minister's Questions on 2 September 2026, describing the debt rule as debt falling "by the end of the Parliament"; the Charter sets 2029-30. ### Timeline - 21 July 2026, Promised: The Chancellor tells Treasury staff the government will meet the fiscal rules, with a buffer for uncertainty - 28 October 2026, Deadline (to come): The Budget, and the OBR's assessment of the fiscal rules ### About the cost No cost of its own: the pledge is about the overall balance of the public finances, not a tax or spending measure. For scale, at Budget 2025 the OBR judged the stability rule met in 2029-30 by £21.7bn and the investment rule by £24.4bn. The OBR's forecast on 28 October 2026 is the next test. Costing sources: - [HM Treasury: Budget 2025 (26 Nov 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/budget-2025-document/budget-2025-html) ### Sources - [HM Treasury: Chancellor John Healey delivers speech to Treasury staff (21 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/chancellor-john-healey-delivers-speech-to-treasury-staff) - [HM Treasury: Budget to move power and money out of Westminster, and into every postcode around Britain (31 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/budget-to-move-power-and-money-out-of-westminster-and-into-every-postcode-around-britain) - [Hansard (Commons): Engagements, Prime Minister's Questions (2 Sep 2026)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-02/debates/64E68DAF-DE26-43C9-A6E0-ED2ED525D1FF/Engagements) - [HM Treasury: Chancellor John Healey's Growth Speech 2026 (7 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/chancellor-john-healeys-growth-speech-2026) - [HM Treasury: Charter for Budget Responsibility, autumn 2025](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/draft-charter-for-budget-responsibility-autumn-2025) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Raise defence spending with small firms by 50% > “We also committed to spend an additional £2.5bn with SMEs by summer 2028, a significant and ambitious increase of 50% in spend.” > > — HM Government; Ministry of Defence SME action plan (GOV.UK), 21 July 2026 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Defence](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/defence) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 21 July 2026 - **Where:** Ministry of Defence SME action plan (GOV.UK) - **Deadline:** 31 August 2028 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** SMEs (small and medium-sized enterprises), through direct contracts and the supply chain - **When:** By summer 2028 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/mod-small-and-medium-sized-enterprise-sme-action-plan/ministry-of-defences-small-and-medium-sized-enterprise-sme-action-plan (checked word for word at its source on 12 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mod-sme-spend-2028 ### Where it stands The Ministry of Defence's SME action plan (21 July 2026) sets the target in yearly steps against a baseline of about £5bn a year: direct spend with SMEs of £1.48bn in 2026-27 and £2bn in 2027-28 (£1.24bn in 2024-25), and spend through the supply chain of £4.5bn and £5.5bn. The plan says the commitment was made with the Defence Industrial Strategy (September 2025). "Summer 2028" is read as by 31 August 2028. The card moves when the Ministry publishes its SME spend for 2026-27 and 2027-28. ### Timeline - 21 July 2026, Promised: The Ministry of Defence's SME action plan commits to spend an additional £2.5bn with SMEs by summer 2028, a 50% increase - 21 July 2026, In plan: The same plan sets yearly targets: direct spend with SMEs of £1.48bn in 2026-27 and £2bn in 2027-28, and £4.5bn and £5.5bn through the supply chain ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/mod-small-and-medium-sized-enterprise-sme-action-plan/ministry-of-defences-small-and-medium-sized-enterprise-sme-action-plan)) - 31 August 2028, Deadline (to come): An extra £2.5bn a year with SMEs due by summer 2028 ### Sources - [Ministry of Defence: SME action plan, 21 Jul 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/mod-small-and-medium-sized-enterprise-sme-action-plan/ministry-of-defences-small-and-medium-sized-enterprise-sme-action-plan) - [Ministry of Defence press release, 10 Oct 2026: Faster front-line delivery with new Testing and Evaluation programme](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/faster-front-line-delivery-with-new-testing-and-evaluation-programme) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor on 12 October 2026. --- ## Bring forward a 10-year plan for Britain > “Later this year, I will bring forward a new plan for Britain, a 10-year plan, laying out a path from where we are now to where I believe we all want Britain to be, wherever we’re coming from, whatever party we support.” > > — Andy Burnham, Prime Minister, Labour Party; First speech as Prime Minister, Downing Street, 20 July 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Running government](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/running-government) - **Speaker:** [Andy Burnham](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/andy-burnham), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 20 July 2026 - **Where:** First speech as Prime Minister, Downing Street - **Deadline:** 31 December 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Everyone in Britain; the speech does not say which areas the plan will cover - **When:** Later in 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/andy-burnhams-first-speech-as-prime-minister-20-july-2026 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ten-year-plan-2026 ### Where it stands "Later this year" is recorded as a deadline of 31 December 2026. The speech says the plan will lay out a path from where Britain is now to where he believes people want it to be, but not what it will cover or in what form it will be published. The card moves when the plan is published. ### Timeline - 20 July 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister says in his first speech in the job that he will bring forward a 10-year plan for Britain later in the year - 31 December 2026, Deadline (to come): Plan due "later this year" (editorial date, end of 2026) ### About the cost No separate cost: publishing a plan costs nothing of its own, and no costing has been published. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: Andy Burnham's first speech as Prime Minister, 20 July 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/andy-burnhams-first-speech-as-prime-minister-20-july-2026) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Ban social media for under-16s > “That’s why we’re going further than any country in the world by banning social media for under-16s and putting wider protections in place to give kids their childhood back.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Press release (Department for Science, Innovation and Technology), 15 June 2026 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Culture & sport](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/culture-and-sport) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 15 June 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Science, Innovation and Technology) - **Deadline:** 31 May 2027 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Children under 16 in the UK and their parents - **When:** Regulations before Christmas 2026; in force in spring 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/social-media-to-be-banned-for-under-16s-in-landmark-government-move-to-givekids-their-childhood-back (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-social-media-ban-under-16s-2027 ### Where it stands The ban is to be made by regulations under a power that the Children's Wellbeing and Schools Act 2026 added to the Online Safety Act 2023. The government said on 15 July 2026 that the first regulations would be laid before Parliament by the end of 2026 and come into force in spring 2027, and the Digital, Culture, Media and Sport Secretary told the Commons on 8 September 2026 that the government is on track for that timetable. No regulations had been laid by 20 October 2026. Spring 2027 is read as 31 May 2027. ### Timeline - 15 June 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister announces a ban on social media for under-16s - 15 July 2026, In plan: The government says the first regulations will be laid by the end of 2026 and come into force in spring 2027 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-social-media-curfews-and-crackdown-on-addictive-features-to-better-protect-16-and-17-year-olds-online)) - 31 May 2027, Deadline (to come): The ban is due in force in spring 2027 (editorial date, end of May 2027) ### About the cost No cost was given with the promise. ### Sources - [Department for Science, Innovation and Technology: Social media to be banned for under-16s (15 Jun 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/social-media-to-be-banned-for-under-16s-in-landmark-government-move-to-givekids-their-childhood-back) - [Department for Science, Innovation and Technology: New social media curfews and crackdown on addictive features (15 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-social-media-curfews-and-crackdown-on-addictive-features-to-better-protect-16-and-17-year-olds-online) - [Department for Science, Innovation and Technology: Growing up in the online world, government response (July 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/growing-up-in-the-online-world-a-national-consultation/outcome/growing-up-in-the-online-world-government-response-july-2026) - [Children's Wellbeing and Schools Act 2026, section 70 (legislation.gov.uk)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/21/section/70) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 8 Sep 2026: Online Safety](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-08/debates/30B4AD07-8ACF-462B-A262-B98157506439/OnlineSafety) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Free bus travel for every child in August > “By giving every child free bus travel throughout August and cutting tariffs on everyday food items, we’re putting money back into people’s pockets and making life that bit easier.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Press release (HM Treasury, Prime Minister's Office and Department for Transport), 20 May 2026 - **Status:** Delivered, brought about by HM Government (The free fares ran in August 2026, after Keir Starmer had left office on 20 July 2026.) - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 20 May 2026 - **Where:** Press release (HM Treasury, Prime Minister's Office and Department for Transport) - **Deadline:** 31 August 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Children aged 5 to 15 in England and their families - **When:** Throughout August 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cost-of-living-boost-with-free-bus-travel-for-children-and-targeted-food-tariff-cuts (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-free-child-bus-travel-2026 ### Where it stands The scheme ran from 1 to 31 August 2026 for children aged 5 to 15 on participating local buses in England, as the announcement set out. The Department for Transport said on 25 September 2026 that over 14.5 million free bus journeys were taken by children that summer. It ran after Keir Starmer left office on 20 July 2026. ### Timeline - 20 May 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister and the Chancellor announce free bus travel for children throughout August - 1 August 2026, Delivering: Free bus travel for under-16s starts on participating local buses in England ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/summer-holiday-savings-start-now-with-free-buses-for-kids)) - 31 August 2026, Deadline: Free travel due throughout August 2026 - 25 September 2026, Delivered: The Department for Transport reports over 14.5 million free bus journeys by children in August ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/summer-savings-scheme-helped-families-cut-costs-with-over-14-million-free-bus-journeys)) ### About the cost The Chancellor committed more than £100 million to the free fares (HM Treasury, 20 May 2026), for one month; no other breakdown was given. Costing sources: - [HM Treasury, Prime Minister's Office and Department for Transport: Cost of living boost with free bus travel for children and targeted food tariff cuts (20 May 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cost-of-living-boost-with-free-bus-travel-for-children-and-targeted-food-tariff-cuts) ### Sources - [HM Treasury, Prime Minister's Office and Department for Transport: Cost of living boost with free bus travel for children and targeted food tariff cuts (20 May 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/cost-of-living-boost-with-free-bus-travel-for-children-and-targeted-food-tariff-cuts) - [Department for Transport: Summer holiday savings start now with free buses for kids (1 Aug 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/summer-holiday-savings-start-now-with-free-buses-for-kids) - [Department for Transport: Summer savings scheme helped families cut costs with over 14 million free bus journeys (25 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/summer-savings-scheme-helped-families-cut-costs-with-over-14-million-free-bus-journeys) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Extend rent controls to small shops > “We will also extend rent controls to small shop premises, giving councils the power to prevent landlords from hiking up the price and driving out independent retailers.” > > — Zack Polanski, Leader of the Green Party of England and Wales, Green Party of England and Wales; Press release (Green Party), quote from Zack Polanski, 23 April 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Zack Polanski](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/zack-polanski), Leader of the Green Party of England and Wales - **Party:** [Green Party of England and Wales](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/green-party) - **Made on:** 23 April 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Green Party), quote from Zack Polanski - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Small independent shops that rent their premises, and their landlords; councils would get the power - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/04/23/greens-announce-three-step-plan-to-boost-high-streets-across-the-country/ (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-shop-rent-controls-2026 ### Where it stands The Green Party is not in government, so the card stays at Promised. He said it when he and Hannah Spencer MP announced the party's three-step plan for high streets on a visit to a high street in Manchester. The release does not say how the controls would work or by when. ### Timeline - 23 April 2026, Promised: Zack Polanski pledges to extend rent controls to small shop premises ### About the cost No cost was given in the cited source. ### Sources - [Green Party: Greens announce three-step plan to boost High Streets across the country (23 Apr 2026)](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/04/23/greens-announce-three-step-plan-to-boost-high-streets-across-the-country/) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Hold Scottish income tax bands and rates > “We will not increase the number of bands or their rates over the lifetime of the next parliament.” > > — Scottish National Party; SNP Scottish Parliament election manifesto 2026, page 27, 16 April 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Scottish National Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/snp) - **Made on:** 16 April 2026 - **Where:** SNP Scottish Parliament election manifesto 2026, page 27 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Scottish income taxpayers - **When:** Over the 2026–2031 Scottish Parliament - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge - **Quote source:** https://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/www.snp.org/uploads/2026/04/2026-05-0120SNP20The20Scottish20Parliament20Election2020262072pp20COMPLETE20no-crops.pdf (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-snp-income-tax-bands-rates-2026 ### Where it stands A pledge about Scottish income tax, which the Scottish Parliament sets. The SNP leads the Scottish Government (First Minister John Swinney), so each year's Scottish rate resolution tests it, starting with 2027-28. The manifesto introduces it "accepting that all governments require flexibility to respond to material changes in circumstances". It covers the number of bands and their rates, not the thresholds. ### Timeline - 16 April 2026, Promised: The SNP publishes its Scottish Parliament manifesto, pledging not to add income tax bands or raise rates ### About the cost No cost against current policy: the pledge rules out adding bands or raising rates. No costing of it has been published. ### Sources - [SNP: Scottish Parliament election manifesto 2026 (PDF), page 27](https://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/www.snp.org/uploads/2026/04/2026-05-0120SNP20The20Scottish20Parliament20Election2020262072pp20COMPLETE20no-crops.pdf) - [Scottish Government: Scottish income tax rates and bands, 2026 to 2027](https://www.gov.scot/publications/scottish-income-tax-rates-and-bands/pages/2026-to-2027/) - [Scottish Government: First Minister](https://www.gov.scot/about/who-runs-government/first-minister/) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## Give 20 hours' free childcare from 9 months > “By the time our new offer is fully rolled out, every child aged 9 months to 4 years will be entitled to 20 hours of free childcare every week, for 48 weeks a year.” > > — Plaid Cymru; Plaid Cymru Senedd manifesto 2026, page 8, 9 April 2026 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [Plaid Cymru](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/plaid-cymru) - **Made on:** 9 April 2026 - **Where:** Plaid Cymru Senedd manifesto 2026, page 8 - **Cost a year:** Costs £0.36bn to £0.44bn a year (central £0.4bn by IFS, independent) - **Who it affects:** Every child in Wales aged 9 months to 4 years, whatever their parents' work - **When:** Phased in over the 2026–2031 Senedd term - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://assets.nationbuilder.com/plaid2016/pages/41843/attachments/original/1775140240/For_Wales_-_2026_Manifesto.pdf (checked word for word at its source on 8 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-plaid-childcare-20-hours-2026 ### Where it stands A pledge about Wales, where childcare is devolved. The Welsh Government's Programme for Government 2026 to 2030 commits to a new childcare offer from 9 months to 4 years, building to 20 hours a week for 48 weeks a year, so the card is In plan. The existing offer for 3 and 4-year-olds of working parents stays. ### Timeline - 9 April 2026, Promised: Plaid Cymru launches its Senedd manifesto with a new childcare offer from 9 months - 10 September 2026, In plan: The Welsh Government's Programme for Government 2026 to 2030 commits to the new childcare offer ([evidence](https://www.gov.wales/programme-for-government-2026-to-2030-chapter-2-html)) ### About the cost Year shown: the end of the Senedd term, 2030-31. The manifesto gives no cost; the IFS says Plaid Cymru propose increasing spending on childcare by around £400 million a year by the end of the parliament, and warns take-up for the youngest children could push it higher. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [IFS: Initial response to Plaid Cymru's manifesto (9 Apr 2026)](https://ifs.org.uk/articles/initial-response-plaid-cymrus-manifesto) ### Sources - [Plaid Cymru: For Wales, Senedd manifesto 2026 (PDF), page 8](https://assets.nationbuilder.com/plaid2016/pages/41843/attachments/original/1775140240/For_Wales_-_2026_Manifesto.pdf) - [Welsh Government: Programme for Government 2026 to 2030, chapter 2](https://www.gov.wales/programme-for-government-2026-to-2030-chapter-2-html) - [Welsh Government: FM and DFM set out plans for most generous childcare offer since devolution](https://www.gov.wales/fm-and-dfm-set-out-plans-for-most-generous-childcare-offer-since-devolution) - [IFS: Initial response to Plaid Cymru's manifesto (9 Apr 2026)](https://ifs.org.uk/articles/initial-response-plaid-cymrus-manifesto) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 8 October 2026. --- ## End right to buy completely > “So we need to end right to buy completely.” > > — Zack Polanski, Leader of the Green Party of England and Wales, Green Party of England and Wales; Speech to the New Economics Foundation, 18 March 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Zack Polanski](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/zack-polanski), Leader of the Green Party of England and Wales - **Party:** [Green Party of England and Wales](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/green-party) - **Made on:** 18 March 2026 - **Where:** Speech to the New Economics Foundation - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Council tenants, and the councils whose homes are sold under right to buy - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/03/18/zack-polanski-lays-out-plans-to-back-the-caring-majority-in-major-speech/ (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-end-right-to-buy-2026 ### Where it stands The Green Party is not in government, so the card stays at Promised. He set it out as part of his plan to end "rip-off Britain", alongside building more council homes and controlling rents, and said over two million houses have been sold under right to buy since it was introduced. He gave no date. ### Timeline - 18 March 2026, Promised: Zack Polanski says right to buy should end completely, in a speech to the New Economics Foundation ### About the cost No cost was given in the cited source. ### Sources - [Green Party: Zack Polanski lays out plans to back the "caring majority" in major speech (18 Mar 2026)](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/03/18/zack-polanski-lays-out-plans-to-back-the-caring-majority-in-major-speech/) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Bring water back into public hands > “So we’d fix this – ending the scandal of shareholder profit and bringing water back into public hands, so every penny we pay goes into making the service better.” > > — Zack Polanski, Leader of the Green Party of England and Wales, Green Party of England and Wales; Speech to the New Economics Foundation, 18 March 2026 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Zack Polanski](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/zack-polanski), Leader of the Green Party of England and Wales - **Party:** [Green Party of England and Wales](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/green-party) - **Made on:** 18 March 2026 - **Where:** Speech to the New Economics Foundation - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Water bill payers, and the shareholders of the private water companies - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/03/18/zack-polanski-lays-out-plans-to-back-the-caring-majority-in-major-speech/ (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-water-public-ownership-2026 ### Where it stands The Green Party is not in government, so the card stays at Promised. In the same speech he said nearly a third of the typical water bill in England goes to shareholder returns and debt servicing, and called for an end to private ownership of water. He did not say how the companies would be brought into public hands, what it would cost or by when. He repeated the plan to nationalise water in his conference speech on 2 October 2026. ### Timeline - 18 March 2026, Promised: Zack Polanski pledges to bring water back into public hands in a speech to the New Economics Foundation ### About the cost No cost was given in the cited sources. ### Sources - [Green Party: Zack Polanski lays out plans to back the "caring majority" in major speech (18 Mar 2026)](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/03/18/zack-polanski-lays-out-plans-to-back-the-caring-majority-in-major-speech/) - [Green Party: Zack Polanski's speech to conference in full (2 Oct 2026)](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/10/02/zack-polanskis-speech-to-conference-in-full/) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Invest £1.8bn in specialist SEND support > “We will fortify mainstream provision with our new national Experts at Hand initiative, backed by £1.8 billion of new investment.” > > — Bridget Phillipson, Minister for Women and Equalities, Labour Party; Commons statement: Schools White Paper, 23 February 2026 - **Status:** Funded - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [Bridget Phillipson](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/bridget-phillipson), Minister for Women and Equalities - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 23 February 2026 - **Where:** Commons statement: Schools White Paper - **Deadline:** 31 March 2029 - **Cost a year:** Costs £0.43bn to £0.85bn a year (central £0.6bn by Department for Education, official) - **Who it affects:** Children and young people in mainstream early years settings, schools and colleges in England - **When:** Over the next three years (2026-27 to 2028-29); delivery from September 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-02-23/debates/363710CB-0877-495B-BADF-D49781276F81/SchoolsWhitePaperEveryChildAchievingAndThriving (checked word for word at its source on 12 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-experts-at-hand-2029 ### Where it stands The schools white paper (23 February 2026) plans £1.8bn over the three spending review years, 2026-27 to 2028-29: £1bn for professionals working directly with mainstream schools and £800m to expand outreach from specialist settings. The Department for Education allocated £429m to councils for 2026-27 and paid it at the end of June 2026, with about £750m and £850m indicated for the next two years (these yearly grants also carry a share of a separate £200m transformation fund). Delivery was due to start in September 2026; the card moves to Delivering when an official source shows teams working in schools. The Department of Health and Social Care restated the commitment on 9 October 2026. ### Timeline - 23 February 2026, Promised: Education Secretary Bridget Phillipson tells the Commons that a national Experts at Hand initiative will be backed by £1.8bn of new investment - 23 February 2026, In plan: The schools white paper plans £1.8bn over three years: £1bn for professionals working with mainstream schools and £800m for outreach from specialist settings ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/every-child-achieving-and-thriving/every-child-achieving-and-thriving-html-version)) - 5 June 2026, Funded: The Department for Education publishes final allocations of £429m to councils for 2026-27, paid at the end of June 2026 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/experts-at-hand-local-authority-send-transformation-fund/experts-at-hand-local-authority-send-transformation-fund-funding-for-local-authorities-2026-to-2027)) - 31 March 2029, Deadline (to come): The three years of Experts at Hand funding end with 2028-29 ### About the cost £1.8bn over the three spending review years, 2026-27 to 2028-29, shown as £0.6bn a year on average (central). Low and high are the yearly grants to councils: £429m in 2026-27 and £850m indicated for 2028-29; these also carry a share of a separate £200m transformation fund, so they slightly overstate the Experts at Hand money in each year. Costing sources: - [Department for Education: Experts at Hand funding for local authorities 2026 to 2027 (methodology)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/experts-at-hand-local-authority-send-transformation-fund/experts-at-hand-local-authority-send-transformation-fund-funding-for-local-authorities-2026-to-2027) - [Department for Education: Every child achieving and thriving (schools white paper), section on Experts at Hand](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/every-child-achieving-and-thriving/every-child-achieving-and-thriving-html-version) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 23 Feb 2026: Schools White Paper: Every Child Achieving and Thriving](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-02-23/debates/363710CB-0877-495B-BADF-D49781276F81/SchoolsWhitePaperEveryChildAchievingAndThriving) - [Department for Education: Every child achieving and thriving (schools white paper), 23 Feb 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/every-child-achieving-and-thriving/every-child-achieving-and-thriving-html-version) - [Department for Education press release, 23 Feb 2026: Specialist SEND support in every school and community](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/specialist-send-support-in-every-school-and-community) - [Department for Education: Experts at Hand and local authority SEND transformation fund, funding for 2026 to 2027](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/experts-at-hand-local-authority-send-transformation-fund/experts-at-hand-local-authority-send-transformation-fund-funding-for-local-authorities-2026-to-2027) - [Department of Health and Social Care press release, 9 Oct 2026: Government pledges earlier support to tackle mental health crises](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-pledges-earlier-support-to-tackle-mental-health-crises) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor on 12 October 2026. --- ## Intimate images taken down within 48 hours > “Today we are going further, putting companies on notice so that any non-consensual image is taken down in under 48 hours.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Press release (Department for Science, Innovation and Technology), 19 February 2026 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 19 February 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Department for Science, Innovation and Technology) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People whose intimate images are shared online without their consent - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/tech-firms-will-have-to-take-down-abusive-images-within-48-hours-under-new-law-to-protect-women-and-girls (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-intimate-images-48-hours-2026 ### Where it stands Section 100 of the Crime and Policing Act 2026, law since 29 April 2026, requires online services to take down intimate images shared without consent as soon as reasonably practicable and no later than 48 hours after a report. It came into force on 29 June 2026 (S.I. 2026/689), and Ofcom oversees compliance. No official figures on how platforms comply had been published by 20 October 2026; the card moves to Delivered when they show reported images coming down within 48 hours. ### Timeline - 19 February 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister says non-consensual intimate images must be taken down in under 48 hours - 29 April 2026, Legislated: The Crime and Policing Act 2026 becomes law with the 48-hour duty (section 100) ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/20/section/100)) - 29 June 2026, Delivering: The 48-hour takedown duty comes into force ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2026/689)) ### About the cost No cost was given with the promise. ### Sources - [Department for Science, Innovation and Technology: Tech firms will have to take down abusive images within 48 hours under new law (19 Feb 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/tech-firms-will-have-to-take-down-abusive-images-within-48-hours-under-new-law-to-protect-women-and-girls) - [Crime and Policing Act 2026, section 100 (legislation.gov.uk)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/20/section/100) - [The Crime and Policing Act 2026 (Commencement No.1 and Saving Provision) Regulations 2026, S.I. 2026/689 (legislation.gov.uk)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2026/689) - [Home Office and Ministry of Justice: Crime and Policing Act 2026, intimate image abuse factsheet (29 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/crime-and-policing-act-2026-factsheets/crime-and-policing-act-2026-intimate-image-abuse-factsheet) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Cap ground rents at £250 a year > “Good news for homeowners, we’re capping ground rent at £250. That means if you are a leaseholder, and your ground rent is more than £250, you’ll be paying less.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Press release (Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government and Prime Minister's Office), 27 January 2026 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 27 January 2026 - **Where:** Press release (Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government and Prime Minister's Office) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Leaseholders in England and Wales paying ground rent above £250 a year - **When:** Not stated by the Prime Minister; the government said the cap could come into force in late 2028 - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-were-capping-ground-rents-at-250 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ground-rent-cap-250-2026 ### Where it stands The cap is in the draft Commonhold and Leasehold Reform Bill, published on 27 January 2026: £250 a year, falling to a peppercorn after 40 years, for leaseholders in England and Wales. The King's Speech of 13 May 2026 named the Bill, including the capping of ground rents, and the Leader of the House said on 10 September 2026 that it will be introduced; by 20 October 2026 it had not been. The government said the cap could come into force in late 2028, subject to parliamentary timings. The card moves to Legislated when the Bill becomes law. ### Timeline - 27 January 2026, Promised: The Prime Minister announces a £250 cap on ground rents in a video on TikTok - 27 January 2026, In plan: The government publishes the draft Commonhold and Leasehold Reform Bill with the cap ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/draft-commonhold-and-leasehold-reform-bill)) ### About the cost No cost to the taxpayer: the cap moves money from freeholders to leaseholders. The announcement says many leaseholders will save over £4,000 over the course of their lease. ### Sources - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government and Prime Minister's Office: PM: “We're capping ground rents at £250” (27 Jan 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-were-capping-ground-rents-at-250) - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government: Draft Commonhold and Leasehold Reform Bill (27 Jan 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/draft-commonhold-and-leasehold-reform-bill) - [Prime Minister's Office: The King's Speech 2026 (13 May 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/the-kings-speech-2026) - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government: Quid pro quo leases and the ground rent cap (consultation, 2 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/quid-pro-quo-leases-and-the-ground-rent-cap) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 10 Sep 2026: Business of the House](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-10/debates/F6E9AB72-395B-4C77-9643-084029ACC336/BusinessOfTheHouse) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## 3,000 more neighbourhood police by March > “You will see 3000 neighbourhood police officers on your streets - by March…” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Speech on a Britain built for all, 1 December 2025 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 1 December 2025 - **Where:** Speech on a Britain built for all - **Deadline:** 31 March 2026 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People in England and Wales, through more police in their neighbourhoods - **When:** By March 2026 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/prime-ministers-speech-on-britain-built-for-all-1-december-2025 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-neighbourhood-police-3000-2026 ### Where it stands Home Office statistics show 3,814 more full-time-equivalent police officers and police community support officers (PCSOs) in neighbourhood roles in England and Wales at 31 March 2026 than a year earlier; 3,494 of the increase were police officers. The count includes officers in training who are destined for neighbourhood roles (350 at that date). The government's target for the year was 3,011. It is a first step towards the 13,000 more neighbourhood personnel in Labour's 2024 manifesto, which has its own card. "By March" is read as 31 March 2026. ### Timeline - 1 December 2025, Promised: The Prime Minister says 3,000 more neighbourhood police officers will be on the streets by March - 31 March 2026, Deadline: 3,000 more neighbourhood police officers due (editorial date, end of March 2026) - 22 July 2026, Delivered: Home Office statistics: 3,814 more officers and PCSOs in neighbourhood roles at 31 March 2026, 3,494 of them police officers ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/police-workforce-england-and-wales-31-march-2026/police-workforce-england-and-wales-31-march-2026)) ### About the cost No cost was given in the speech. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: Prime Minister's speech on Britain built for all, 1 December 2025](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/prime-ministers-speech-on-britain-built-for-all-1-december-2025) - [Home Office: Police workforce, England and Wales: 31 March 2026 (22 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/police-workforce-england-and-wales-31-march-2026/police-workforce-england-and-wales-31-march-2026) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Remove the two-child limit in full > “I can announce today, fully costed and fully funded, the removal of the two-child limit in full from April.” > > — Rachel Reeves, Chancellor of the Exchequer, Labour Party; Budget statement, House of Commons, 26 November 2025 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [Rachel Reeves](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rachel-reeves), Chancellor of the Exchequer - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 26 November 2025 - **Where:** Budget statement, House of Commons - **Deadline:** 6 April 2026 - **Cost a year:** Costs £2.1bn to £2.6bn a year (central £2.4bn by HM Treasury, official) - **Who it affects:** Families on Universal Credit with three or more children - **When:** 6 April 2026 - **Paid for by:** Tackling fraud and error in our welfare system, cracking down on tax avoidance and reforming gambling taxation - **Quote source:** https://hansard-api.parliament.uk/debates/debate/0FD15A2E-84B6-49F0-939A-24B7AABFB798.json (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-two-child-limit-2025 ### Where it stands The Universal Credit (Removal of Two Child Limit) Act 2026 became law on 18 March 2026 and the limit stopped applying from assessment periods starting on or after 6 April 2026, as DWP's official statistics confirm. ### Timeline - 26 November 2025, Promised: Chancellor announces the removal of the two-child limit in full from April 2026 in the Budget - 26 November 2025, Funded: Budget 2025 scores the removal at £2.365bn in 2026-27, rising to £3.235bn in 2030-31 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/budget-2025-document/budget-2025-html)) - 18 March 2026, Legislated: Universal Credit (Removal of Two Child Limit) Act 2026 receives Royal Assent; in force from 6 April 2026 ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/13/enacted)) - 6 April 2026, Deadline: Due to take effect from April 2026 - 6 April 2026, Delivered: Two-child limit removed for Universal Credit assessment periods starting on or after 6 April 2026 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/universal-credit-claimants-statistics-on-the-two-child-limit-policy-april-2026/universal-credit-claimants-statistics-on-the-two-child-limit-policy-april-2026)) ### About the cost Year shown: 2026-27, the first full year (Budget 2025 policy table, certified by the OBR); central figure only. Other years in the same table: £2.590bn in 2027-28, £2.815bn in 2028-29, £3.095bn in 2029-30 and £3.235bn in 2030-31. The OBR puts the cost at £3bn by 2029-30, with 560,000 families gaining £5,310 a year on average. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Budget 2025 (HM Treasury), Table 5.1](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/budget-2025-document/budget-2025-html) - [OBR Economic and fiscal outlook, November 2025](https://obr.uk/efo/economic-and-fiscal-outlook-november-2025/) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the funded by in version 1: Funding is recorded exactly as stated (Promise standard, section 2). The Chancellor said "our welfare system", not "the welfare system". Was: “Tackling fraud and error in the welfare system, cracking down on tax avoidance and reforming gambling taxation”. Now: “Tackling fraud and error in our welfare system, cracking down on tax avoidance and reforming gambling taxation”. ([source](https://hansard-api.parliament.uk/debates/debate/0FD15A2E-84B6-49F0-939A-24B7AABFB798.json)) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 26 Nov 2025: Financial Statement and Budget Report](https://hansard.parliament.uk/commons/2025-11-26/debates/0FD15A2E-84B6-49F0-939A-24B7AABFB798/FinancialStatementAndBudgetReport) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 26 Nov 2025: Financial Statement and Budget Report (official report, Hansard API)](https://hansard-api.parliament.uk/debates/debate/0FD15A2E-84B6-49F0-939A-24B7AABFB798.json) - [Budget 2025 (HM Treasury)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/budget-2025-document/budget-2025-html) - [OBR Economic and fiscal outlook, November 2025](https://obr.uk/efo/economic-and-fiscal-outlook-november-2025/) - [Universal Credit (Removal of Two Child Limit) Act 2026](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/13/enacted) - [DWP press release, 19 Mar 2026: Two-child limit scrapped as Bill becomes law](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/two-child-limit-scrapped-as-historic-bill-to-lift-450000-children-out-of-poverty-becomes-law) - [DWP official statistics: Universal Credit claimants statistics on the two child limit policy, April 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/universal-credit-claimants-statistics-on-the-two-child-limit-policy-april-2026/universal-credit-claimants-statistics-on-the-two-child-limit-policy-april-2026) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Abolish stamp duty on homes > “Conference, the next Conservative Government will abolish stamp duty on your home. It will be gone.” > > — Kemi Badenoch, Leader of the Opposition, Conservative Party; Leader's speech, Conservative Party Conference 2025, 8 October 2025 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Kemi Badenoch](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/kemi-badenoch), Leader of the Opposition - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 8 October 2025 - **Where:** Leader's speech, Conservative Party Conference 2025 - **Cost a year:** Costs £8.1bn to £9.9bn a year (central £9bn by Conservative Party, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** UK residents buying a main home in England and Northern Ireland, at any price. Second and further homes, purchases by companies and by non-UK residents would still pay. Stamp duty is devolved in Scotland and Wales. - **When:** Not stated ("the next Conservative Government"); the party costed it for 2029-30 - **Paid for by:** From the £47bn of savings the party says it has identified (including £23bn from welfare, £8bn from cutting the civil service and £7bn from overseas aid). Under its Golden Economic Rule at least half of the savings go to cutting the deficit and the rest to tax cuts and pro-growth measures. - **Quote source:** https://www.conservatives.com/news/kemi-badenoch-closes-conference (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-stamp-duty-abolition-2025 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. Shadow Chancellor Andrew Griffith restated the pledge at the party's 2026 conference on 5 October 2026. Filed under Kemi Badenoch, who made the pledge in her speech, since 20 October 2026; until then it was filed under the Conservative Party. ### Timeline - 8 October 2025, Promised: Kemi Badenoch pledges to abolish stamp duty on main homes in her conference speech ### About the cost Year shown: 2029-30, the year the party costed. The party's own estimate is £9bn in 2029-30 (central); it says the current cost is about £4.5bn, so the yearly cost rises over time. The Institute for Government says these figures are roughly consistent with forecasts: stamp duty raised just over £10bn in 2024-25, about half of it on additional homes. The party says it has not counted any extra tax from more housing sales. No OBR or HMRC costing of this pledge. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Institute for Government: stamp duty land tax explainer](https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/stamp-duty-land-tax) - [Chartered Institute of Taxation: Conservative Party Conference 2025 report](https://www.tax.org.uk/conservative-party-conference-2025-report) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the how much bn per year in version 1: The range mixed the current cost with the 2029-30 cost (a time profile). Cards show one year: the party's 2029-30 figure, with an editorial ±10% because the party gives a central figure only. Was: £4.5bn to £9bn a year. Now: £8.1bn to £9.9bn a year. ([source](https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/stamp-duty-land-tax)) - 6 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The £4.5bn is the current cost, not the 2029-30 cost at today's prices, so it cannot be the low end of a 2029-30 range. The note now gives the year shown, the editorial ±10% and the two costs as a time profile. Was: “The party's own estimate is £9bn in 2029-30 (used as central and high); it notes the cost at today's prices is about £4.5bn (low). The Institute for Government says these figures are roughly consistent with forecasts: stamp duty raised just over £10bn in 2024-25, about half of it on additional homes. The party says it has not counted any extra tax from more housing sales. No OBR or HMRC costing of this pledge.”. Now: “Year shown: 2029-30, the year the party costed. The party's own estimate is £9bn in 2029-30 (central); it says the current cost is about £4.5bn, so the yearly cost rises over time. The Institute for Government says these figures are roughly consistent with forecasts: stamp duty raised just over £10bn in 2024-25, about half of it on additional homes. The party says it has not counted any extra tax from more housing sales. No OBR or HMRC costing of this pledge. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only.”. ([source](https://www.tax.org.uk/conservative-party-conference-2025-report)) - 6 October 2026, the funded by in version 1: The entry shortened the party's wording. Its policy page says the rest goes to "tax cuts and pro-growth measures". Was: “From the £47bn of savings the party says it has identified (including £23bn from welfare, £8bn from cutting the civil service and £7bn from overseas aid). Under its Golden Economic Rule at least half of the savings go to cutting the deficit and the rest to tax cuts.”. Now: “From the £47bn of savings the party says it has identified (including £23bn from welfare, £8bn from cutting the civil service and £7bn from overseas aid). Under its Golden Economic Rule at least half of the savings go to cutting the deficit and the rest to tax cuts and pro-growth measures.”. ([source](https://www.conservatives.com/policy)) ### Sources - [Conservatives: Kemi Badenoch Announces Our Plan to Abolish Stamp Duty (speech text), 8 Oct 2025](https://www.conservatives.com/news/kemi-badenoch-closes-conference) - [Conservatives: Our Plan To Get Britain's Economy Growing (Andrew Griffith speech), 5 Oct 2026](https://www.conservatives.com/news/our-plan-to-get-britains-economy-growing) - [Conservatives: policy page (savings list and Golden Economic Rule)](https://www.conservatives.com/policy) - [Institute for Government: stamp duty land tax explainer (Badenoch pledge section)](https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/explainer/stamp-duty-land-tax) - [Chartered Institute of Taxation: Conservative Party Conference 2025 report](https://www.tax.org.uk/conservative-party-conference-2025-report) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Digital ID mandatory for right to work checks > “Digital ID will be mandatory for Right to Work checks by the end of the Parliament.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Press release (Prime Minister's Office), 26 September 2025 - **Status:** Not met - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Running government](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/running-government) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 26 September 2025 - **Where:** Press release (Prime Minister's Office) - **Deadline:** 1 July 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Everyone working in the UK and their employers - **When:** By the end of the Parliament that first met on 9 July 2024 (taken as by 1 July 2029) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-digital-id-scheme-to-be-rolled-out-across-uk (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-digital-id-right-to-work-2029 ### Where it stands On 15 January 2026 a Cabinet Office minister told the Commons that nobody would have to have a digital ID and that the government would require right to work checks to be done digitally. The King's Speech of 13 May 2026 promised a Bill for digital ID, but none was introduced. On 21 July 2026 the new Prime Minister's government cancelled the £1.8 billion digital ID programme to pay for a tax cut on household electricity bills, and a Home Office minister said on 7 September 2026 that the proposals are no longer being taken forward. The promise was officially abandoned, so it reads Not met before its deadline. ### Timeline - 26 September 2025, Promised: The Prime Minister announces a free digital ID, mandatory for right to work checks by the end of the Parliament - 13 May 2026, In plan: The King's Speech says ministers will proceed with the introduction of digital ID ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/the-kings-speech-2026)) - 21 July 2026, Not met: The government cancels the £1.8 billion digital ID programme to fund a cut in tax on electricity bills ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-pm-cuts-tax-on-household-electricity-bills-to-give-breathing-space-on-cost-of-living)) - 1 July 2029, Deadline (to come): Digital ID was due to be mandatory for right to work checks by the end of the Parliament (editorial date) ### About the cost No cost was given with the promise. When it cancelled the programme, the government put its cost at £1.8 billion over the next three years (21 July 2026). Costing sources: - [New PM cuts tax on household electricity bills to give breathing space on cost of living (21 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-pm-cuts-tax-on-household-electricity-bills-to-give-breathing-space-on-cost-of-living) ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: New digital ID scheme to be rolled out across UK (26 Sep 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-digital-id-scheme-to-be-rolled-out-across-uk) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 15 Jan 2026: Digital ID (urgent question)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-01-15/debates/04B89325-7FA2-4541-946D-6E5571AEAAE4/DigitalID) - [Prime Minister's Office: The King's Speech 2026 (13 May 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/the-kings-speech-2026) - [Prime Minister's Office, HM Treasury and Department for Energy Security and Net Zero: New PM cuts tax on household electricity bills to give breathing space on cost of living (21 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-pm-cuts-tax-on-household-electricity-bills-to-give-breathing-space-on-cost-of-living) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 7 Sep 2026: Draft Licensing Act 2003 (Mandatory Licensing Conditions) (Amendment) Order 2026](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2026-09-07/debates/752937F2-4C9C-4291-9CBA-8A658B99BB50/DraftLicensingAct2003(MandatoryLicensingConditions)(Amendment)Order2026) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Recognise Palestine by September 2025 > “So today – as part of this process towards peace I can confirm the UK will recognise the state of Palestine by the United Nations General Assembly in September unless the Israeli government takes substantive steps to end the appalling situation in Gaza, agree to a ceasefire and commit to a long-term, sustainable peace, reviving the prospect of a Two State Solution.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Statement on Gaza, 29 July 2025 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Running government](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/running-government) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 29 July 2025 - **Where:** Statement on Gaza - **Deadline:** 30 September 2025 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Palestinians and Israelis, through the UK's recognition of a Palestinian state - **When:** By the United Nations General Assembly in September 2025 - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-words-on-gaza-29-july-2025 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-palestine-recognition-2025 ### Where it stands On 29 July 2025 the Prime Minister said the UK would recognise the state of Palestine by the United Nations General Assembly in September unless the Israeli government took the steps he listed, and that an assessment would be made in September. On 21 September 2025 he said that the United Kingdom formally recognises the State of Palestine. The deadline is taken as 30 September 2025, the end of the month he named. ### Timeline - 29 July 2025, Promised: The Prime Minister says the UK will recognise the state of Palestine in September unless conditions are met - 21 September 2025, Delivered: The Prime Minister states that the United Kingdom formally recognises the State of Palestine ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-statement-on-the-recognition-of-palestine-21-september-2025)) - 30 September 2025, Deadline: Recognition due by the UN General Assembly in September (editorial date, end of September 2025) ### About the cost No cost: a diplomatic decision, and no costing was published. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM words on Gaza, 29 July 2025](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-words-on-gaza-29-july-2025) - [Prime Minister's Office: PM statement on the recognition of Palestine, 21 September 2025](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-statement-on-the-recognition-of-palestine-21-september-2025) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Bring in a Hillsborough law > “I am fully committed to introducing a Hillsborough law, including a legal duty of candour for public servants and criminal sanctions for those who refuse to comply.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Prime Minister's Questions, 2 July 2025 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 2 July 2025 - **Where:** Prime Minister's Questions - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Families bereaved or harmed in disasters and scandals, and anyone dealing with public bodies - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2025-07-02/debates/6692B67C-F2D5-4AD2-BB24-627BE5D72AAD/Engagements (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-hillsborough-law-2025 ### Where it stands The government's Hillsborough law, the Public Office (Accountability) Bill, was introduced in the Commons on 16 September 2025. Its long title puts a duty of candour on public authorities and public officials and creates offences for those who mislead the public. It passed the Commons on 14 July 2026, was carried over into the new session, and was in committee in the House of Lords in October 2026. The promise gives no date. The card moves to Legislated when the Bill becomes law. ### Timeline - 2 July 2025, Promised: At Prime Minister's Questions, the Prime Minister says he is fully committed to introducing a Hillsborough law - 16 September 2025, In plan: The government introduces the Public Office (Accountability) Bill in the House of Commons ([evidence](https://bills.parliament.uk/bills/4019)) ### About the cost No cost was given with the promise. ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 2 Jul 2025: Engagements (Prime Minister's Questions)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/2025-07-02/debates/6692B67C-F2D5-4AD2-BB24-627BE5D72AAD/Engagements) - [UK Parliament: Public Office (Accountability) Bill, stages and long title](https://bills.parliament.uk/bills/4019) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## 5% of GDP on national security by 2035 > “That is why, as part of this strategy, we make a historic commitment to spend 5% of our GDP on national security by 2035.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; National Security Strategy 2025, PM's foreword, page 5, 24 June 2025 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Defence](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/defence) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 24 June 2025 - **Where:** National Security Strategy 2025, PM's foreword, page 5 - **Deadline:** 31 December 2035 - **Cost a year:** Costs £36bn to £44bn a year (central £40bn by OBR, official) - **Who it affects:** UK defence and national security (3.5% of GDP core defence, 1.5% resilience and security) - **When:** By 2035 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/685ab0da72588f418862075c/E03360428_National_Security_Strategy_Accessible.pdf (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nato-5pc-2035-2025 ### Where it stands The National Security Strategy commits to 5% of GDP on national security by 2035; No 10's 23 June 2025 press release gives a projected split of 3.5% core defence and 1.5% resilience and security; the June 2026 Defence Investment Plan restates the 3.5% for 2035, but money is set out only to 2029-30, at 2.7% of GDP. The deadline is taken as the end of 2035. ### Timeline - 24 June 2025, Promised: PM commits to 5% of GDP on national security by 2035 in the National Security Strategy, ahead of the NATO summit - 30 June 2026, In plan: Defence Investment Plan restates the 3.5% of GDP core defence commitment for 2035; funding set out to 2029-30 at 2.7% ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-defence-investment-plan/the-defence-investment-plan-funding-explainer)) - 31 December 2035, Deadline (to come): 5% of GDP on national security due by 2035 ### About the cost Year shown: 2034-35, in 2025-26 terms. The government gave no cost. The OBR estimates that raising core defence spending from 2.4% of GDP in 2025-26 to 3.5% would cost around £40bn a year by 2034-35. The government says the further 1.5% of GDP for resilience and security is met within existing spending plans, as the OBR reports, so the figure covers core defence only. It overlaps with the rise on the separate 2027 defence card. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the OBR gives a central figure only; the IFS puts the rise at about £36bn a year. Costing sources: - [OBR: Economic and fiscal outlook, March 2026, paragraph 4.15](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69a6d7b62e1f4fbda4252208/economic-and-fiscal-outlook-march-2026-web-accessible.pdf#page=70) - [OBR: Fiscal risks and sustainability, July 2025, paragraph 5.18](https://obr.uk/docs/dlm_uploads/Fiscal-risks-and-sustainability-report-July-2025.pdf#page=137) - [IFS Green Budget 2025: Honouring NATO defence spending commitment would reshape British state](https://ifs.org.uk/news/honouring-nato-defence-spending-commitment-would-reshape-british-state) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: "Today's terms" meant the IFS's 2025 terms, and the note did not say that the IFS figure starts from 2024 spending. It therefore includes the rise to 2.5% already counted on the 2027 defence card. Was: “Year shown: 2035, the target year, in today's terms; central figure only. The government gave no cost. The IFS estimates that raising core defence from 2.3% of GDP to 3.5% equals about £36bn a year in today's terms. There is no costing for the 1.5% on resilience and security, so the figure covers the core defence part only. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only.”. Now: “Year shown: 2035, the target year, in 2025 terms; central figure only. The government gave no cost. The IFS estimates that raising core defence from 2.3% of GDP to 3.5% equals about £36bn a year in 2025 terms. The IFS figure is measured from 2024 spending (2.3% of GDP), so it overlaps with the rise to 2.5% on the separate 2027 defence card. There is no costing for the 1.5% on resilience and security, so the figure covers the core defence part only. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only.”. ([source](https://ifs.org.uk/news/honouring-nato-defence-spending-commitment-would-reshape-british-state)) - 8 October 2026, the how much bn per year in version 1: The range came from the IFS, a think tank. The promise standard uses an official costing when one exists, and the OBR has one: around £40bn a year by 2034-35 in 2025-26 terms. The IFS figure stays as support. Was: £32.4bn to £39.6bn a year. Now: £36bn to £44bn a year. ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69a6d7b62e1f4fbda4252208/economic-and-fiscal-outlook-march-2026-web-accessible.pdf#page=70)) - 8 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note now explains the OBR figure that replaces the IFS one, and records the government's position that the 1.5% for resilience and security is met within existing plans. Was: “Year shown: 2035, the target year, in 2025 terms; central figure only. The government gave no cost. The IFS estimates that raising core defence from 2.3% of GDP to 3.5% equals about £36bn a year in 2025 terms. The IFS figure is measured from 2024 spending (2.3% of GDP), so it overlaps with the rise to 2.5% on the separate 2027 defence card. There is no costing for the 1.5% on resilience and security, so the figure covers the core defence part only. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only.”. Now: “Year shown: 2034-35, in 2025-26 terms. The government gave no cost. The OBR estimates that raising core defence spending from 2.4% of GDP in 2025-26 to 3.5% would cost around £40bn a year by 2034-35. The government says the further 1.5% of GDP for resilience and security is met within existing spending plans, as the OBR reports, so the figure covers core defence only. It overlaps with the rise on the separate 2027 defence card. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the OBR gives a central figure only; the IFS puts the rise at about £36bn a year.”. ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69a6d7b62e1f4fbda4252208/economic-and-fiscal-outlook-march-2026-web-accessible.pdf#page=70)) - 8 October 2026, the cost sources in version 1: The OBR's reports, the official source of the new figure, are added; the IFS stays as support. Was: IFS Green Budget 2025: Honouring NATO defence spending commitment would reshape British state. Now: OBR: Economic and fiscal outlook, March 2026, paragraph 4.15; OBR: Fiscal risks and sustainability, July 2025, paragraph 5.18; IFS Green Budget 2025: Honouring NATO defence spending commitment would reshape British state. ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69a6d7b62e1f4fbda4252208/economic-and-fiscal-outlook-march-2026-web-accessible.pdf#page=70)) ### Sources - [National Security Strategy 2025: Security for the British People in a Dangerous World (PDF)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/685ab0da72588f418862075c/E03360428_National_Security_Strategy_Accessible.pdf) - [No 10 press release, 23 Jun 2025: UK to deliver on 5% NATO pledge](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/uk-to-deliver-on-5-nato-pledge-as-government-drives-greater-security-for-working-people) - [The Defence Investment Plan: funding explainer, 30 Jun 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-defence-investment-plan/the-defence-investment-plan-funding-explainer) - [IFS Green Budget 2025: Honouring NATO defence spending commitment would reshape British state](https://ifs.org.uk/news/honouring-nato-defence-spending-commitment-would-reshape-british-state) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Build nine new reservoirs by 2050 > “And we have kickstarted the building of nine new reservoirs by 2050.” > > — HM Government; Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs press release (GOV.UK), 29 May 2025 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 29 May 2025 - **Where:** Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs press release (GOV.UK) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2050 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Water supplies in England; the reservoirs are planned in Lincolnshire, Cambridgeshire, Oxfordshire, Somerset, Suffolk, Kent, East Sussex and the West Midlands - **When:** By 2050 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/environment-secretary-at-economist-water-summit (checked word for word at its source on 12 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nine-reservoirs-2050 ### Where it stands The nine are in the water companies' long-term water resources plans, which the government approved in January 2025, and in the Water White Paper (January 2026); Defra says the companies have committed to bring them online by 2050, in Lincolnshire, Cambridgeshire, Oxfordshire, Somerset, Suffolk, Kent, East Sussex and the West Midlands. Water companies build them and bill payers fund them through Ofwat's price review, so there is no cost to the public purse; the government's part is approval and planning. As of 12 October 2026 none has applied for planning consent; the companies aim for the Fens reservoir in 2036 and Lincolnshire by 2040. Havant Thicket, under construction, is not one of the nine. Ministers restated the commitment without a date on 9 October 2026. ### Timeline - 29 May 2025, Promised: Defra commits to fast-track the delivery of nine new reservoirs, directing the Fens and Lincolnshire reservoirs into the national planning regime - 20 January 2026, In plan: The Water White Paper plans nine new reservoirs as part of increased investment in new water resources ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/a-new-vision-for-water-white-paper/a-new-vision-for-water)) - 11 February 2026, Reworded: Environment Secretary Emma Reynolds gives a date: nine new reservoirs by 2050 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/environment-secretary-at-economist-water-summit)) - 31 December 2050, Deadline (to come): Nine new reservoirs due to be online by 2050 ### Earlier wording - Version 1, 29 May 2025: “This immediate step delivers on this government’s commitment to fast-track the delivery of nine new reservoirs, supporting its plans to get Britain building and deliver 1.5 million new homes by the end of this parliament.” ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-steps-in-to-build-first-major-reservoirs-in-30-years)) ### Sources - [Defra press release, 29 May 2025: Government steps in to build first major reservoirs in 30 years](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-steps-in-to-build-first-major-reservoirs-in-30-years) - [Environment Secretary at the Economist Water Summit, 11 Feb 2026 (speech as delivered)](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/environment-secretary-at-economist-water-summit) - [Defra: A new vision for water (Water White Paper), 20 Jan 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/a-new-vision-for-water-white-paper/a-new-vision-for-water) - [HM Treasury press release, 28 Jan 2025: water resources management plans approved, including nine new reservoirs](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/reeves-i-am-going-further-and-faster-to-kick-start-the-economy) - [Environment Agency press release, 9 Oct 2026: Environment Agency declares drought status in Yorkshire](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/environment-agency-declares-drought-status-in-yorkshire) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor on 12 October 2026. --- ## Put mental health support teams in every school > “rolling out mental health support teams to every school and college by 2029, reaching nearly 800,000 additional children and young people this year, alongside a £7 million investment in early support hubs in 2026 to 2027” > > — HM Government; Written answer by Health minister Stephen Kinnock, 8 May 2025 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 8 May 2025 - **Where:** Written answer by Health minister Stephen Kinnock - **Deadline:** 31 December 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Pupils and learners in schools and colleges in England - **When:** By 2029 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-pledges-earlier-support-to-tackle-mental-health-crises (checked word for word at its source on 12 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-mhst-every-school-2029 ### Where it stands In 2025-26, 5.8 million pupils and learners (60%) were covered by a mental health support team, and 11,800 schools and colleges (48%); the Department for Education projects 66% of pupils and 53% of schools and colleges by 31 March 2027 (data release, 10 June 2026). The deadline was first 2029/30 (to March 2030) and since October 2025 has been "by 2029", which the Department for Education reads as the end of 2029. The Spending Review 2025 names the expansion in the health settlement but gives no separate figure; Labour's 2024 manifesto promised mental health professionals in every school and costed it at £175m in 2028-29 (a party figure). The teams began under the previous government in 2018. ### Timeline - 8 May 2025, Promised: The government commits in a written answer to mental health support teams in 100% of schools and colleges by 2029/30 - 11 June 2025, Funded: The Spending Review 2025 health settlement includes expanding mental health support teams to 100% of schools by 2029-30 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html)) - 10 June 2026, Delivering: Department for Education data: 60% of pupils and learners and 48% of schools and colleges covered in 2025-26 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/mental-health-support-teams-coverage-and-school-and-college-experience)) - 9 October 2026, Reworded: The Department of Health and Social Care now says every school and college by 2029, earlier than the 2029/30 first given ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-pledges-earlier-support-to-tackle-mental-health-crises)) - 31 December 2029, Deadline (to come): Mental health support teams in every school and college due by the end of 2029 ### Earlier wording - Version 1, 8 May 2025: “The Government has committed to expanding Mental Health Support Teams (MHSTs) in schools and colleges to reach 100% coverage by 2029/30.” ([source](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-questions/detail/2025-04-29/48881)) ### Sources - [Written answer UIN 48881, 8 May 2025 (Stephen Kinnock): Mental Health Support Teams](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-questions/detail/2025-04-29/48881) - [Department of Health and Social Care press release, 9 Oct 2026: Government pledges earlier support to tackle mental health crises](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-pledges-earlier-support-to-tackle-mental-health-crises) - [Department for Education: Mental Health Support Teams, coverage and school and college experience, 10 Jun 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/mental-health-support-teams-coverage-and-school-and-college-experience) - [HM Treasury: Spending Review 2025, paragraph 5.16](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html) - [NHS England: Medium Term Planning Framework, 2026/27 to 2028/29 (October 2025)](https://www.england.nhs.uk/long-read/medium-term-planning-framework-delivering-change-together-2026-27-to-2028-29/) - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 84](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=84) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor on 12 October 2026. --- ## Abolish NHS England > “So I am bringing management of the NHS back into democratic control… By abolishing the arms-length body - NHS England.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Speech on reforming the British state, 13 March 2025 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 March 2025 - **Where:** Speech on reforming the British state - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** NHS patients and staff in England - **When:** Not stated by the Prime Minister; the Health Secretary said over the next two years - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-remarks-on-the-fundamental-reform-of-the-british-state-13-march-2025 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-abolish-nhs-england-2025 ### Where it stands The Health Bill, introduced in the Commons on 14 May 2026, abolishes NHS England as a statutory body. It passed the Commons on 8 September 2026, under the current government, had its second reading in the House of Lords on 13 October 2026, and is due in committee there from 28 October 2026. NHS England still exists: it laid its 2025-26 annual report before Parliament on 3 September 2026. The Prime Minister gave no date; the Health Secretary told the Commons the same day that it would take two years. The card moves to Legislated when the Bill becomes law. ### Timeline - 13 March 2025, Promised: The Prime Minister announces that NHS England will be abolished - 14 May 2026, In plan: The government introduces the Health Bill, which abolishes NHS England, in the House of Commons ([evidence](https://bills.parliament.uk/bills/4124)) ### About the cost No cost was given with the promise. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM remarks on the fundamental reform of the British state, 13 March 2025](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-remarks-on-the-fundamental-reform-of-the-british-state-13-march-2025) - [Department of Health and Social Care: NHS England, Health and Social Care Secretary's statement (13 Mar 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/nhs-england-health-and-social-care-secretarys-statement) - [UK Parliament: Health Bill, stages](https://bills.parliament.uk/bills/4124) - [Department of Health and Social Care: Health Bill (collection)](https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/health-bill) - [NHS England: annual report and accounts 2025 to 2026 (3 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/nhs-england-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Spend 2.5% of GDP on defence by 2027 > “We will deliver our commitment to spend 2.5% of GDP on defence, but we will bring it forward so that we reach that level in 2027 and we will maintain that for the rest of this Parliament.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Commons statement on defence and security, 25 February 2025 - **Status:** Funded - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Defence](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/defence) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 25 February 2025 - **Where:** Commons statement on defence and security - **Deadline:** 1 April 2027 - **Cost a year:** Costs £6bn to £13.4bn a year (central £13.4bn by No 10, official) - **Who it affects:** The armed forces and defence budget; paid for by a cut to overseas aid - **When:** 1 April 2027 - **Paid for by:** Cutting development assistance from 0.5% of GNI to 0.3% in 2027 - **Quote source:** https://hansard.parliament.uk/commons/2025-02-25/debates/8BF58F19-B32B-4716-A613-8D5738541A30/DefenceAndSecurity (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Open Parliament Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-defence-25-2027 ### Where it stands The Spending Review 2025 set the defence budget on a path to 2.6% of GDP on NATO's measure by 2027 (2.5% on the older measure plus intelligence spending), and the June 2026 Defence Investment Plan plans 2.6% in 2026-27 and 2.7% from 2027-28. Money is allocated to 2029-30; the card will move to Delivering when a source confirms spending at the higher level and to Delivered when 2027-28 outturn shows 2.5%. ### Timeline - 25 February 2025, Promised: PM tells the Commons that defence spending will reach 2.5% of GDP in 2027, paid for by cutting aid to 0.3% of GNI - 11 June 2025, Funded: Spending Review 2025 sets the defence budget on a path to 2.6% of GDP (NATO measure) by 2027 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html)) - 30 June 2026, Funded: Defence Investment Plan adds £15bn over four years; NATO-measure spending planned at 2.6% in 2026-27 and 2.7% from 2027-28 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-defence-investment-plan/the-defence-investment-plan-funding-explainer)) - 1 April 2027, Deadline (to come): 2.5% of GDP due from April 2027 ### About the cost Year shown: 2027-28, the first full year at the new level. The PM put it at £13.4bn more on defence every year from 2027 (central). The IFS said an extra 0.2% of GDP is around £6bn (low), and that the £13.4bn figure seems to assume the defence budget would otherwise have been frozen in cash terms. The government counts more intelligence spending as defence from 2027, taking the total to 2.6% of GDP on NATO's measure, which is the level the sandbox preset uses. Costing sources: - [Hansard, House of Commons, 25 Feb 2025: Defence and Security](https://hansard.parliament.uk/commons/2025-02-25/debates/8BF58F19-B32B-4716-A613-8D5738541A30/DefenceAndSecurity) - [IFS response to defence spending announcement, 25 Feb 2025](https://ifs.org.uk/articles/ifs-response-defence-spending-announcement) ### Sources - [Hansard, House of Commons, 25 Feb 2025: Defence and Security (PM's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/commons/2025-02-25/debates/8BF58F19-B32B-4716-A613-8D5738541A30/DefenceAndSecurity) - [No 10 press release, 25 Feb 2025: 2.5% of GDP from April 2027](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-sets-out-biggest-sustained-increase-in-defence-spending-since-the-cold-war-protecting-british-people-in-new-era-for-national-security) - [Spending Review 2025 (HM Treasury)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html) - [The Defence Investment Plan: funding explainer, 30 Jun 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-defence-investment-plan/the-defence-investment-plan-funding-explainer) - [IFS response to defence spending announcement, 25 Feb 2025](https://ifs.org.uk/articles/ifs-response-defence-spending-announcement) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Build 14,000 more prison places by 2031 > “We aim to construct 14,000 places by 2031.” > > — HM Government; Ministry of Justice 10-year Prison Capacity Strategy (GOV.UK), 11 December 2024 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 11 December 2024 - **Where:** Ministry of Justice 10-year Prison Capacity Strategy (GOV.UK) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2031 - **Cost a year:** Costs £1.1bn to £1.3bn a year (central £1.2bn by HM Treasury, official) - **Who it affects:** Prisons in England and Wales - **When:** By 2031 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/67586f828a1ef8f66413b9c2/24.231_MOJ_10-Year_Capacity_Strat_Pub_v10.1_WEB.pdf#page=14 (checked word for word at its source on 12 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-prison-places-14000-2031 ### Where it stands The Ministry of Justice says around 3,300 places have been delivered since July 2024 (9 October 2026), including HMP Millsike (about 1,500 places, March 2025); its annual statement counted about 5,000 places under construction at the end of 2025. The Spending Review 2025 provides £7bn between 2024-25 and 2029-30; the annual statement says completing the 14,000 needs money from future Spending Reviews. The 14,000 are the places the previous government's programmes did not deliver; they are newly built places, not net capacity. "By 2031" is read as by the end of 2031. ### Timeline - 11 December 2024, Promised: The Ministry of Justice's 10-year Prison Capacity Strategy aims to build 14,000 prison places by 2031 - 11 December 2024, In plan: The strategy sets out the build programme, with around £2.3bn for prison builds in 2024-25 and 2025-26 ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/67586f828a1ef8f66413b9c2/24.231_MOJ_10-Year_Capacity_Strat_Pub_v10.1_WEB.pdf)) - 11 June 2025, Funded: The Spending Review 2025 provides £7bn between 2024-25 and 2029-30 to build 14,000 new prison places by 2031 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html)) - 29 January 2026, Delivering: The annual statement reports about 2,900 places delivered since July 2024, including HMP Millsike, and about 5,000 under construction at the end of 2025 ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6978d0421c24881f40a4d6b0/moj_annual_statement_prison_capacity_2025.pdf)) - 31 December 2031, Deadline (to come): 14,000 new prison places due by 2031 ### About the cost The Spending Review 2025 provides £7bn between 2024-25 and 2029-30 to build the 14,000 places, about £1.17bn a year on average over those six years (central); the Ministry of Justice put it as around £2.3bn in 2024-25 and 2025-26 and £4.7bn of capital in 2026-27 to 2029-30. No source gives a figure for each year, so low–high is an editorial ±10% around the average. Money for the places still to be built after 2029-30 is not yet allocated. Costing sources: - [HM Treasury: Spending Review 2025, paragraph 5.40](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html) - [Ministry of Justice: 10-year Prison Capacity Strategy, paragraph 5 (PDF)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/67586f828a1ef8f66413b9c2/24.231_MOJ_10-Year_Capacity_Strat_Pub_v10.1_WEB.pdf) ### Sources - [Ministry of Justice: 10-year Prison Capacity Strategy, 11 Dec 2024 (PDF)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/67586f828a1ef8f66413b9c2/24.231_MOJ_10-Year_Capacity_Strat_Pub_v10.1_WEB.pdf) - [Written ministerial statement HCWS294, 11 Dec 2024: 10-year Prison Capacity Strategy and Annual Statement (Shabana Mahmood)](https://questions-statements.parliament.uk/written-statements/detail/2024-12-11/hcws294) - [HM Treasury: Spending Review 2025, paragraph 5.40](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html) - [Ministry of Justice: Annual Statement on Prison Capacity 2025, 29 Jan 2026 (PDF)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6978d0421c24881f40a4d6b0/moj_annual_statement_prison_capacity_2025.pdf) - [Ministry of Justice press release, 9 Oct 2026: Kent prison to gain nearly 250 extra places](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/kent-prison-to-gain-nearly-250-extra-places) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor on 12 October 2026. --- ## At least 95% clean power by 2030 > “Securing home-grown energy, protecting billpayers, and putting us on track to at least 95% Clean Power by 2030, while accelerating the UK to net zero.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Press release on the Plan for Change milestones (Prime Minister's Office), 5 December 2024 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 5 December 2024 - **Where:** Press release on the Plan for Change milestones (Prime Minister's Office) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2030 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Electricity billpayers in Great Britain and the power system - **When:** On track by 2030 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-sets-out-blueprint-for-decade-of-national-renewal (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-clean-power-95pc-2030 ### Where it stands The Department for Energy Security and Net Zero set out the path in its Clean Power 2030 Action Plan on 13 December 2024. On 14 January 2026 the seventh Contracts for Difference auction offered contracts to new offshore wind farms due to start generating between 2028/29 and 2030/31. The Energy Secretary said on 14 October 2026 that almost two-thirds of Britain's electricity came from clean power over 2025, and planning policy published on 29 September 2026 still names clean power by 2030. The deadline is taken as the end of 2030; the official figures for 2030 will settle it. ### Timeline - 5 December 2024, Promised: The Prime Minister sets clean power by 2030 as a Plan for Change milestone - 13 December 2024, In plan: The government publishes the Clean Power 2030 Action Plan ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/clean-power-2030-action-plan)) - 14 January 2026, Delivering: The seventh Contracts for Difference auction offers contracts to new offshore wind farms due to generate by 2030/31 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/contracts-for-difference-cfd-allocation-round-7-results)) - 31 December 2030, Deadline (to come): At least 95% clean power due by 2030 (editorial date, end of 2030) ### About the cost No cost was given with the milestone. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM sets out blueprint for decade of national renewal (5 Dec 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-sets-out-blueprint-for-decade-of-national-renewal) - [HM Government: Plan for Change, milestones for mission-led government (PDF, 5 Dec 2024)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6751af4719e0c816d18d1df3/Plan_for_Change.pdf) - [Department for Energy Security and Net Zero: Clean Power 2030 Action Plan (13 Dec 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/clean-power-2030-action-plan) - [Department for Energy Security and Net Zero: Contracts for Difference Allocation Round 7 results (14 Jan 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/contracts-for-difference-cfd-allocation-round-7-results) - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government: National Planning Policy Framework, chapter 10, securing clean energy and water (29 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/national-planning-policy-framework-chapter-10-securing-clean-energy-and-water-w1-4) - [Department for Energy Security and Net Zero: Building an energy system that delivers for all, speech by the Energy Secretary (14 Oct 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/building-an-energy-system-that-delivers-for-all) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Decide 150 major infrastructure projects > “Rebuilding Britain with 1.5 million homes in England and fast-tracking planning decisions on at least 150 major economic infrastructure projects.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Press release on the Plan for Change milestones (Prime Minister's Office), 5 December 2024 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 5 December 2024 - **Where:** Press release on the Plan for Change milestones (Prime Minister's Office) - **Deadline:** 1 July 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Promoters of major infrastructure projects and the places they serve - **When:** By the end of the Parliament that first met on 9 July 2024 (taken as by 1 July 2029) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-sets-out-blueprint-for-decade-of-national-renewal (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-infrastructure-decisions-150-2029 ### Where it stands The government said on 22 September 2025 that 21 major infrastructure planning decisions were made in the Parliament's first year, a record, and four more since, 25 in all, with 10 more projects awaiting a decision. The Planning and Infrastructure Act 2025, law since 18 December 2025, is meant to speed these decisions up, and the government named the 150 decisions as its aim when it passed. The end of the Parliament is taken as 1 July 2029. The 1.5 million homes in the same sentence are on the Labour Party's manifesto card. ### Timeline - 5 December 2024, Promised: The Prime Minister sets planning decisions on at least 150 major infrastructure projects as a milestone - 22 September 2025, Delivering: The government reports 25 major infrastructure planning decisions so far, 21 of them in the Parliament's first year ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/record-number-of-major-infrastructure-projects-green-lit)) - 1 July 2029, Deadline (to come): Decisions on at least 150 major infrastructure projects due by the end of the Parliament (editorial date) ### About the cost No cost was given with the milestone. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM sets out blueprint for decade of national renewal (5 Dec 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-sets-out-blueprint-for-decade-of-national-renewal) - [HM Government: Plan for Change, milestones for mission-led government (PDF, 5 Dec 2024)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6751af4719e0c816d18d1df3/Plan_for_Change.pdf) - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government: Record number of major infrastructure projects green-lit (22 Sep 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/record-number-of-major-infrastructure-projects-green-lit) - [Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government: Landmark Planning and Infrastructure Bill becomes law (18 Dec 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/landmark-planning-and-infrastructure-bill-becomes-law) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Raise household income and GDP per head > “Raising living standards in every part of the United Kingdom, so working people have more money in their pocket as we aim to deliver the highest sustained growth in the G7, with higher Real Household Disposable Income per person and GDP per capita by the end of the Parliament.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Press release on the Plan for Change milestones (Prime Minister's Office), 5 December 2024 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 5 December 2024 - **Where:** Press release on the Plan for Change milestones (Prime Minister's Office) - **Deadline:** 1 July 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Households in every part of the UK - **When:** By the end of the Parliament that first met on 9 July 2024 (taken as by 1 July 2029) - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-sets-out-blueprint-for-decade-of-national-renewal (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-living-standards-2029 ### Where it stands The Plan for Change measures the milestone by higher real household disposable income (RHDI) per person and GDP per head by the end of the Parliament, and names no starting point. In the second quarter of 2026, real GDP per head rose 0.5% and was 1.2% higher than a year earlier; RHDI per head rose 1.0%, after falling 0.8% in the first quarter (Office for National Statistics, 30 September 2026). The highest sustained growth in the G7 is stated as an aim and is not scored. The end of the Parliament is taken as 1 July 2029, as on other cards. ### Timeline - 5 December 2024, Promised: The Prime Minister sets higher living standards as the first Plan for Change milestone - 1 July 2029, Deadline (to come): Higher income and GDP per head due by the end of the Parliament (editorial date) ### About the cost No cost: the milestone names an outcome, not a measure, and no costing was published. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM sets out blueprint for decade of national renewal (5 Dec 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-sets-out-blueprint-for-decade-of-national-renewal) - [HM Government: Plan for Change, milestones for mission-led government (PDF, 5 Dec 2024)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6751af4719e0c816d18d1df3/Plan_for_Change.pdf) - [Office for National Statistics: GDP quarterly national accounts, UK: April to June 2026 (30 Sep 2026)](https://www.ons.gov.uk/economy/grossdomesticproductgdp/bulletins/quarterlynationalaccounts/latest) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Meet the 18-week NHS waiting time standard > “ending hospital backlogs to meet the NHS standard of 92% of patients in England waiting no longer than 18 weeks for elective treatment” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Plan for Change, PM's foreword, page 6, 5 December 2024 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 5 December 2024 - **Where:** Plan for Change, PM's foreword, page 6 - **Deadline:** 31 March 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Patients in England waiting for planned (elective) hospital treatment - **When:** By March 2029 (the end of the Parliament) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6751af4719e0c816d18d1df3/Plan_for_Change.pdf (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nhs-18-weeks-2024 ### Where it stands NHS England's plan sets March 2029 for the 92% standard, and the Spending Review 2025 ties the NHS settlement to it. The share of waiting-list pathways (cases) under 18 weeks met the interim 65% goal in March 2026 (65.3%) and stood at 65.4% in July 2026, 26.6 percentage points below the 92% standard, so the card sits at Delivering. ### Timeline - 5 December 2024, Promised: PM sets the 18-week milestone in the Plan for Change - 6 January 2025, In plan: NHS England's elective reform plan commits to meet the 92% standard by March 2029, with 65% by March 2026 ([evidence](https://www.england.nhs.uk/long-read/reforming-elective-care-for-patients/)) - 11 June 2025, Funded: Spending Review 2025 links the NHS settlement to 92% of patients starting treatment within 18 weeks by the end of the Parliament ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html)) - 14 May 2026, Delivering: March 2026 figures: 65.3% of waiting-list pathways (cases) under 18 weeks, meeting the interim 65% goal ([evidence](https://www.england.nhs.uk/statistics/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/05/Mar26-RTT-statistical-press-notice-PDF-545K-Dc1i9U.pdf)) - 31 March 2029, Deadline (to come): 92% of patients due to wait no longer than 18 weeks ### About the cost No separate costing. The Spending Review 2025 links the NHS settlement (a £29bn real-terms rise in day-to-day spending from 2023-24 to 2028-29) to this milestone but does not say how much of it pays for the target. Costing sources: - [Spending Review 2025 (HM Treasury)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html) ### Contracts behind delivery 1 public contract linked by an editor, £52,269 in all at their latest values; 1 awarded without competition. Figures come from the contract notices (Open Government Licence v3.0). - PAHT - Validation Solution - Source Group: The Princess Alexandra Hospital NHS Trust to Insource Select Limited, £52,269, awarded 19 May 2025, ends 20 October 2025 ([notice](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/075228-2025)) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the text of the “Delivering” entry: The statistic counts waiting-list pathways, not people; one patient can have more than one pathway. NHS England reports it as 65.3% of cases. Was: “March 2026 figures: 65.3% of patients waiting under 18 weeks, meeting the interim 65% goal”. Now: “March 2026 figures: 65.3% of waiting-list pathways (cases) under 18 weeks, meeting the interim 65% goal”. ([source](https://www.england.nhs.uk/statistics/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/05/Mar26-RTT-statistical-press-notice-PDF-545K-Dc1i9U.pdf)) ### Sources - [Plan for Change: Milestones for mission-led government (PDF), 5 Dec 2024](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6751af4719e0c816d18d1df3/Plan_for_Change.pdf) - [PM speech on Plan for Change, 5 Dec 2024](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-plan-for-change-5-december-2024) - [NHS England: Reforming elective care for patients, 6 Jan 2025](https://www.england.nhs.uk/long-read/reforming-elective-care-for-patients/) - [Spending Review 2025 (HM Treasury)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html) - [NHS England RTT statistical press notice, March 2026 data (14 May 2026)](https://www.england.nhs.uk/statistics/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/05/Mar26-RTT-statistical-press-notice-PDF-545K-Dc1i9U.pdf) - [NHS England RTT statistical press notice, July 2026 data (10 Sep 2026)](https://www.england.nhs.uk/statistics/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2026/09/Jul26-RTT-statistical-press-notice-PDF-578K-97ylx5.pdf) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## 75% of five-year-olds ready for school > “Giving children the best start in life, with a record 75% of five-year-olds in England ready to learn when they start school.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Press release on the Plan for Change milestones (Prime Minister's Office), 5 December 2024 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Education](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/education) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 5 December 2024 - **Where:** Press release on the Plan for Change milestones (Prime Minister's Office) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2028 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Children starting school in England - **When:** By 2028 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-sets-out-blueprint-for-decade-of-national-renewal (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-school-ready-75pc-2028 ### Where it stands The Department for Education's strategy Giving every child the best start in life (7 July 2025) sets the measure: by 2028, 75% of children reaching a good level of development by the end of reception. In 2024/25, 68.3% did (Early years foundation stage profile results, 27 November 2025). The deadline is taken as the end of 2028, so the results for children finishing reception in summer 2028 settle it. The card moves when the strategy's money is allocated or its new services are running. ### Timeline - 5 December 2024, Promised: The Prime Minister sets 75% of five-year-olds ready to learn as a Plan for Change milestone - 7 July 2025, In plan: The Department for Education's best start in life strategy aims for 75% at a good level of development by 2028 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/giving-every-child-the-best-start-in-life)) - 31 December 2028, Deadline (to come): 75% of children due to be ready to learn when they start school (editorial date, end of 2028) ### About the cost No cost was given with the milestone. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM sets out blueprint for decade of national renewal (5 Dec 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-sets-out-blueprint-for-decade-of-national-renewal) - [HM Government: Plan for Change, milestones for mission-led government (PDF, 5 Dec 2024)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6751af4719e0c816d18d1df3/Plan_for_Change.pdf) - [Department for Education: Giving every child the best start in life (7 Jul 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/giving-every-child-the-best-start-in-life) - [Department for Education: Early years foundation stage profile results, 2024/25 (27 Nov 2025)](https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/early-years-foundation-stage-profile-results/2024-25) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## End new HIV cases in England by 2030 > “I’m determined that this generation will be the one that ends new cases of HIV within England by 2030.” > > — Sir Keir Starmer, Prime Minister, Labour Party; Press release (Prime Minister's Office), 29 November 2024 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Sir Keir Starmer](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/keir-starmer), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 29 November 2024 - **Where:** Press release (Prime Minister's Office) - **Deadline:** 31 December 2030 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People in England at risk of HIV or living with it - **When:** By 2030 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/i-am-determined-this-generation-will-be-the-one-that-ends-new-cases-of-hiv-within-england-by-2030-prime-minister-said-ahead-of-world-aids-day (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-hiv-new-cases-2030 ### Where it stands The government published the HIV Action Plan for England, 2025 to 2030, on 1 December 2025, backed by £170 million, to end new HIV transmissions in England by 2030; on the same day the Prime Minister said he had promised it. The UK Health Security Agency (UKHSA) gives the aim as no more than 532 new diagnoses in 2030, a 90% fall from 2010. Its provisional figures from clinics that reported throughout show new diagnoses falling from 2,922 in 2024 to 2,542 in 2025. The deadline is taken as the end of 2030; the card moves to Delivering when an official source shows the plan's new programmes running. ### Timeline - 29 November 2024, Promised: The Prime Minister pledges to end new HIV cases in England by 2030, ahead of World AIDS Day - 1 December 2025, In plan: The government publishes the HIV Action Plan for England, 2025 to 2030, backed by £170 million ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/trailblazing-scheme-to-reconnect-thousands-with-hiv-treatment)) - 31 December 2030, Deadline (to come): New HIV cases in England due to end (editorial date, end of 2030) ### About the cost No total was given with the promise; the release confirmed £27 million for opt-out HIV testing in emergency departments. The HIV Action Plan of 1 December 2025 is backed by £170 million (Department of Health and Social Care), with no yearly split given. Costing sources: - [Department of Health and Social Care: Trailblazing scheme to reconnect thousands with HIV treatment (1 Dec 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/trailblazing-scheme-to-reconnect-thousands-with-hiv-treatment) ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: “I am determined this generation will be the one that ends new cases of HIV within England by 2030” (29 Nov 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/i-am-determined-this-generation-will-be-the-one-that-ends-new-cases-of-hiv-within-england-by-2030-prime-minister-said-ahead-of-world-aids-day) - [Department of Health and Social Care: Trailblazing scheme to reconnect thousands with HIV treatment (1 Dec 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/trailblazing-scheme-to-reconnect-thousands-with-hiv-treatment) - [Department of Health and Social Care: HIV Action Plan for England, 2025 to 2030 (1 Dec 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/hiv-action-plan-for-england-2025-to-2030) - [UKHSA: New HIV report shows progress but inequalities persist in access to testing, PrEP and early diagnosis (14 May 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-hiv-report-shows-progress-but-inequalities-persist-in-access-to-testing-prep-and-early-diagnosis) - [UKHSA: Report on new HIV diagnoses in England, provisional data, 2025 (21 May 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/new-hiv-diagnoses-in-england-provisional-data/report-on-new-hiv-diagnoses-in-england-provisional-data-2025) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Expand NHS talking therapies to 915,000 a year > “expanding NHS Talking Therapies so that 915,000 people complete a course of treatment by March 2029 - up from 670,000 last year.” > > — HM Government; Get Britain Working white paper (GOV.UK), 26 November 2024 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [HM Government](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/hm-government) - **Made on:** 26 November 2024 - **Where:** Get Britain Working white paper (GOV.UK) - **Deadline:** 31 March 2029 - **Cost a year:** Costs £0.2bn to £0.24bn a year (central £0.22bn by HM Treasury, official) - **Who it affects:** Adults with common mental health conditions in England - **When:** By March 2029 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/review-launched-into-mental-health-autism-and-adhd-services (checked word for word at its source on 12 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-talking-therapies-915k-2029 ### Where it stands In 2025-26, 674,683 referrals completed a course of NHS Talking Therapies, up 0.6% on the year before, with 50.1% reliably recovering (NHS England Digital, 24 September 2026); reaching 915,000 in 2028-29 needs about 36% more, and NHS England's interim target is 805,000 in 2026-27 with 51% recovery. The expansion was funded by the previous government's Autumn Statement 2023 (£220m in 2028-29) and kept by this government as an existing commitment; NHS England's plan sets the 915,000 target with a 53% recovery rate. The Department of Health and Social Care restated it on 9 October 2026. Figures count referrals, and one person can have more than one. ### Timeline - 26 November 2024, Promised: The Get Britain Working white paper commits to keep expanding NHS Talking Therapies, with 384,000 more people expected to complete a course - 26 November 2024, In plan: The white paper sets the expansion out as part of the plan to tackle ill health-related economic inactivity ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/get-britain-working-white-paper/get-britain-working-white-paper)) - 4 December 2025, Reworded: The Department of Health and Social Care sets the target as 915,000 people completing a course by March 2029, up from 670,000, following NHS England's October 2025 plan ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/review-launched-into-mental-health-autism-and-adhd-services)) - 31 March 2029, Deadline (to come): 915,000 courses of NHS Talking Therapies in 2028-29 due by March 2029 ### About the cost Year used: 2028-29, the target year. The Autumn Statement 2023 costed "Talking Therapies: expand access and increase provision" at £220m in 2028-29, rising from £25m in 2024-25 (Table 5.1); central figure only, so low–high is an editorial ±10%. It was costed by the previous government for the expansion this government kept. Costing sources: - [HM Treasury: Autumn Statement 2023, Table 5.1, Talking Therapies: expand access and increase provision](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/autumn-statement-2023/autumn-statement-2023-html) ### Earlier wording - Version 1, 26 November 2024: “the government has committed to continuing to expand access to NHS Talking Therapies for adults with common mental health conditions in England. This is expected to increase the number of people completing courses of treatment by 384,000 and increase the number of sessions.” ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/get-britain-working-white-paper/get-britain-working-white-paper)) ### Sources - [Get Britain Working white paper, 26 Nov 2024, paragraph 55](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/get-britain-working-white-paper/get-britain-working-white-paper) - [Department of Health and Social Care press release, 4 Dec 2025: Review launched into mental health, autism and ADHD services](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/review-launched-into-mental-health-autism-and-adhd-services) - [NHS England: Medium Term Planning Framework, 2026/27 to 2028/29 (October 2025)](https://www.england.nhs.uk/long-read/medium-term-planning-framework-delivering-change-together-2026-27-to-2028-29/) - [HM Treasury: Autumn Statement 2023, Table 5.1](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/autumn-statement-2023/autumn-statement-2023-html) - [NHS England Digital: NHS Talking Therapies annual report, 2025-26](https://digital.nhs.uk/data-and-information/publications/statistical/nhs-talking-therapies-for-anxiety-and-depression-annual-reports/2025-26) - [Department of Health and Social Care press release, 9 Oct 2026: Government pledges earlier support to tackle mental health crises](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/government-pledges-earlier-support-to-tackle-mental-health-crises) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor on 12 October 2026. --- ## Scrap the two-child benefit cap > “Scrap the two child benefit cap, ending the unnecessary suffering caused by both the benefit cap on children and associated rape clause.” > > — Scottish National Party; 2024 manifesto, page 5 (key pledges), 19 June 2024 - **Status:** Delivered, brought about by HM Government (The UK Government removed the limit; the SNP is not in government at Westminster.) - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [Scottish National Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/snp) - **Made on:** 19 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 5 (key pledges) - **Cost a year:** Costs £2.5bn to £3.1bn a year (central £2.8bn by HM Treasury, official) - **Who it affects:** Families with three or more children claiming Universal Credit or Child Tax Credit - **When:** Not stated in the manifesto - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/www.snp.org/uploads/2024/06/2024-06-20b-SNP-General-Election-Manifesto-2024_interactive.pdf (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-snp-two-child-cap-2024 ### Where it stands The SNP is not in government at Westminster. The UK Government adopted the policy: Budget 2025 funded it, the Universal Credit (Removal of Two Child Limit) Act 2026 became law on 18 March 2026, and the limit stopped applying from 6 April 2026. This card records that the change the SNP asked for happened, not who made it. ### Timeline - 19 June 2024, Promised: SNP manifesto lists scrapping the two-child benefit cap among its key pledges - 26 November 2025, Funded: UK Government's Budget 2025 sets aside £2.4bn in 2026-27, rising to £3.2bn in 2030-31, to remove the limit from April 2026 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/budget-2025-document/budget-2025-html)) - 18 March 2026, Legislated: Universal Credit (Removal of Two Child Limit) Act 2026 receives Royal Assent ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/13/enacted)) - 6 April 2026, Delivered: The limit stops applying for Universal Credit assessment periods starting on or after 6 April 2026; DWP later reports the last statistics on families affected ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/plan-to-track-progress-on-lifting-550000-children-out-of-poverty-published)) ### About the cost The SNP did not publish a cost. The UK Government's Budget 2025 scorecard puts removing the limit at £2.365bn in 2026-27, £2.815bn in 2028-29 and £3.235bn in 2030-31. The card uses 2028-29, once the change has bedded in; the low–high range is an editorial ±10% because the scorecard gives central figures only. Costing sources: - [HM Treasury: Budget 2025, Table 4.1, line 6](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/budget-2025-document/budget-2025-html) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the cost sources in version 1: The source title gave the wrong table number. The figures are in Table 4.1 (Budget 2025 policy decisions), line 6. Was: HM Treasury: Budget 2025, Table 2.1, line 6. Now: HM Treasury: Budget 2025, Table 4.1, line 6. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/budget-2025-document/budget-2025-html)) ### Sources - [SNP: A Future Made in Scotland, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 5](https://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/www.snp.org/uploads/2024/06/2024-06-20b-SNP-General-Election-Manifesto-2024_interactive.pdf) - [SNP: John Swinney's 2024 manifesto speech, 19 Jun 2024](https://www.snp.org/snp-leader-john-swinneys-2024-manifesto-speech/) - [HM Treasury: Budget 2025, 26 Nov 2025](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/budget-2025-document/budget-2025-html) - [legislation.gov.uk: Universal Credit (Removal of Two Child Limit) Act 2026](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/13/enacted) - [DWP: Two-child limit scrapped as historic Bill becomes law, 19 Mar 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/two-child-limit-scrapped-as-historic-bill-to-lift-450000-children-out-of-poverty-becomes-law) - [DWP: Plan to track progress on lifting 550,000 children out of poverty published, 9 Jul 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/plan-to-track-progress-on-lifting-550000-children-out-of-poverty-published) - [DWP: Universal Credit claimants statistics on the two child limit policy, April 2026, 8 Jul 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/universal-credit-claimants-statistics-on-the-two-child-limit-policy-april-2026/universal-credit-claimants-statistics-on-the-two-child-limit-policy-april-2026) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Abolish non-dom status > “We will abolish non-dom status once and for all, replacing it with a modern scheme for people genuinely in the country for a short period.” > > — Labour Party; 2024 manifesto, page 21, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 21 - **Cost a year:** Raises £2.3bn to £2.8bn a year (central £2.5bn by HM Treasury, official) - **Who it affects:** UK residents who used non-dom status now pay UK tax on worldwide income and gains; people who become UK resident after at least 10 years as non-residents can claim relief on foreign income and gains for up to 4 years - **When:** From 6 April 2025 - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge; the manifesto says NHS appointments will be "paid for by cracking down on tax avoidance and non-dom loopholes" (page 10) - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=21 (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-abolish-non-dom-2024 ### Where it stands Finance Act 2025 ended the remittance basis for non-domiciled individuals after the 2024-25 tax year, and on 6 April 2025 a 4-year foreign income and gains regime for new arrivals replaced it. The previous government had announced an end to the regime in March 2024; Labour's Autumn Budget 2024 changed parts of the design, such as removing a planned 50% discount on foreign income in 2025-26. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Labour manifesto pledges to abolish non-dom status and replace it with a short-stay scheme - 29 July 2024, In plan: Treasury policy summary: the government will remove domicile status from the tax system and bring in a residence-based regime from 6 April 2025 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/2024-non-uk-domiciled-individuals-policy-summary)) - 20 March 2025, Legislated: Finance Act 2025 receives Royal Assent; Part 2 ends the remittance basis after the 2024-25 tax year ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/8/part/2)) - 6 April 2025, Delivered: The 4-year foreign income and gains regime replaces the remittance basis ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/check-if-you-can-claim-the-4-year-foreign-income-and-gains-regime)) ### About the cost Negative because the pledge raises money. Year used: 2028-29, the year Labour's costings use. The official Autumn Budget 2024 costing of Labour's changes, on top of the abolition already in the forecast since March 2024, is £2,545m in 2028-29 (Table 5.1, line 20); central figure only. Other years: negligible in 2025-26, £4,170m in 2026-27, £5,895m in 2027-28 and £95m in 2029-30, as the temporary repatriation facility ends. Labour's own costings do not show the measure separately: it is part of £5,230m in 2028-29 from non-dom loopholes and tax avoidance, plus £600m in 2025-26 from removing the non-dom discount (manifesto page 127). Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [HM Treasury: Autumn Budget 2024, Table 5.1, line 20](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf) - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), costings, page 127](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=127) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 21](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=21) - [Finance Act 2025, Part 2: replacement of special rules relating to domicile](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/8/part/2) - [HMRC: Check if you can claim the 4-year foreign income and gains regime](https://www.gov.uk/guidance/check-if-you-can-claim-the-4-year-foreign-income-and-gains-regime) - [HM Treasury: Non-UK domiciled individuals, policy summary (29 Jul 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/2024-non-uk-domiciled-individuals-policy-summary) - [HM Treasury: Autumn Budget 2024 (30 Oct 2024)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Close the carried interest loophole > “Private equity is the only industry where performance-related pay is treated as capital gains. Labour will close this loophole.” > > — Labour Party; 2024 manifesto, page 21, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 21 - **Cost a year:** Raises £72m to £88m a year (central £80m by HM Treasury, official) - **Who it affects:** Private equity and other fund managers who are paid carried interest - **When:** From the 2026-27 tax year - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge; Labour's costings count the £565m among the revenue paying for its manifesto plans (page 127) - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=21 (checked word for word at its source on 9 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-carried-interest-2024 ### Where it stands From the 2026-27 tax year, carried interest (the share of a fund's profits paid to its managers) is taxed under income tax instead of capital gains tax (Finance Act 2026, section 58). Under the design announced at Autumn Budget 2024, a 72.5% multiplier applies to qualifying carried interest brought into the charge (para 5.67). As an interim step, the capital gains tax rates on carried interest rose to 32% from 6 April 2025. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Labour manifesto pledges to stop treating private equity performance pay as capital gains - 30 October 2024, In plan: Autumn Budget 2024 says carried interest will be taxed within income tax from April 2026, and raises its capital gains tax rates to 32% from April 2025 ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf)) - 18 March 2026, Legislated: Finance Act 2026 receives Royal Assent; section 58 moves carried interest into income tax ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/11/section/58)) - 6 April 2026, Delivered: Carried interest is taxed under income tax from the 2026-27 tax year ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/11/section/58)) ### About the cost Negative because the pledge raises money. Year used: 2028-29, the year Labour's costings use. The official Autumn Budget 2024 costing, covering both the 32% interim rate and the move into income tax, is £80m in 2028-29 (Table 5.1, line 21); central figure only. Other years: nothing in 2024-25 and 2025-26, a cost of £5m in 2026-27, £140m in 2027-28 and £85m in 2029-30. Labour's own costing was £565m in 2028-29 (manifesto page 127). Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [HM Treasury: Autumn Budget 2024, Table 5.1, line 21](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf) - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), costings, page 127](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=127) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 21](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=21) - [HM Treasury: Autumn Budget 2024 (30 Oct 2024), paras 2.57 and 5.67](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf) - [Finance Act 2026, section 58: carried interest](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/11/section/58) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 9 October 2026. --- ## Cap corporation tax at 25% > “Labour will cap corporation tax at the current level of 25 per cent, the lowest in the G7, for the entire parliament, and we will act if tax changes in other countries pose a risk to UK competitiveness.” > > — Labour Party; 2024 manifesto, page 31, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** Legislated - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 31 - **Deadline:** 1 July 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Companies that pay the main rate of corporation tax - **When:** For the whole Parliament (taken as to 1 July 2029) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=31 (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-corp-tax-cap-25-2024 ### Where it stands The Corporate Tax Roadmap (October 2024) commits to the 25% cap for the Parliament, and Finance Acts have set the main rate at 25% for the financial years starting April 2026 and April 2027. Later years are not yet set in law, so the card sits at Legislated until the end of the Parliament, taken as 1 July 2029. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Labour manifesto pledges to cap corporation tax at 25% for the whole Parliament - 30 October 2024, In plan: Corporate Tax Roadmap commits to capping the main rate of corporation tax at 25% for the Parliament ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/corporate-tax-roadmap-2024)) - 20 March 2025, Legislated: Finance Act 2025 sets the main rate at 25% for the financial year 2026 ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/8/section/13/enacted)) - 18 March 2026, Legislated: Finance Act 2026 sets the main rate at 25% for the financial year 2027 ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/11/section/11/enacted)) - 1 July 2029, Deadline (to come): End of the Parliament (editorial date) ### About the cost Keeping the main rate at 25% costs nothing against current plans, because 25% is already the rate; Labour's fiscal plan lists no cost for it. For scale, HMRC estimates that 1 percentage point on corporation tax would raise about £3.9bn in 2027-28. That estimate moves the small profits rate too, so the main rate alone would raise somewhat less. These are HMRC's June 2025 estimates, made before Budget 2025; HMRC has postponed its next update. Costing sources: - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), fiscal plan, page 126](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=126) - [HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, bulletin (June 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes-bulletin-january-2025) - [HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, tables (June 2025, ODS)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68552862b46781eacfd71d71/June_2025_TRR_ODS__1_.ods) - [HMRC: 2026 statistics announcements (6 Jul 2026: next edition postponed)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/schedule-of-updates-and-announcements-for-hmrcs-statistics/2026-hmrc-statistics-announcements) ### Corrections - 8 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note now gives HMRC's official estimate of what 1 percentage point of corporation tax raises, for scale. The pledge itself still has no cost against current plans. Was: “Keeping the rate at its current level has no direct cost against existing plans, and no official costing of the pledge exists. Labour's fiscal plan says policies not listed in its costings are funded from existing budgets or have no cost.”. Now: “Keeping the main rate at 25% costs nothing against current plans, because 25% is already the rate; Labour's fiscal plan lists no cost for it. For scale, HMRC estimates that 1 percentage point on corporation tax would raise about £3.9bn in 2027-28. That estimate moves the small profits rate too, so the main rate alone would raise somewhat less. These are HMRC's June 2025 estimates, made before Budget 2025; HMRC has postponed its next update.”. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes-bulletin-january-2025)) - 8 October 2026, the cost sources in version 1: The note now gives HMRC's official estimate of what 1 percentage point of corporation tax raises, for scale. The pledge itself still has no cost against current plans. Was: Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), fiscal plan, page 126. Now: Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), fiscal plan, page 126; HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, bulletin (June 2025); HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, tables (June 2025, ODS); HMRC: 2026 statistics announcements (6 Jul 2026: next edition postponed). ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes-bulletin-january-2025)) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 31](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=31) - [HM Treasury: Corporate Tax Roadmap 2024 (30 Oct 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/corporate-tax-roadmap-2024) - [Finance Act 2025, section 13: main rate for financial year 2026](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/8/section/13/enacted) - [Finance Act 2026, section 11: main rate for financial year 2027](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/11/section/11/enacted) - [HM Treasury: Budget 2025 (26 Nov 2025)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6929b353345e31ab14ecf735/E03444720_Budget_2025_Web_Accessible.pdf) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Create Great British Energy > “To drive forward investment in clean, home-grown energy production, Labour will create a new publicly-owned company, Great British Energy. It will be owned by the British people and deliver power back to the British people.” > > — Labour Party; 2024 manifesto, page 53, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 53 - **Deadline:** 1 July 2029 - **Cost a year:** Costs £1.5bn to £1.9bn a year (central £1.7bn by Labour Party, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** Energy billpayers and communities across the UK; taxpayers provide the company's capital - **When:** Company set up in this Parliament; £8.3bn capitalisation over the Parliament (taken as to 1 July 2029) - **Paid for by:** A windfall tax on oil and gas giants (manifesto page 10); the wider Green Prosperity Plan is funded in part by a time-limited windfall tax on oil and gas giants and the rest by borrowing to invest within the fiscal rules (page 128) - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=53 (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-great-british-energy-2024 ### Where it stands Great British Energy exists in law (Great British Energy Act 2025), is wholly owned by the Secretary of State for Energy Security and Net Zero and has started investing, including £255m in solar for schools, NHS and military sites in its first period to 31 March 2026. The manifesto's £8.3bn runs over the Parliament, and the government now counts that sum across both Great British Energy and Great British Energy–Nuclear, so the card sits at Delivering. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Labour manifesto pledges a new publicly owned company, Great British Energy - 30 October 2024, Funded: Autumn Budget 2024 confirms £125m for Great British Energy in 2025-26, with its headquarters in Aberdeen ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf)) - 15 May 2025, Legislated: Great British Energy Act 2025 receives Royal Assent ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/16)) - 21 May 2025, Delivering: Great British Energy Group Limited is designated as Great British Energy under the Act, with effect from 21 May 2025 ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/682b504a8999f671f3c2443a/GBE-designation-letter.pdf)) - 11 June 2025, Funded: Spending Review 2025 says Great British Energy and Great British Energy–Nuclear will together invest more than £8.3bn over the Parliament ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68627094354985706f111adc/E03349913_HMT_Spending_Review_June_2025_TEXT_CS_Accessible__002_.pdf)) - 14 September 2026, Delivering: First annual report: £255m invested (via DESNZ) in solar for 250 schools, 260 NHS sites and military sites in the period to 31 March 2026 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/great-british-energy-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026/gbe-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026-html)) - 1 July 2029, Deadline (to come): End of the Parliament, when the £8.3bn capitalisation period ends (editorial date) ### About the cost Year used: an average year of the Parliament, as Labour's costings give an annual average (£1.7bn, manifesto page 128) of the £8.3bn capitalisation promised on page 53; central figure only. Later official figures: Spending Review 2025 says Great British Energy and Great British Energy–Nuclear together will invest more than £8.3bn over the Parliament, and the company's 2025-26 annual report says up to £5.3bn is expected to be made available to it from 2025/26 to 2029/30. Autumn Budget 2024 gave £125m for 2025-26. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), Green Prosperity Plan costings, page 128](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=128) - [HM Treasury: Spending Review 2025](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68627094354985706f111adc/E03349913_HMT_Spending_Review_June_2025_TEXT_CS_Accessible__002_.pdf) - [Great British Energy: Annual report and accounts 2025 to 2026](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/great-british-energy-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026/gbe-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026-html) ### Contracts behind delivery 10 public contracts linked by an editor, £968,370 in all at their latest values; 1 awarded without competition. Figures come from the contract notices (Open Government Licence v3.0). - Photo Voltaic Solar Panels: South Western Ambulance Service NHS Foundation Trust to Bright Spark Energy Solutions Limited, £117,502, awarded 3 October 2025, ends 31 March 2026 ([notice](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/063921-2025)) - COV - GBESP Moseley Primary PV, Battery & EVC: Coventry City Council to Eenergy Services UK Limited, £179,000, awarded 16 February 2026, ends 28 February 2027 ([notice](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/013965-2026)) - CWC25196b - Great British Energy Solar Partnership: Rakegate Solar PVs: Wolverhampton City Council to eEnergy Services UK Limited, £233,332, awarded 15 February 2026, ends 12 April 2026 ([notice](https://www.contractsfinder.service.gov.uk/Notice/94b3db54-d5f2-4525-9213-ca0ee1b542de)) - CWC25196a - Great British Energy Solar Partnership: Rakegate LED Lighting: Wolverhampton City Council to eEnergy Services UK Limited, £45,552, awarded 11 January 2026, ends 30 January 2026 ([notice](https://www.contractsfinder.service.gov.uk/Notice/05184aa1-3a05-416a-94c9-c1a01ff59d88)) - CWC25196c - Great British Energy Solar Partnership: Rakegate EVCPs: Wolverhampton City Council to eEnergy Services UK Limited, £28,813, awarded 1 April 2026, ends 18 April 2026 ([notice](https://www.contractsfinder.service.gov.uk/Notice/11442c93-7f3f-45ed-85b2-69ab5e0a13e2)) - CWC25196d - Great British Energy Solar Partnership: Lanesfield EVCPs: Wolverhampton City Council to eEnergy Services UK Limited, £25,793, awarded 5 April 2026, ends 10 April 2026 ([notice](https://www.contractsfinder.service.gov.uk/Notice/87e83499-1a94-4488-883b-2401a32c9e28)) - GMCA1677 Wigan CFAS Solar PV And Optional Battery Storage: The Greater Manchester Combined Authority to Carbon3 Ltd, £74,695, awarded 14 January 2026, ends 31 March 2026 ([notice](https://www.contractsfinder.service.gov.uk/Notice/7bbed016-d322-40be-b6d6-c9a585c4c9c8)) - The Supply and Installation of Solar PV in 4 Sunderland Schools. (including a Council Option to include the Supply and Installation of Solar PV in a further 2 schools).: Sunderland City Council to Oakes Energy Services Ltd, £73,151, awarded 20 January 2026, ends 11 March 2026 ([notice](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/005606-2026)) - The Supply and Installation of Solar PV in 4 Sunderland Schools. (including a Council Option to include the Supply and Installation of Solar PV in a further 2 schools).: Sunderland City Council to Advanced Renewable Power Ltd, £89,131, awarded 20 January 2026, ends 11 March 2026 ([notice](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/005606-2026)) - Great British Energy Award Part 1 Cadw: Llywodraeth Cymru / Welsh Government to PLUG (EV Stations), £101,400, awarded 16 March 2026, ends 31 March 2027 ([notice](https://www.find-tender.service.gov.uk/Notice/072421-2026)) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the date of the “Delivering” entry: The annual report was published on 14 September 2026. 30 September 2026 is a later update to the web version, not the publication date. Was: 30 September 2026. Now: 14 September 2026. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/great-british-energy-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026/gbe-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026-html)) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 53](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=53) - [Great British Energy Act 2025](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/16) - [DESNZ: Notice of designation of Great British Energy (19 May 2025)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/682b504a8999f671f3c2443a/GBE-designation-letter.pdf) - [HM Treasury: Spending Review 2025 (11 Jun 2025)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68627094354985706f111adc/E03349913_HMT_Spending_Review_June_2025_TEXT_CS_Accessible__002_.pdf) - [Great British Energy: Annual report and accounts 2025 to 2026 (14 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/great-british-energy-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026/gbe-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026-html) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Build 1.5 million new homes > “Labour will get Britain building again, creating jobs across England, with 1.5 million new homes over the next parliament.” > > — Labour Party; 2024 manifesto, page 36, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Housing & environment](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/housing-and-environment) - **Speaker:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 36 - **Deadline:** 1 July 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People in England who need a home; housebuilders and local planning authorities build and approve them - **When:** Over the Parliament that first met on 9 July 2024 (taken as by 1 July 2029) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=36 (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-homes-1-5m-2024 ### Where it stands Homes are being built and the government publishes official estimates against the target. The latest, published on 24 September 2026, puts net additional homes in England since 9 July 2024 at 437,900, about 29% of 1.5 million, so the card sits at Delivering. The manifesto says "over the next parliament", taken here as by 1 July 2029. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Labour manifesto pledges 1.5 million new homes over the Parliament - 5 December 2024, In plan: The government's Plan for Change sets building 1.5 million homes in England as a milestone ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6751af4719e0c816d18d1df3/Plan_for_Change.pdf)) - 11 June 2025, Funded: Spending Review 2025 confirms £39bn for a new 10-year Affordable Homes Programme ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68627094354985706f111adc/E03349913_HMT_Spending_Review_June_2025_TEXT_CS_Accessible__002_.pdf)) - 20 November 2025, Delivering: Official estimate: 275,600 net additional homes in England from 9 July 2024 to 9 November 2025 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/housing-supply-net-additional-dwellings-england-2024-to-2025/housing-supply-net-additional-dwellings-england-2024-to-2025)) - 18 December 2025, Legislated: Planning and Infrastructure Act 2025 receives Royal Assent (the manifesto ties planning reform to the target) ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/34)) - 24 September 2026, Delivering: Official estimate: 437,900 net additional homes in England from 9 July 2024 to 20 September 2026 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/housing-supply-indicators-of-new-supply-england-april-to-june-2026/housing-supply-indicators-of-new-supply-england-april-to-june-2026)) - 1 July 2029, Deadline (to come): End of the Parliament (editorial date) ### About the cost No official costing of the target as a whole exists, and most of the homes are expected to be built privately. Labour's costings list £20m a year for 300 new planning officers (page 127) and say policies not listed are funded from existing budgets or have no cost (page 126). Spending Review 2025 later confirmed £39bn over ten years for a new Affordable Homes Programme, which counts towards the target. Costing sources: - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), fiscal plan, pages 126-127](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=126) - [HM Treasury: Spending Review 2025](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68627094354985706f111adc/E03349913_HMT_Spending_Review_June_2025_TEXT_CS_Accessible__002_.pdf) ### Contracts behind delivery 5 public contracts linked by an editor, £650,000 in all at their latest values; 1 awarded without competition. Figures come from the contract notices (Open Government Licence v3.0). - New Towns social value & stakeholder engagement: Homes England (the name adopted by the Homes and Communities Agency) to BDP, £50,000, awarded 3 September 2025, ends 31 March 2026 ([notice](https://www.contractsfinder.service.gov.uk/Notice/8ea88ce0-edee-4abc-97be-d32c65734a18)) - New Towns Gap Analysis - 1 of 4: Homes England (the name adopted by the Homes and Communities Agency) to CBRE Limited, £150,000, awarded 26 September 2025, ends 12 December 2025 ([notice](https://www.contractsfinder.service.gov.uk/Notice/c0f07cb9-b334-4486-b310-039c0325f90f)) - New Towns Gap Analysis 2 of 4: Homes England (the name adopted by the Homes and Communities Agency) to Cushman & Wakefield, £150,000, awarded 26 September 2025, ends 12 December 2025 ([notice](https://www.contractsfinder.service.gov.uk/Notice/df7fc15c-e456-4180-9bed-020e7fad7d41)) - New towns gap analysis 3 of 4: Homes England (the name adopted by the Homes and Communities Agency) to Deloitte LLP, £150,000, awarded 26 September 2025, ends 12 December 2025 ([notice](https://www.contractsfinder.service.gov.uk/Notice/5a811c56-200f-4209-9b1f-571a8dfd7b59)) - New towns gap analysis 4 of 4: Homes England (the name adopted by the Homes and Communities Agency) to Newmark (Gerald Eve LLP), £150,000, awarded 26 September 2025, ends 12 December 2025 ([notice](https://www.contractsfinder.service.gov.uk/Notice/3bf3bb6b-6d87-4621-a456-764489d8fa3d)) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 36](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=36) - [MHCLG: Housing supply: indicators of new supply, England: April to June 2026 (24 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/housing-supply-indicators-of-new-supply-england-april-to-june-2026/housing-supply-indicators-of-new-supply-england-april-to-june-2026) - [MHCLG: Housing supply: net additional dwellings, England: 2024 to 2025 (20 Nov 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/housing-supply-net-additional-dwellings-england-2024-to-2025/housing-supply-net-additional-dwellings-england-2024-to-2025) - [HM Government: Plan for Change, milestones for mission-led government (5 Dec 2024)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6751af4719e0c816d18d1df3/Plan_for_Change.pdf) - [HM Treasury: Spending Review 2025 (11 Jun 2025)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68627094354985706f111adc/E03349913_HMT_Spending_Review_June_2025_TEXT_CS_Accessible__002_.pdf) - [Planning and Infrastructure Act 2025](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/34) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Thousands of new neighbourhood police officers > “Labour will introduce a new Neighbourhood Policing Guarantee, restoring patrols to our town centres by recruiting thousands of new police officers, police and community support officers, and special constables.” > > — Labour Party; 2024 manifesto, page 64, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 64 - **Deadline:** 1 July 2029 - **Cost a year:** Costs £0.36bn to £0.44bn a year (central £0.4bn by Labour Party, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** Communities in England and Wales; police forces recruit or move officers, PCSOs and special constables into neighbourhood roles - **When:** Not dated in the manifesto; the government's milestone is 13,000 over this Parliament (taken as by 1 July 2029) - **Paid for by:** "These new recruits will be paid for by tackling waste through a new Police Efficiency and Collaboration programme for England and Wales." (manifesto page 65) - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=64 (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-neighbourhood-police-2024 ### Where it stands The Neighbourhood Policing Guarantee started in April 2025 with a £200m grant. Official statistics show 3,814 more full-time-equivalent officers and PCSOs in neighbourhood roles at 31 March 2026 than a year earlier. Over the same year the total number of police officers fell by 566 FTE, PCSOs by 55 FTE and special constables by 324 (headcount); the neighbourhood measure counts officers and PCSOs, including those in training, but not special constables (Home Office, Police workforce, 31 March 2026). The manifesto text says "thousands"; its costings (page 129) and the government's milestone put the number at 13,000. The manifesto gives no date; the government's milestone is this Parliament, taken as by 1 July 2029. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Labour manifesto pledges a Neighbourhood Policing Guarantee with thousands of new officers, PCSOs and specials - 30 October 2024, In plan: Autumn Budget 2024 says the police settlement puts the government on track to start delivering 13,000 more neighbourhood officers and PCSOs ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf)) - 5 December 2024, In plan: Plan for Change milestone: 13,000 additional officers, PCSOs and special constables in neighbourhood roles in England and Wales ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6751af4719e0c816d18d1df3/Plan_for_Change.pdf)) - 1 April 2025, Funded: A £200m Neighbourhood Policing Grant is introduced for 2025-26 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/police-funding-for-england-and-wales-2015-to-2027/police-funding-for-england-and-wales-2015-to-2027)) - 10 April 2025, In plan: Government says 3,000 more neighbourhood officers and PCSOs will be in post within 12 months, and 13,000 by 2029 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/more-detail-announced-on-the-neighbourhood-policing-guarantee)) - 11 June 2025, Funded: Spending Review 2025 raises police spending power by an average 2.3% a year in real terms from 2023-24 to 2028-29, citing the 13,000 commitment ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68627094354985706f111adc/E03349913_HMT_Spending_Review_June_2025_TEXT_CS_Accessible__002_.pdf)) - 22 July 2026, Delivering: Official statistics: 20,989 full-time-equivalent officers and PCSOs in neighbourhood roles at 31 March 2026, up 3,814 on the 31 March 2025 baseline ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/police-workforce-england-and-wales-31-march-2026/police-workforce-england-and-wales-31-march-2026)) - 1 July 2029, Deadline (to come): End of the Parliament (editorial date) ### About the cost Year used: the year of highest cost, as Labour's costings give one annualised figure. Labour re-allocates £400m a year from a Police Efficiency and Collaboration Programme to "13,000 additional neighbourhood police and community PCSOs; and specialist domestic abuse advisers in 999 control rooms at peak times" (manifesto page 129); central figure only. No independent costing was found. The first-year Neighbourhood Policing Grant in 2025-26 was £200m (Home Office police funding statistics). Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), costings, page 129](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=129) - [Home Office: Police funding for England and Wales 2015 to 2027](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/police-funding-for-england-and-wales-2015-to-2027/police-funding-for-england-and-wales-2015-to-2027) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the text of the “Funded” entry: The entry left out the period the average covers. The Spending Review gives 2.3% a year in real terms from 2023-24 to 2028-29. Was: “Spending Review 2025 raises police spending power by an average 2.3% a year in real terms, citing the 13,000 commitment”. Now: “Spending Review 2025 raises police spending power by an average 2.3% a year in real terms from 2023-24 to 2028-29, citing the 13,000 commitment”. ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68627094354985706f111adc/E03349913_HMT_Spending_Review_June_2025_TEXT_CS_Accessible__002_.pdf)) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), pages 64-65](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=64) - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), costings, page 129](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=129) - [Home Office: Police workforce, England and Wales: 31 March 2026 (22 Jul 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/police-workforce-england-and-wales-31-march-2026/police-workforce-england-and-wales-31-march-2026) - [Home Office: Police funding for England and Wales 2015 to 2027 (19 Aug 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/police-funding-for-england-and-wales-2015-to-2027/police-funding-for-england-and-wales-2015-to-2027) - [Home Office news: More detail announced on the Neighbourhood Policing Guarantee (10 Apr 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/more-detail-announced-on-the-neighbourhood-policing-guarantee) - [HM Government: Plan for Change, milestones for mission-led government (5 Dec 2024)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6751af4719e0c816d18d1df3/Plan_for_Change.pdf) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## 40,000 more NHS appointments every week > “As a first step, in England we will deliver an extra two million NHS operations, scans, and appointments every year; that is 40,000 more appointments every week.” > > — Labour Party; 2024 manifesto, page 95, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 95 - **Cost a year:** Costs £0.91bn to £1.1bn a year (central £1bn by Labour Party, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** NHS patients in England waiting for planned (elective) operations, scans and appointments - **When:** Every year from the start of the Parliament; no end date stated - **Paid for by:** Cracking down on tax avoidance and non-dom loopholes (manifesto page 10) - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=95 (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nhs-40000-appointments-2024 ### Where it stands The government reported almost 2.2 million more elective appointments in England in July to November 2024 than a year earlier, and in July 2025 the UK Statistics Authority said its regulator had verified a figure of 3.6 million extra in the government's first eight months. The pledge is for every year, so the card sits at Delivering rather than Delivered. The manifesto sets no end date. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Labour manifesto pledges two million extra NHS operations, scans and appointments a year in England - 30 October 2024, Funded: Autumn Budget 2024 funds the NHS in England to deliver 40,000 extra elective appointments a week, including an additional £1.8bn for elective activity since July ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf)) - 16 February 2025, Delivering: Government reports almost 2.2 million more elective appointments in July to November 2024 than in the same months of 2023 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/over-two-million-extra-nhs-appointments-delivered-early-as-trusts-handed-40-million-to-go-further-and-faster)) - 16 July 2025, Delivering: UK Statistics Authority letter says the Office for Statistics Regulation has verified the government's figure of 3.6 million additional elective appointments in its first eight months ([evidence](https://uksa.statisticsauthority.gov.uk/correspondence/letter-from-sir-robert-chote-to-helen-morgan-mp-nhs-appointment-statistics/)) - 26 November 2025, Delivering: Budget 2025 reports 5.2 million more appointments delivered since the start of the Parliament ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6929b353345e31ab14ecf735/E03444720_Budget_2025_Web_Accessible.pdf)) ### About the cost Year used: 2028-29, the year Labour's costings use. Labour's own figure is £1,010m (manifesto page 127); central figure only. No independent costing of the pledge itself was found. For comparison, Autumn Budget 2024 included an additional £1.8bn to support elective activity since July 2024, and a £22.6bn rise in the health department's day-to-day budget in 2025-26 compared with 2023-24. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), costings, page 127](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=127) - [HM Treasury: Autumn Budget 2024](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note placed the £1.8bn inside the 2025-26 rise of £22.6bn. Autumn Budget 2024 gives the £1.8bn as 2024-25 money for elective activity since July 2024, so it is not part of the 2025-26 rise. Was: “Year used: 2028-29, the year Labour's costings use. Labour's own figure is £1,010m (manifesto page 127); central figure only. No independent costing of the pledge itself was found. For comparison, Autumn Budget 2024 gave an additional £1.8bn to support elective activity in 2024-25, within a £22.6bn rise in the health department's day-to-day budget for 2025-26 compared with 2023-24. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only.”. Now: “Year used: 2028-29, the year Labour's costings use. Labour's own figure is £1,010m (manifesto page 127); central figure only. No independent costing of the pledge itself was found. For comparison, Autumn Budget 2024 included an additional £1.8bn to support elective activity since July 2024, and a £22.6bn rise in the health department's day-to-day budget in 2025-26 compared with 2023-24. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only.”. ([source](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf)) - 6 October 2026, the text of the “Delivering” entry: The entry left out the period. The verified 3.6 million covers the government's first eight months, as the letter says. Was: “UK Statistics Authority letter says the Office for Statistics Regulation has verified the government's figure of 3.6 million additional elective appointments”. Now: “UK Statistics Authority letter says the Office for Statistics Regulation has verified the government's figure of 3.6 million additional elective appointments in its first eight months”. ([source](https://uksa.statisticsauthority.gov.uk/correspondence/letter-from-sir-robert-chote-to-helen-morgan-mp-nhs-appointment-statistics/)) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 95](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=95) - [DHSC press release: Over two million extra NHS appointments delivered early (16 Feb 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/over-two-million-extra-nhs-appointments-delivered-early-as-trusts-handed-40-million-to-go-further-and-faster) - [UK Statistics Authority: letter from Sir Robert Chote to Helen Morgan MP (16 Jul 2025)](https://uksa.statisticsauthority.gov.uk/correspondence/letter-from-sir-robert-chote-to-helen-morgan-mp-nhs-appointment-statistics/) - [UK Statistics Authority: letter from Helen Morgan MP to Sir Robert Chote (23 May 2025)](https://uksa.statisticsauthority.gov.uk/correspondence/helen-morgan-mp-to-sir-robert-chote-nhs-appointment-statistics/) - [HM Treasury: Autumn Budget 2024 (30 Oct 2024)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf) - [HM Treasury: Budget 2025 (26 Nov 2025)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6929b353345e31ab14ecf735/E03444720_Budget_2025_Web_Accessible.pdf) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## No tax rises for working people > “Labour will not increase taxes on working people, which is why we will not increase National Insurance, the basic, higher, or additional rates of Income Tax, or VAT.” > > — Labour Party; 2024 manifesto, page 21, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** In plan - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 21 - **Deadline:** 1 July 2029 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People in work across the UK who pay income tax, National Insurance and VAT - **When:** For the Parliament (taken as to 1 July 2029) - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=21 (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-no-tax-rise-working-people-2024 ### Where it stands Autumn Budget 2024 restated the commitment (para 2.35), Budget 2025 said the headline rates were not increasing (para 2.27), and the main rates of income tax (20%, 40%, 45%), employee National Insurance and VAT have not risen since the election. Other changes affect the same taxes: employer National Insurance rose to 15% from April 2025, income tax and National Insurance thresholds stay frozen to April 2031, and the dividend ordinary and upper rates rise by 2 points from April 2026, and tax rates on savings and property income by 2 points from April 2027 (Finance Act 2026 ss.4, 5 and 7). The pledge names National Insurance, the main rates of income tax and VAT; it does not cover capital gains tax, whose main rates Autumn Budget 2024 raised from 10% and 20% to 18% and 24% from 30 October 2024 (para 2.48). The card stays at In plan until the pledge can be judged as a whole at the end of the Parliament, taken as 1 July 2029. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Labour manifesto pledges not to raise National Insurance, the main rates of income tax or VAT - 30 October 2024, In plan: Autumn Budget 2024 says the government is not increasing the basic, higher or additional rates of income tax, National Insurance contributions or VAT; the same Budget raises the employer National Insurance rate to 15% from April 2025 ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf)) - 26 November 2025, In plan: Budget 2025 says the government is not increasing the headline rates of income tax, National Insurance contributions or VAT; it extends the threshold freeze to April 2031 and raises tax rates on dividend, savings and property income ([evidence](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6929b353345e31ab14ecf735/E03444720_Budget_2025_Web_Accessible.pdf)) - 1 July 2029, Deadline (to come): End of the Parliament (editorial date) ### About the cost Keeping this pledge costs nothing against current plans, because it only rules out rises; Labour's fiscal plan lists no cost for it. For scale, HMRC estimates that in 2027-28 1p on the basic rate of income tax would raise about £8.25bn, 1 percentage point on the main rate of employee National Insurance about £5.3bn, and 1 percentage point on the standard rate of VAT about £9.2bn. These are HMRC's June 2025 estimates, made before Budget 2025; HMRC has postponed its next update. Costing sources: - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), fiscal plan, page 126](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=126) - [HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, bulletin (June 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes-bulletin-january-2025) - [HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, tables (June 2025, ODS)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68552862b46781eacfd71d71/June_2025_TRR_ODS__1_.ods) - [HMRC: 2026 statistics announcements (6 Jul 2026: next edition postponed)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/schedule-of-updates-and-announcements-for-hmrcs-statistics/2026-hmrc-statistics-announcements) ### Corrections - 8 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note now gives HMRC's official estimates of what each rise the pledge rules out would raise, for scale. The pledge itself still has no cost against current plans. Was: “A pledge not to raise rates has no direct cost against existing plans, and no official costing of it exists. Labour's fiscal plan says policies not listed in its costings are funded from existing budgets or have no cost.”. Now: “Keeping this pledge costs nothing against current plans, because it only rules out rises; Labour's fiscal plan lists no cost for it. For scale, HMRC estimates that in 2027-28 1p on the basic rate of income tax would raise about £8.25bn, 1 percentage point on the main rate of employee National Insurance about £5.3bn, and 1 percentage point on the standard rate of VAT about £9.2bn. These are HMRC's June 2025 estimates, made before Budget 2025; HMRC has postponed its next update.”. ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes-bulletin-january-2025)) - 8 October 2026, the cost sources in version 1: The note now gives HMRC's official estimates of what each rise the pledge rules out would raise, for scale. The pledge itself still has no cost against current plans. Was: Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), fiscal plan, page 126. Now: Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), fiscal plan, page 126; HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, bulletin (June 2025); HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, tables (June 2025, ODS); HMRC: 2026 statistics announcements (6 Jul 2026: next edition postponed). ([source](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes-bulletin-january-2025)) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 21](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=21) - [HM Treasury: Autumn Budget 2024 (30 Oct 2024)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf) - [HM Treasury: Budget 2025 (26 Nov 2025)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/6929b353345e31ab14ecf735/E03444720_Budget_2025_Web_Accessible.pdf) - [National Insurance Contributions (Secondary Class 1 Contributions) Act 2025](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/11) - [Finance Act 2026 (main, dividend, savings and property income rates)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/11/contents) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Equalise capital gains tax with income tax > “Plaid Cymru would equalise capital gains tax with income tax, raising between £12bn - £15bn.” > > — Plaid Cymru; 2024 manifesto, page 8, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Plaid Cymru](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/plaid-cymru) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 8 - **Cost a year:** Raises £12bn to £15bn a year (central £13.5bn by Plaid Cymru, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** People across the UK who make taxable capital gains - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge - **Quote source:** https://assets.nationbuilder.com/plaid2016/pages/13170/attachments/original/1721133624/Plaid_Cymru_Maniffesto_2024_ENGLISH.pdf?1721133624 (checked word for word at its source on 9 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-plaid-cgt-equalise-2024 ### Where it stands Plaid Cymru is not in government, so the card stays at Promised. Capital gains tax is set for the whole UK at Westminster. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Plaid Cymru manifesto pledges to equalise capital gains tax with income tax ### About the cost Negative because the pledge raises money. Year not stated by the party. Low and high are the party's own range, £12bn to £15bn (manifesto page 8); central is the midpoint. Independent estimates depend on the design. The Office of Tax Simplification (2020) put a static figure for aligning the rates at about £14bn a year, and said "nothing like this amount would be raised in practice". CenTax (September 2026) estimates £19.7bn more in 2030, but only for a package that also adds an investment allowance, ends the tax-free uplift at death and taxes gains when people leave the UK. HMRC's official estimates stop at a 10-point rise, show that rise on the higher rate losing £3,565m in 2028-29, and cannot be scaled up. No official costing of full alignment exists. Costing sources: - [Plaid Cymru: 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 8](https://assets.nationbuilder.com/plaid2016/pages/13170/attachments/original/1721133624/Plaid_Cymru_Maniffesto_2024_ENGLISH.pdf?1721133624) - [Office of Tax Simplification: Capital Gains Tax review, first report (Nov 2020), page 39](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/935073/Capital_Gains_Tax_stage_1_report_-_Nov_2020_-_web_copy.pdf#page=39) - [CenTax: Taxes at the top (Sep 2026), page 19](https://centax.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/AdvaniHughsonSummers2026_Taxes-at-the-top.pdf#page=19) - [HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, tables (June 2025, ODS)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68552862b46781eacfd71d71/June_2025_TRR_ODS__1_.ods) ### Sources - [Plaid Cymru: For fairness, for ambition, for Wales, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 8](https://assets.nationbuilder.com/plaid2016/pages/13170/attachments/original/1721133624/Plaid_Cymru_Maniffesto_2024_ENGLISH.pdf?1721133624) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 9 October 2026. --- ## Address the cost of living crisis in Wales > “By supporting families and by devolving powers to ensure that more of the decisions that affect Wales are made in Wales, we will address the cost of living crisis and provide Welsh solutions to Welsh problems.” > > — Plaid Cymru; 2024 manifesto, introduction by Rhun ap Iorwerth, page 2, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** Unscoreable - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Plaid Cymru](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/plaid-cymru) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, introduction by Rhun ap Iorwerth, page 2 - **Cost a year:** Not costable - **Quote source:** https://assets.nationbuilder.com/plaid2016/pages/13170/attachments/original/1721133624/Plaid_Cymru_Maniffesto_2024_ENGLISH.pdf?1721133624 (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-plaid-cost-of-living-2024 ### Where it stands The sentence commits to addressing the cost of living crisis but names no specific measure, amount or date, so it cannot be scored (Promise standard, section 2). The manifesto's specific pledges, such as the £4bn HS2 claim, would be separate cards. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Plaid Cymru manifesto introduction pledges to address the cost of living crisis ### Sources - [Plaid Cymru: For fairness, for ambition, for Wales, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 2](https://assets.nationbuilder.com/plaid2016/pages/13170/attachments/original/1721133624/Plaid_Cymru_Maniffesto_2024_ENGLISH.pdf?1721133624) - [Plaid Cymru: manifesto launch, 13 Jun 2024](https://www.partyof.wales/lansio_maniffesto_2024) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## End private schools’ VAT exemption and rates relief > “Labour will end the VAT exemption and business rates relief for private schools to invest in our state schools.” > > — Labour Party; 2024 manifesto, page 82, 13 June 2024 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Labour Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/labour) - **Made on:** 13 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 82 - **Cost a year:** Raises £1.5bn to £1.8bn a year (central £1.8bn by HM Treasury, official) - **Who it affects:** Families paying private school fees and the schools (pay more); the stated aim is investment in state schools - **When:** VAT from 1 January 2025; business rates relief removed from April 2025 - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge; the manifesto says the change is "to invest in our state schools" (page 82), and its costings count the revenue towards public service pledges including 6,500 new expert teachers (page 127) - **Quote source:** https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=82 (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-vat-private-schools-2024 ### Where it stands VAT at 20% has applied to private school fees since 1 January 2025 (Finance Act 2025), and charitable business rates relief for private schools in England ended from the 2025-26 financial year (Non-Domestic Rating (Multipliers and Private Schools) Act 2025). Business rates are devolved outside England. The High Court dismissed a human rights challenge to the VAT change on 13 June 2025 and the Court of Appeal dismissed the appeals on 27 February 2026; the Supreme Court gave permission to appeal on 22 May 2026 and has listed a hearing for 1–2 December 2026. This card tracks the two tax changes, not how the money is spent. ### Timeline - 13 June 2024, Promised: Labour manifesto pledges to end the VAT exemption and business rates relief for private schools - 30 October 2024, In plan: Autumn Budget 2024 confirms VAT on private school fees from 1 January 2025 and the end of charitable business rates relief for private schools in England from April 2025 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/vat-on-private-school-fees/applying-vat-to-private-school-fees)) - 1 January 2025, Delivering: VAT at 20% applies to private school education and boarding provided from 1 January 2025 ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/8/section/49)) - 20 March 2025, Legislated: Finance Act 2025 (sections 47 to 49) receives Royal Assent ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/8/section/47)) - 3 April 2025, Legislated: Non-Domestic Rating (Multipliers and Private Schools) Act 2025 receives Royal Assent; section 5 removes charitable rate relief from private schools in England ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/12/contents)) - 3 April 2025, Delivered: Both changes are in force: VAT since 1 January 2025, and the end of rates relief for the financial year from 1 April 2025 ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/12/section/6/enacted)) ### About the cost Negative because the pledge raises money. Year used: 2028-29, the year Labour's costings use. Central is the official figure from Autumn Budget 2024, certified by the OBR: £1,665m from VAT plus £85m from business rates (£1.75bn). The other end of the range is Labour's own figure for the same year, £1,510m (manifesto page 127). Official figures for other years: £460m VAT in 2024-25 (part year); £1,505m VAT and £70m rates in 2025-26; £1,560m and £85m in 2026-27; £1,725m and £90m in 2029-30. Costing sources: - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), costings, page 127](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=127) - [HMRC: Private school fees, VAT measure (Exchequer impact)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/vat-on-private-school-fees/applying-vat-to-private-school-fees) - [HM Treasury: Autumn Budget 2024, Table 5.1, lines 22-23](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf) ### Sources - [Labour Party: Change, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 82](https://labour.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Labour-Party-manifesto-2024.pdf#page=82) - [HMRC: Private school fees, VAT measure (30 Oct 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/vat-on-private-school-fees/applying-vat-to-private-school-fees) - [Finance Act 2025, section 47: removal of exemption for private school fees](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/8/section/47) - [Non-Domestic Rating (Multipliers and Private Schools) Act 2025](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/12/contents) - [High Court press summary: R (ALR and others) v Chancellor of the Exchequer, 13 Jun 2025](https://www.judiciary.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALR-and-others-v-Chancellor-of-the-Exchequer-private-schools-VAT-judgment-PRESS-SUMMARY.pdf) - [Court of Appeal judgment: R (BYL and another) v Chancellor of the Exchequer \[2026\] EWCA Civ 170, 27 Feb 2026](https://caselaw.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ewca/civ/2026/170) - [UK Supreme Court: case UKSC 2026/0056, R (BYL and another) v Chancellor of the Exchequer and others](https://www.supremecourt.uk/cases/uksc-2026-0056) - [UK Supreme Court: case UKSC 2026/0045, R (Emmanuel School (Derby) Ltd and others) v Chancellor of the Exchequer and others](https://www.supremecourt.uk/cases/uksc-2026-0045) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Align capital gains tax with income tax > “Elected Greens will push too for the reform Capital Gains Tax (CGT) by aligning the rates paid by taxpayers on income and taxable gains. This would affect less than 2% of all income-tax payers.” > > — Green Party of England and Wales; 2024 manifesto, page 13, 12 June 2024 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Green Party of England and Wales](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/green-party) - **Made on:** 12 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 13 - **Cost a year:** Raises £17.1bn to £20.9bn a year (central £19bn by Green Party, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** People with taxable capital gains; the party says under 2% of income tax payers would be affected - **When:** By the end of the Parliament, in the party's estimate - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge; the party says the money raised would pay for its investment in public services - **Quote source:** https://greenparty.org.uk/app/uploads/2024/06/Green-Party-2024-General-Election-Manifesto-Long-version-with-cover.pdf#page=13 (checked word for word at its source on 9 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-cgt-align-2024 ### Where it stands The Green Party is not in government, so the card stays at Promised. ### Timeline - 12 June 2024, Promised: Green Party manifesto pledges to push to align the tax rates on income and on capital gains ### About the cost Negative because the pledge raises money. Year shown: the end of the Parliament, the year of the party's figure. Party figure: about £19bn a year by the end of the Parliament (budget background paper, page 3). Independent estimates depend on the design. The Office of Tax Simplification (2020) put a static figure for aligning the rates at about £14bn a year, and said "nothing like this amount would be raised in practice". CenTax (September 2026) estimates £19.7bn more in 2030, but only for a package that also adds an investment allowance, ends the tax-free uplift at death and taxes gains when people leave the UK. HMRC's official estimates stop at a 10-point rise, show that rise on the higher rate losing £3,565m in 2028-29, and cannot be scaled up. No official costing of full alignment exists. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the party gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Green Party: Investing in Hope, budget background paper (PDF), page 3](https://greenparty.org.uk/app/uploads/2024/06/budget-background-v3.pdf#page=3) - [Office of Tax Simplification: Capital Gains Tax review, first report (Nov 2020), page 39](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/935073/Capital_Gains_Tax_stage_1_report_-_Nov_2020_-_web_copy.pdf#page=39) - [CenTax: Taxes at the top (Sep 2026), page 19](https://centax.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/AdvaniHughsonSummers2026_Taxes-at-the-top.pdf#page=19) - [HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, tables (June 2025, ODS)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68552862b46781eacfd71d71/June_2025_TRR_ODS__1_.ods) ### Sources - [Green Party: Real Hope. Real Change. 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 13](https://greenparty.org.uk/app/uploads/2024/06/Green-Party-2024-General-Election-Manifesto-Long-version-with-cover.pdf#page=13) - [Green Party: Investing in Hope, budget background paper (PDF), June 2024, page 3](https://greenparty.org.uk/app/uploads/2024/06/budget-background-v3.pdf#page=3) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 9 October 2026. --- ## Push for a wealth tax above £10 million > “Elected Greens will push for a wealth tax. This will tax the wealth of individual taxpayers with assets above £10 million at 1% and assets above £1bn at 2% annually.” > > — Green Party of England and Wales; 2024 manifesto, page 20, 12 June 2024 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Green Party of England and Wales](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/green-party) - **Made on:** 12 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 20 - **Cost a year:** Raises £14bn to £16bn a year (central £15bn by Green Party, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** Individual UK-resident taxpayers with net assets above £10m (the party estimates about 22,000 people), with a higher rate above £1bn. - **When:** Not stated; the party's revenue estimate is for the end of the Parliament - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge; the party says the money raised would pay for its investment in public services - **Quote source:** https://greenparty.org.uk/app/uploads/2024/06/Green-Party-2024-General-Election-Manifesto-Long-version-with-cover.pdf (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-green-wealth-tax-2024 ### Where it stands The Green Party is not in government, so the card stays at Promised. Leader Zack Polanski restated the same rates in a speech on 18 March 2026 and put the yield at around £15bn a year. ### Timeline - 12 June 2024, Promised: Green Party manifesto pledges to push for an annual wealth tax ### About the cost Negative because the pledge raises money rather than costing it. Year shown: a full year of the tax, as the party's figures are yearly amounts (the £16bn is for the end of the Parliament). Party figures only: around £16bn a year by the end of the Parliament (June 2024 budget paper), around £15bn a year (Zack Polanski, March 2026; central) and £14bn in the party's 2024 breakdown, as cited by Tax Policy Associates. No official or independent costing of this design was found. Tax Policy Associates notes that Spain's similar tax raised €632m in 2023 and that the 2020 Wealth Tax Commission advised against an annual wealth tax, and questions whether the yield can be achieved. Costing sources: - [Green Party: Investing in Hope, budget background paper (PDF)](https://greenparty.org.uk/app/uploads/2024/06/budget-background-v3.pdf) - [Green Party: Zack Polanski speech, 18 Mar 2026](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/03/18/zack-polanski-lays-out-plans-to-back-the-caring-majority-in-major-speech/) - [Tax Policy Associates: Our take on the Green Party manifesto](https://taxpolicy.org.uk/2024/06/13/our-take-on-the-green-manifesto/) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the how much bn per year in version 1: The range left out the party's own £14bn figure, so the central and one end were the same. All three values are now party figures: £16bn, £15bn and £14bn a year. Was: −£16bn to −£15bn a year. Now: −£16bn to −£14bn a year. ([source](https://taxpolicy.org.uk/2024/06/13/our-take-on-the-green-manifesto/)) - 6 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note left out the party's £14bn figure, and "highly uncertain" read as the card's own view. The doubt about the yield is Tax Policy Associates', and the note now says so. Was: “Negative because the pledge raises money rather than costing it. Party figures only: around £16bn a year by the end of the Parliament (June 2024 budget paper) and around £15bn a year (Zack Polanski, March 2026). No official or independent costing of this design was found. Tax Policy Associates notes that Spain's similar tax raised €632m in 2023 and that the 2020 Wealth Tax Commission advised against an annual wealth tax, so the yield is highly uncertain.”. Now: “Negative because the pledge raises money rather than costing it. Year shown: a full year of the tax, as the party's figures are yearly amounts (the £16bn is for the end of the Parliament). Party figures only: around £16bn a year by the end of the Parliament (June 2024 budget paper), around £15bn a year (Zack Polanski, March 2026; central) and £14bn in the party's 2024 breakdown, as cited by Tax Policy Associates. No official or independent costing of this design was found. Tax Policy Associates notes that Spain's similar tax raised €632m in 2023 and that the 2020 Wealth Tax Commission advised against an annual wealth tax, and questions whether the yield can be achieved.”. ([source](https://taxpolicy.org.uk/2024/06/13/our-take-on-the-green-manifesto/)) ### Sources - [Green Party: Real Hope. Real Change. 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 20](https://greenparty.org.uk/app/uploads/2024/06/Green-Party-2024-General-Election-Manifesto-Long-version-with-cover.pdf) - [Green Party: Investing in Hope, budget background paper (PDF), June 2024](https://greenparty.org.uk/app/uploads/2024/06/budget-background-v3.pdf) - [Green Party: manifesto launch press release, 12 Jun 2024](https://greenparty.org.uk/2024/06/12/greens-pledge-investment-to-mend-broken-britain/) - [Green Party: Zack Polanski speech, 18 Mar 2026](https://greenparty.org.uk/2026/03/18/zack-polanski-lays-out-plans-to-back-the-caring-majority-in-major-speech/) - [Tax Policy Associates: Our take on the Green Party manifesto, 13 Jun 2024](https://taxpolicy.org.uk/2024/06/13/our-take-on-the-green-manifesto/) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Capital gains relief for landlords selling to tenants > “To further support homeowners, we will introduce a two-year temporary Capital Gains Tax relief for landlords who sell to their existing tenants.” > > — Conservative Party; 2024 manifesto, page 55, 11 June 2024 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 11 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 55 - **Cost a year:** Costs £18m to £22m a year (central £20m by Conservative Party, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** Landlords who sell a rented home to the tenants already living in it - **When:** Two years; the party costed it for 2025-26 and 2026-27 - **Paid for by:** Not stated for this measure; the party's costings say the manifesto as a whole is fully funded - **Quote source:** https://public.conservatives.com/static/documents/GE2024/Conservative-Manifesto-GE2024.pdf#page=55 (checked word for word at its source on 9 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-landlord-cgt-relief-2024 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. ### Timeline - 11 June 2024, Promised: Conservative manifesto pledges a two-year capital gains tax relief for landlords who sell to their tenants ### About the cost Year shown: 2025-26, the first of the relief's two years. Party figure only: £20m in each of 2025-26 and 2026-27 and nothing after, which the party says is based on Treasury costings (costings document, Table 1, "CGT on sales to tenants: suspend"). No official or independent costing was found. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Conservative Party: Costings Document 2024 (PDF), Table 1](https://public.conservatives.com/static/documents/GE2024/Conservative-Costings-Document-GE2024.pdf#page=3) ### Sources - [Conservative Party: Clear Plan. Bold Action. Secure Future, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 55](https://public.conservatives.com/static/documents/GE2024/Conservative-Manifesto-GE2024.pdf#page=55) - [Conservative Party: Costings Document 2024 (PDF), Table 1](https://public.conservatives.com/static/documents/GE2024/Conservative-Costings-Document-GE2024.pdf#page=3) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 9 October 2026. --- ## No rise in capital gains tax > “We will not increase Capital Gains Tax.” > > — Conservative Party; 2024 manifesto, page 9, 11 June 2024 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 11 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 9 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People who pay capital gains tax when they sell assets such as shares, second homes or a business - **When:** Not stated; taken as the 2024 Parliament - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge - **Quote source:** https://public.conservatives.com/static/documents/GE2024/Conservative-Manifesto-GE2024.pdf#page=9 (checked word for word at its source on 9 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-con-no-cgt-rise-2024 ### Where it stands The Conservatives are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. In October 2024 the Labour government raised the main rates of capital gains tax from 10% and 20% to 18% and 24% (Autumn Budget 2024, para 2.48). No later Conservative pledge on capital gains tax rates was found on 9 October 2026. ### Timeline - 11 June 2024, Promised: Conservative manifesto pledges not to increase capital gains tax ### About the cost No cost against the policy of the time, because the pledge only rules out a rise. For scale, HMRC estimates that raising the higher rate of capital gains tax by 5 or 10 percentage points would lose money by 2028-29 (£870m and £3,565m), because people sell fewer assets, and warns that its figures cannot be scaled up (June 2025 estimates). Costing sources: - [HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, bulletin (June 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes/direct-effects-of-illustrative-tax-changes-bulletin-january-2025) - [HMRC: Direct effects of illustrative tax changes, tables (June 2025, ODS)](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/68552862b46781eacfd71d71/June_2025_TRR_ODS__1_.ods) ### Sources - [Conservative Party: Clear Plan. Bold Action. Secure Future, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 9](https://public.conservatives.com/static/documents/GE2024/Conservative-Manifesto-GE2024.pdf#page=9) - [HM Treasury: Autumn Budget 2024 (30 Oct 2024), para 2.48](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 9 October 2026. --- ## Fairly reform capital gains tax > “Fairly reforming capital gains tax to close loopholes exploited by the super wealthy.” > > — Liberal Democrats; 2024 manifesto, page 14, 10 June 2024 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Taxes](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/taxes) - **Speaker:** [Liberal Democrats](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/liberal-democrats) - **Made on:** 10 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 14 - **Cost a year:** Raises £4.7bn to £5.7bn a year (central £5.2bn by Liberal Democrats, party's own figure) - **Who it affects:** People who make large capital gains; the party says the aim is to close loopholes used by the very wealthy - **When:** Not stated; the party's figure is for 2028-29 - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge; the manifesto lists it among the measures that "raise the money needed for our investment plans" - **Quote source:** https://www.libdems.org.uk/fileadmin/groups/2_Federal_Party/Documents/PolicyPapers/Manifesto_2024/For_a_Fair_Deal_-_Liberal_Democrat_Manifesto_2024.pdf#page=14 (checked word for word at its source on 9 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ld-cgt-reform-2024 ### Where it stands The Liberal Democrats are not in government, so the card stays at Promised. The party's costings describe the design: rates based only on the gain, the tax-free allowance raised from £3,000 to £5,000, a new tax-free allowance for inflation and a relief for small businesses. Since then Autumn Budget 2024 has raised the main rates of capital gains tax to 18% and 24%. ### Timeline - 10 June 2024, Promised: Liberal Democrat manifesto pledges to reform capital gains tax to close loopholes used by the very wealthy ### About the cost Negative because the pledge raises money. Year shown: 2028-29, the year the party costed. Party figure only: £5,210m in 2028-29 (costings, page 6, line 15). The figure predates Autumn Budget 2024, which raised the main rates and so changed the starting point. No official costing of this design exists. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Liberal Democrats: Funding a Fair Deal, manifesto costings 2024 (PDF), page 6](https://www.libdems.org.uk/fileadmin/groups/2_Federal_Party/Documents/PolicyPapers/Manifesto_2024/Funding_a_Fair_Deal_-_Liberal_Democrat_Manifesto_Costings_2024.pdf#page=6) ### Sources - [Liberal Democrats: For a Fair Deal, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 14](https://www.libdems.org.uk/fileadmin/groups/2_Federal_Party/Documents/PolicyPapers/Manifesto_2024/For_a_Fair_Deal_-_Liberal_Democrat_Manifesto_2024.pdf#page=14) - [Liberal Democrats: Funding a Fair Deal, manifesto costings 2024 (PDF), pages 6 and 7](https://www.libdems.org.uk/fileadmin/groups/2_Federal_Party/Documents/PolicyPapers/Manifesto_2024/Funding_a_Fair_Deal_-_Liberal_Democrat_Manifesto_Costings_2024.pdf#page=6) - [HM Treasury: Autumn Budget 2024 (30 Oct 2024), para 2.48](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/672b9695fbd69e1861921c63/Autumn_Budget_2024_Accessible.pdf) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 9 October 2026. --- ## Introduce free personal care, based on need > “Introduce free personal care based on the model introduced by the Liberal Democrats in government in Scotland in 2002, so that provision is based on need, not ability to pay.” > > — Liberal Democrats; 2024 manifesto, page 37, 10 June 2024 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Social protection](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/social-protection) - **Speaker:** [Liberal Democrats](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/liberal-democrats) - **Made on:** 10 June 2024 - **Where:** 2024 manifesto, page 37 - **Cost a year:** Costs £2.7bn to £6.6bn a year (central £6bn by Health Foundation, independent) - **Who it affects:** People in England who need personal care, at home or in a care home. Care home residents would still pay for their accommodation. - **When:** Not stated; the party costed it for 2028-29 - **Paid for by:** Reversing tax cuts given to the big banks by the Conservatives since 2016 (restoring Bank Surcharge and Bank Levy revenues to 2016 levels in real terms), which the party says raises £4.3bn a year by 2028-29. - **Quote source:** https://www.libdems.org.uk/fileadmin/groups/2_Federal_Party/Documents/PolicyPapers/Manifesto_2024/For_a_Fair_Deal_-_Liberal_Democrat_Manifesto_2024.pdf (checked word for word at its source on 6 October 2026; Quoted for reporting; rights stay with the publisher) - **Last updated:** 12 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ld-free-personal-care-2024 ### Where it stands The Liberal Democrats are not in government. In July 2026 the party restated free personal care as one of its three tests on social care for the new Prime Minister. On 29 September 2026 Prime Minister Andy Burnham promised free personal care for people over 65 through a National Care Service in the next parliament; it does not cover working-age adults, and no detailed plan, legislation or funding has been published, so the card stays at Promised. ### Timeline - 10 June 2024, Promised: Liberal Democrat manifesto pledges free personal care in England ### About the cost Years shown: 2028-29 for the party's own figure and 2026/27 for the independent estimate, the years each source costs. The party's own figure is £2.7bn a year by 2028-29 above existing social care plans (low). The Health Foundation estimated in January 2024 that a Scottish-style free personal care model in England could cost around £6bn extra in 2026/27 (central), rising to £7bn by 2035/36. The high end is an editorial +10% on the Health Foundation's 2026/27 figure, because it gives a central figure only. The IFS said the party's wider £8.4bn for health and social care would not be nearly enough if it is on top of current spending. Costing sources: - [Liberal Democrats press release, 8 Jun 2024](https://www.libdems.org.uk/press/release/ed-davey-launches-plan-for-free-personal-care-to-end-hospital-crisis-and-help-people-stay-in-their-own-homes) - [Health Foundation: response to Liberal Democrats' proposals for social care, 4 Jun 2024](https://www.health.org.uk/media-office/press-releases/the-health-foundation-responds-to-liberal-democrats-proposals-for-social-care) - [IFS: Liberal Democrat manifesto: a reaction, 10 Jun 2024](https://ifs.org.uk/articles/liberal-democrat-manifesto-reaction) ### Corrections - 6 October 2026, the how much bn per year in version 1: The high end was the Health Foundation's 2035/36 figure, a later year than the rest of the range (a time profile). It is now an editorial +10% on the Health Foundation's 2026/27 figure. Was: £2.7bn to £7bn a year. Now: £2.7bn to £6.6bn a year. ([source](https://www.health.org.uk/media-office/press-releases/the-health-foundation-responds-to-liberal-democrats-proposals-for-social-care)) - 6 October 2026, the cost note in version 1: The note used the 2035/36 figure as the high end of the range. The £7bn is now shown as growth over time, and the note gives the years shown and the editorial +10%. Was: “The party's own figure is £2.7bn a year by 2028-29 above existing social care plans (low). The Health Foundation estimated in January 2024 that a Scottish-style free personal care model in England could cost around £6bn extra in 2026/27 (central), rising to £7bn by 2035/36 (high). The IFS said the party's wider £8.4bn for health and social care would not be nearly enough if it is on top of current spending.”. Now: “Years shown: 2028-29 for the party's own figure and 2026/27 for the independent estimate, the years each source costs. The party's own figure is £2.7bn a year by 2028-29 above existing social care plans (low). The Health Foundation estimated in January 2024 that a Scottish-style free personal care model in England could cost around £6bn extra in 2026/27 (central), rising to £7bn by 2035/36. The high end is an editorial +10% on the Health Foundation's 2026/27 figure, because it gives a central figure only. The IFS said the party's wider £8.4bn for health and social care would not be nearly enough if it is on top of current spending.”. ([source](https://www.health.org.uk/media-office/press-releases/the-health-foundation-responds-to-liberal-democrats-proposals-for-social-care)) ### Sources - [Liberal Democrats: For a Fair Deal, 2024 manifesto (PDF), page 37](https://www.libdems.org.uk/fileadmin/groups/2_Federal_Party/Documents/PolicyPapers/Manifesto_2024/For_a_Fair_Deal_-_Liberal_Democrat_Manifesto_2024.pdf) - [Liberal Democrats: Ed Davey launches plan for free personal care, 8 Jun 2024](https://www.libdems.org.uk/press/release/ed-davey-launches-plan-for-free-personal-care-to-end-hospital-crisis-and-help-people-stay-in-their-own-homes) - [Liberal Democrats: Funding a Fair Deal, manifesto costings 2024 (PDF)](https://www.libdems.org.uk/fileadmin/groups/2_Federal_Party/Documents/PolicyPapers/Manifesto_2024/Funding_a_Fair_Deal_-_Liberal_Democrat_Manifesto_Costings_2024.pdf) - [Liberal Democrats: Davey calls on PM Burnham to end the social care catastrophe, 20 Jul 2026](https://www.libdems.org.uk/press/release/davey-calls-on-pm-burnham-to-end-the-social-care-catastrophe-as-data-reveals-family-care-costs-have-soared-60-in-five-years) - [IFS: Liberal Democrat manifesto: a reaction, 10 Jun 2024](https://ifs.org.uk/articles/liberal-democrat-manifesto-reaction) - [Labour Party: Six things Andy Burnham announced today at Labour Party Conference, 29 Sep 2026](https://labour.org.uk/updates/stories/six-things-andy-burnham-announced-today-at-labour-party-conference/) - [No 10 press release, 29 Sep 2026: Prime Minister Andy Burnham sets out plans for a new National Care Service](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-andy-burnham-sets-out-plans-for-a-new-national-care-service) - [Disability News Service: Free social care is coming… but only if you're over 65, government confirms after Burnham speech, 1 Oct 2026](https://www.disabilitynewsservice.com/free-social-care-is-coming-but-only-if-youre-over-65-government-confirms-after-burnham-speech/) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov and 1 independent editor, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 12 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 6 October 2026. --- ## Pay comprehensive infected blood compensation > “First, we will pay comprehensive compensation to those infected and those affected by this scandal” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Commons statement on the Infected Blood Inquiry report, 20 May 2024 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 20 May 2024 - **Where:** Commons statement on the Infected Blood Inquiry report - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People infected through NHS blood and blood products, and people affected: their partners, parents, children, siblings and unpaid carers - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-statement-on-the-infected-blood-inquiry-20-may-2024 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-infected-blood-compensation-2024 ### Where it stands Compensation is being paid and not yet complete. The Victims and Prisoners Act 2024, law since 24 May 2024, provides for the Infected Blood Compensation Authority and the compensation scheme (Part 3). The authority made its first payment to a living infected person in December 2024; by 31 March 2026 it had paid £2.05 billion to 3,153 people, while 17,970 had registered their intent to claim (its annual report for 2025 to 2026). ### Timeline - 20 May 2024, Promised: On the day the Infected Blood Inquiry reports, the Prime Minister tells the Commons the government will pay comprehensive compensation - 24 May 2024, Legislated: The Victims and Prisoners Act 2024 becomes law, providing for the Infected Blood Compensation Authority and the compensation scheme ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2024/21/part/3)) - 14 September 2026, Delivering: The compensation authority's annual report: first payment in December 2024; £2.05 billion paid to 3,153 people by 31 March 2026 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/ibca-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026)) ### About the cost No figure in the statement, which said: "Whatever it costs to deliver this scheme, we will pay it." ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM statement on the Infected Blood Inquiry, 20 May 2024](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-statement-on-the-infected-blood-inquiry-20-may-2024) - [Victims and Prisoners Act 2024, Part 3: Infected blood compensation (legislation.gov.uk)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2024/21/part/3) - [Infected Blood Compensation Authority: Annual report and accounts 2025 to 2026 (14 Sep 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/ibca-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-to-2026) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Spend 2.5% of GDP on defence by 2030 > “We will increase defence spending to a new baseline of 2.5% of GDP, by 2030.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Defence speech in Warsaw, 23 April 2024 - **Status:** Funded - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Defence](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/defence) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 23 April 2024 - **Where:** Defence speech in Warsaw - **Deadline:** 31 December 2030 - **Cost a year:** Costs £11.3bn to £13.8bn a year (central £12.5bn by No 10, official) - **Who it affects:** The armed forces and the UK's defence budget - **When:** By 2030 - **Paid for by:** The speech says it will be "fully funded with no increase in borrowing or debt"; neither the speech nor the policy paper says from where - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/prime-ministers-defence-speech-in-warsaw-23-april-2024 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-defence-25-2030 ### Where it stands The government set out the plan the same day in the policy paper Defending Britain: spending to rise each year to 2.5% of GDP in 2030, £87bn in 2030-31. After the change of government on 5 July 2024 the new government kept the 2.5% level and brought it forward: the Spending Review 2025 confirms defence spending rising to 2.6% of GDP from 2027 on NATO's measure, which counts more intelligence spending (card uk-defence-25-2027), with the defence budget set to 2028-29. "By 2030" is read as the end of 2030. The card moves to Delivered when spending figures show 2.5% of GDP reached. ### Timeline - 23 April 2024, Promised: The Prime Minister pledges to raise defence spending to 2.5% of GDP by 2030 - 23 April 2024, In plan: The policy paper Defending Britain sets out spending rising each year to 2.5% of GDP in 2030 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/defending-britain)) - 11 June 2025, Funded: Spending Review 2025 confirms defence spending rising to 2.6% of GDP from 2027 on NATO's measure, with the defence budget set to 2028-29 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html)) - 31 December 2030, Deadline (to come): Defence spending due to reach 2.5% of GDP (editorial date, end of 2030) ### About the cost Year shown: the average of the six years to 2030. The Prime Minister put the extra spending at £75bn over the next six years (central, £12.5bn a year on average); the policy paper says spending would reach £87bn in 2030-31, £23bn more than in 2024-25, so the yearly amount rises over the period. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Prime Minister's Office: Prime Minister's defence speech in Warsaw, 23 April 2024](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/prime-ministers-defence-speech-in-warsaw-23-april-2024) - [Cabinet Office: Defending Britain, policy paper (23 Apr 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/defending-britain) ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: Prime Minister's defence speech in Warsaw, 23 April 2024](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/prime-ministers-defence-speech-in-warsaw-23-april-2024) - [Prime Minister's Office: PM announces 'turning point' in European security as UK set to increase defence spending to 2.5% by 2030 (23 Apr 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/pm-announces-turning-point-in-european-security-as-uk-set-to-increase-defence-spending-to-25-by-2030) - [Cabinet Office: Defending Britain, policy paper (23 Apr 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/defending-britain) - [Spending Review 2025 (HM Treasury)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/spending-review-2025-document/spending-review-2025-html) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## First Rwanda flight in 10 to 12 weeks > “The first flight will leave in 10 to 12 weeks.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Statement on the plan to stop the boats, 22 April 2024 - **Status:** Not met - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 22 April 2024 - **Where:** Statement on the plan to stop the boats - **Deadline:** 15 July 2024 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People who arrived in the UK illegally and were to be relocated to Rwanda - **When:** Within 10 to 12 weeks of 22 April 2024 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/prime-minister-rishi-sunaks-statement-on-the-plan-to-stop-the-boats-22-april-2024 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-rwanda-first-flight-2024 ### Where it stands The flight was to take people who had arrived in the UK illegally to Rwanda. Twelve weeks from 22 April 2024 is 15 July 2024. No such flight had left by then: on 22 July 2024 the new Home Secretary told the Commons that the partnership had cost £700 million to send four volunteers, including the cost of chartering flights that never took off, and that the government would end it. The government had changed on 5 July 2024. ### Timeline - 22 April 2024, Promised: The Prime Minister says the first flight to Rwanda will leave in 10 to 12 weeks - 15 July 2024, Deadline: First flight due, 12 weeks after the statement - 22 July 2024, Not met: The Home Secretary tells the Commons that flights to Rwanda never took off and that the partnership will end ([evidence](https://hansard.parliament.uk/commons/2024-07-22/debates/FBB2B906-592F-4047-A6E1-59D6DB97573A/BorderSecurityAndAsylum)) ### About the cost No figure in the statement. The Home Secretary told the Commons on 22 July 2024 that the partnership with Rwanda had cost £700 million, including £290 million in payments to Rwanda. Costing sources: - [Hansard, House of Commons, 22 Jul 2024: Border Security and Asylum](https://hansard.parliament.uk/commons/2024-07-22/debates/FBB2B906-592F-4047-A6E1-59D6DB97573A/BorderSecurityAndAsylum) ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: Rishi Sunak's statement on the plan to stop the boats, 22 April 2024](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/prime-minister-rishi-sunaks-statement-on-the-plan-to-stop-the-boats-22-april-2024) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 22 Jul 2024: Border Security and Asylum (Home Secretary's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/commons/2024-07-22/debates/FBB2B906-592F-4047-A6E1-59D6DB97573A/BorderSecurityAndAsylum) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Ban disposable vapes > “That is why I am taking bold action to ban disposable vapes - which have driven the rise in youth vaping - and bring forward new powers to restrict vape flavours, introduce plain packaging and change how vapes are displayed in shops.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Press release (Department of Health and Social Care and Prime Minister's Office), 29 January 2024 - **Status:** Delivered, brought about by HM Government (The regulations and the Act were made after the change of government on 5 July 2024.) - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 29 January 2024 - **Where:** Press release (Department of Health and Social Care and Prime Minister's Office) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Children and young people who vape, and the shops and makers that sell or supply vapes - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/disposable-vapes-banned-to-protect-childrens-health (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-disposable-vapes-ban-2024 ### Where it stands Both parts are now law. Supplying single-use vapes has been an offence in England since 1 June 2025, under regulations made on 25 November 2024; Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland made regulations of their own. The Tobacco and Vapes Act 2026, law since 29 April 2026, gives ministers powers over the flavour of vapes (section 96), their retail packaging (section 94) and how they are displayed in shops in England (section 13). Both came into law under the government that followed his. ### Timeline - 29 January 2024, Promised: The Prime Minister announces a ban on disposable vapes and new powers over vape flavours, packaging and displays - 25 November 2024, Legislated: Regulations banning the supply of single-use vapes in England are made ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2024/1216/made)) - 1 June 2025, Delivering: The ban on supplying single-use vapes comes into force in England ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2024/1216/made)) - 29 April 2026, Delivered: The Tobacco and Vapes Act 2026 becomes law, with powers over vape flavours, packaging and displays ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/18/contents)) ### About the cost No cost was given for the ban. The same announcement added £30 million a year of new funding for enforcement agencies to carry out the smokefree generation plan and these vaping measures. Costing sources: - [Department of Health and Social Care and others: Disposable vapes banned to protect children's health (29 Jan 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/disposable-vapes-banned-to-protect-childrens-health) ### Sources - [Department of Health and Social Care and others: Disposable vapes banned to protect children's health (29 Jan 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/disposable-vapes-banned-to-protect-childrens-health) - [The Environmental Protection (Single-use Vapes) (England) Regulations 2024 (SI 2024/1216)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2024/1216/made) - [The Environmental Protection (Single-use Vapes) (Scotland) Regulations 2024](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ssi/2024/269/contents) - [The Environmental Protection (Single-use Vapes) (Wales) Regulations 2024](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/wsi/2024/1324/contents) - [The Environmental Protection (Single-use Vapes) (Amendment) Regulations (Northern Ireland) 2025](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/nisr/2025/126/contents) - [Tobacco and Vapes Act 2026 (legislation.gov.uk)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/18/contents) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Establish an AI Safety Institute in the UK > “I can announce that we will establish the world’s first AI Safety Institute – right here in the UK.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Speech on AI, 26 October 2023 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Running government](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/running-government) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 26 October 2023 - **Where:** Speech on AI - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** The public, and the companies and governments building advanced AI, whose models the institute would test for safety - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/prime-ministers-speech-on-ai-26-october-2023 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-ai-safety-institute-2023 ### Where it stands The AI Safety Institute was launched on 2 November 2023, at the AI Safety Summit at Bletchley Park, a week after the speech. It grew out of the Frontier AI Taskforce, with Ian Hogarth as its chair. On 14 February 2025 the next government renamed it the UK AI Security Institute and gave it a team on the criminal misuse of AI. ### Timeline - 26 October 2023, Promised: The Prime Minister says the UK will set up an AI Safety Institute - 2 November 2023, Delivered: The AI Safety Institute launches at the AI Safety Summit, with companies and countries including the US and Singapore agreeing to work with it ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-launches-new-ai-safety-institute)) ### About the cost No figure in the speech. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: Prime Minister's speech on AI, 26 October 2023](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/prime-ministers-speech-on-ai-26-october-2023) - [Prime Minister's Office and DSIT: Prime Minister launches new AI Safety Institute (2 Nov 2023)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-launches-new-ai-safety-institute) - [DSIT: Tackling AI security risks to unleash growth and deliver Plan for Change (14 Feb 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/tackling-ai-security-risks-to-unleash-growth-and-deliver-plan-for-change) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Keep the £2 bus fare through 2024 > “We’ll also invest £6.5 billion across the rest of the country, on schemes like keeping the £2 bus fare until the end of December 2024.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Article by the Prime Minister on GOV.UK, 4 October 2023 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 4 October 2023 - **Where:** Article by the Prime Minister on GOV.UK - **Deadline:** 31 December 2024 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People paying single bus fares in England outside London - **When:** Until the end of December 2024 - **Paid for by:** Money that would have been spent extending HS2 beyond Birmingham, moved into Network North ("we will take every pound that would have been spent extending HS2 and invest over £36 billion into Network North") - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/what-the-plan-to-launch-network-north-means-for-you (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-bus-fare-2-to-2024 ### Where it stands The Department for Transport says the £2 cap on single bus fares ran from 1 January 2023 until the end of 2024, and was replaced by a £3 cap in England outside London from 1 January 2025. The cap's last six months ran under the government that took office on 5 July 2024, which kept it in place until the date he named. ### Timeline - 4 October 2023, Promised: The Prime Minister says the £2 bus fare will be kept until the end of December 2024, as part of Network North - 31 December 2024, Deadline: The £2 bus fare is due to run until the end of December 2024 - 1 January 2025, Delivered: Department for Transport: the £2 bus fare cap ran from 1 January 2023 until the end of 2024 and was replaced by a £3 cap from 1 January 2025 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/evaluation-of-the-2-bus-fare-cap)) ### About the cost No separate figure for the bus fare in the article: it is one of the schemes in the £6.5 billion he named for the rest of the country. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: What the plan to launch Network North means for you (4 Oct 2023)](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/what-the-plan-to-launch-network-north-means-for-you) - [Department for Transport: £2 bus fare cap to be extended and bus services protected with new funding (17 Feb 2023)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/2-bus-fare-cap-to-be-extended-and-bus-services-protected-with-new-funding) - [Department for Transport: Evaluation of the £2 bus fare cap](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/evaluation-of-the-2-bus-fare-cap) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Stop children ever buying cigarettes > “These changes will mean our kids will never be able to buy a cigarette, preventing them getting hooked and protecting their health both now and in the future.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Press release (Prime Minister's Office), 4 October 2023 - **Status:** Legislated - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 4 October 2023 - **Where:** Press release (Prime Minister's Office) - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People born on or after 1 January 2009, who could never legally be sold tobacco, and the shops that sell it - **When:** Not stated; the Tobacco and Vapes Act 2026 brings the ban in on 1 January 2027 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-to-create-smokefree-generation-by-ending-cigarette-sales-to-those-born-on-or-after-1-january-2009 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-smokefree-generation-2023 ### Where it stands The plan was a law making it an offence to sell tobacco to anyone born on or after 1 January 2009, first announced for England. The government that followed brought in its own Tobacco and Vapes Bill, which became law on 29 April 2026 as the Tobacco and Vapes Act 2026. Section 1 makes it an offence in England and Wales to sell tobacco to anyone born on or after 1 January 2009, and section 175 brings that into force on 1 January 2027, with matching sections for Scotland and Northern Ireland. The card moves when the ban is in force. ### Timeline - 4 October 2023, Promised: The Prime Minister announces a law to end cigarette sales to anyone born on or after 1 January 2009 - 29 April 2026, Legislated: The Tobacco and Vapes Act 2026 becomes law: selling tobacco to anyone born on or after 1 January 2009 is an offence from 1 January 2027 ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/18/contents)) ### About the cost No cost was given for the ban. On 29 January 2024 the government announced £30 million a year of new funding for enforcement agencies (Border Force, HMRC and Trading Standards) to carry out the smokefree generation plan and its vaping measures. Costing sources: - [Department of Health and Social Care and others: Disposable vapes banned to protect children's health (29 Jan 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/disposable-vapes-banned-to-protect-childrens-health) ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: Prime Minister to create 'smokefree generation' by ending cigarette sales to those born on or after 1 January 2009 (4 Oct 2023)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/prime-minister-to-create-smokefree-generation-by-ending-cigarette-sales-to-those-born-on-or-after-1-january-2009) - [Tobacco and Vapes Act 2026 (legislation.gov.uk)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/18/contents) - [Tobacco and Vapes Act 2026, section 1: sale of tobacco etc](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/18/section/1) - [Tobacco and Vapes Act 2026, section 175: commencement](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2026/18/section/175) - [Department of Health and Social Care and others: Disposable vapes banned to protect children's health (29 Jan 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/disposable-vapes-banned-to-protect-childrens-health) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Double medical training places by 2031 > “We’ll double the number of medical training places by 2031” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Speech launching the NHS Long Term Workforce Plan, 30 June 2023 - **Status:** Funded - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 30 June 2023 - **Where:** Speech launching the NHS Long Term Workforce Plan - **Deadline:** 31 December 2031 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People training to be doctors in England, and the NHS patients they would go on to treat - **When:** By 2031 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-launching-the-nhs-long-term-workforce-plan-30-june-2023 (checked word for word at its source on 21 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-medical-training-places-2031 ### Where it stands The NHS Long Term Workforce Plan, published the same day, set the target: medical school places in England doubled to 15,000 a year by 2031, from the 7,500 reached in 2020. His government then funded the first extra places: 205 for students starting in 2024 and 350 for 2025 to 2026. The government since July 2024 has not restated the target. Its 10 Year Health Plan (3 July 2025) says the NHS will have fewer staff by 2035 than the 2023 plan projected, aims any expansion of medical school places at schools that widen access, and promises a new 10 Year Workforce Plan; its call for evidence closed on 7 November 2025, and no such plan was on GOV.UK by 21 October 2026. ### Timeline - 30 June 2023, Promised: Launching the NHS Long Term Workforce Plan, the Prime Minister says medical training places will double by 2031 - 30 June 2023, In plan: NHS England publishes the Long Term Workforce Plan, with medical school places in England to double to 15,000 a year ([evidence](https://www.england.nhs.uk/publication/nhs-long-term-workforce-plan/)) - 3 October 2023, Funded: The government funds 205 extra medical school places for students starting in 2024, a year earlier than the plan; 350 more for 2025 to 2026 follow on 13 May 2024 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/expansion-of-medical-school-places-to-be-accelerated-to-next-year)) - 31 December 2031, Deadline (to come): Medical training places due to have doubled by 2031 (editorial date, end of 2031) ### About the cost No separate figure for medical places. He said the plan's expansion of education and training for all NHS staff would be funded in full for its first five years, "with over £2.4 billion of additional investment". Costing sources: - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech launching the NHS Long Term Workforce Plan, 30 June 2023](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-launching-the-nhs-long-term-workforce-plan-30-june-2023) ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech launching the NHS Long Term Workforce Plan, 30 June 2023](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-launching-the-nhs-long-term-workforce-plan-30-june-2023) - [NHS England: NHS Long Term Workforce Plan (30 Jun 2023)](https://www.england.nhs.uk/publication/nhs-long-term-workforce-plan/) - [Department of Health and Social Care: Expansion of medical school places to be accelerated to next year (3 Oct 2023)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/expansion-of-medical-school-places-to-be-accelerated-to-next-year) - [Department of Health and Social Care and NHS England: 350 extra medical school places allocated in NHS training boost (13 May 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/350-extra-medical-school-places-allocated-in-nhs-training-boost) - [Department of Health and Social Care: 10 Year Health Plan for England: fit for the future (3 Jul 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/10-year-health-plan-for-england-fit-for-the-future/fit-for-the-future-10-year-health-plan-for-england-accessible-version) - [Department of Health and Social Care: 10 Year Workforce Plan, call for evidence (26 Sep to 7 Nov 2025)](https://www.gov.uk/government/calls-for-evidence/10-year-workforce-plan) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 21 October 2026. --- ## Screen high-risk 55 to 74s for lung cancer > “Rolling out screening to high-risk 55 to 74 year olds will save lives by detecting up to 9,000 lung cancers a year at an early stage.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Press release (Department of Health and Social Care), 26 June 2023 - **Status:** Delivering - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 26 June 2023 - **Where:** Press release (Department of Health and Social Care) - **Deadline:** 31 March 2030 - **Cost a year:** Costs £0.24bn to £0.3bn a year (central £0.27bn by Department of Health and Social Care, official) - **Who it affects:** People in England aged 55 to 74 who smoke or used to smoke and are assessed as at high risk of lung cancer, invited for a scan every two years - **When:** 40% of eligible people reached by March 2025; full coverage by March 2030 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-lung-cancer-screening-roll-out-to-detect-cancer-sooner (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 21 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-lung-cancer-screening-2030 ### Where it stands The screening programme is running and not yet complete. The National Cancer Plan for England (20 April 2026) says over 1.5 million people have attended a lung health check and over 9,000 have been diagnosed with lung cancer, 76% at stage 1 or 2, and commits to complete the roll-out by 2030, when every eligible person will have had a first invitation. The announcement aimed for full coverage by March 2030. ### Timeline - 26 June 2023, Promised: The Prime Minister and the Health Secretary announce a national targeted lung cancer screening programme for high-risk 55 to 74 year olds - 20 April 2026, Delivering: National Cancer Plan: over 1.5 million people have attended a lung health check; the government commits to complete the roll-out by 2030 ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-cancer-plan-for-england/the-national-cancer-plan-for-england-delivering-world-class-cancer-care-accessible-version)) - 31 March 2030, Deadline (to come): Full coverage of the eligible population due by March 2030 ### About the cost The announcement says the programme will cost £270 million a year once fully implemented. Low–high is an editorial ±10% because the source gives a central figure only. Costing sources: - [Department of Health and Social Care: New lung cancer screening roll out to detect cancer sooner (26 Jun 2023)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-lung-cancer-screening-roll-out-to-detect-cancer-sooner) ### Sources - [Department of Health and Social Care: New lung cancer screening roll out to detect cancer sooner (26 Jun 2023)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-lung-cancer-screening-roll-out-to-detect-cancer-sooner) - [Department of Health and Social Care and NHS England: The National Cancer Plan for England (20 Apr 2026)](https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-cancer-plan-for-england/the-national-cancer-plan-for-england-delivering-world-class-cancer-care-accessible-version) ### Checks - Verified by Pavel Guzhikov, checked by AI Journalist; approved on 21 October 2026. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Grow the economy > “Second, we will grow the economy, creating better-paid jobs and opportunity right across the country.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Speech setting out his five priorities, 4 January 2023 - **Status:** Unscoreable - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 4 January 2023 - **Where:** Speech setting out his five priorities - **Cost a year:** Not costable - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-grow-economy-2023 ### Where it stands The sentence commits to growing the economy but names no measure, amount or date: it does not say how much growth, measured how, or by when, so it cannot be scored (Promise standard, section 2). It was the second of five promises in the speech. No body in power is committed to it as worded: the government he led left office on 5 July 2024. ### Timeline - 4 January 2023, Promised: The Prime Minister makes growing the economy the second of five promises ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech on building a better future, 4 January 2023](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Halve inflation in 2023 > “First, we will halve inflation this year to ease the cost of living and give people financial security.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Speech setting out his five priorities, 4 January 2023 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Transport & economy](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/transport-and-economy) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 4 January 2023 - **Where:** Speech setting out his five priorities - **Deadline:** 31 December 2023 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Households and businesses across the UK facing rising prices - **When:** In 2023 ("this year") - **Paid for by:** Not a spending pledge - **Target:** At most 5.25% by 31 December 2023 - **Forecast at the time:** 3.75% by 31 December 2023, the OBR's forecast of 17 November 2022, before the promise ([OBR: Economic and fiscal outlook, November 2022, supplementary economy tables, table 1.7 (CPI, 2023 Q4)](https://obr.uk/efo/economic-and-fiscal-outlook-november-2022/)): CPI inflation over 12 months in the last quarter of 2023 (3.75%), forecast seven weeks before the speech under the energy price guarantee then in place; the target is read on December's rate. The forecast at the time already met the target. - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 23 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-halve-inflation-2023 ### Where it stands The Office for National Statistics measured consumer price inflation (CPI) at 10.5% in the 12 months to December 2022 and 4.0% in the 12 months to December 2023, less than half the earlier rate. The speech did not say which month or measure the pledge would be judged on; CPI had peaked at 11.1% in October 2022. "This year" is read as the end of 2023. It was the first of five promises in the speech. ### Timeline - 4 January 2023, Promised: The Prime Minister makes halving inflation in 2023 the first of five promises - 31 December 2023, Deadline: Inflation due to be halved "this year" (editorial date, end of 2023) - 17 January 2024, Delivered: ONS figures for December 2023: CPI inflation 4.0% over 12 months, down from 10.5% in December 2022 ([evidence](https://www.ons.gov.uk/economy/inflationandpriceindices/bulletins/consumerpriceinflation/december2023)) ### About the cost No cost of its own: the pledge names an outcome, not a measure, and no costing was published. ### Corrections - 23 October 2026, the metric in version 1: The target the words set, written as a number so it can be read against the forecast made before the promise: half of the 10.5% CPI rate in the 12 months to December 2022, by December 2023, as the card already read "this year". Was: not given. Now: at most 5.25% by 31 December 2023. ([source](https://www.ons.gov.uk/economy/inflationandpriceindices/bulletins/consumerpriceinflation/december2022)) ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech on building a better future, 4 January 2023](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023) - [Office for National Statistics: Consumer price inflation, UK: December 2022 (18 Jan 2023)](https://www.ons.gov.uk/economy/inflationandpriceindices/bulletins/consumerpriceinflation/december2022) - [Office for National Statistics: Consumer price inflation, UK: December 2023 (17 Jan 2024)](https://www.ons.gov.uk/economy/inflationandpriceindices/bulletins/consumerpriceinflation/december2023) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Make sure national debt is falling > “Third, we will make sure our national debt is falling so that we can secure the future of public services.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Speech setting out his five priorities, 4 January 2023 - **Status:** Unscoreable - **Policy area:** [Running government](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/running-government) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 4 January 2023 - **Where:** Speech setting out his five priorities - **Cost a year:** Not costable - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-national-debt-falling-2023 ### Where it stands The sentence commits to national debt falling but does not say which measure (debt in pounds or as a share of the economy) or by when, so it cannot be scored (Promise standard, section 2). It was the third of five promises in the speech. No body in power is committed to it as worded: the government he led left office on 5 July 2024. ### Timeline - 4 January 2023, Promised: The Prime Minister makes falling national debt the third of five promises ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech on building a better future, 4 January 2023](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Make NHS waiting lists fall > “Fourth, NHS waiting lists will fall and people will get the care they need more quickly.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Speech setting out his five priorities, 4 January 2023 - **Status:** Promised - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Health](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/health) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 4 January 2023 - **Where:** Speech setting out his five priorities - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Patients in England waiting for planned (elective) hospital treatment - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-nhs-waiting-lists-fall-2023 ### Where it stands The pledge gives no date or figure. NHS England counted 7.21 million patients waiting for planned hospital treatment in England at the end of October 2022, the latest figure when it was made, and 7.6 million waiting-list pathways (about 6.4 million people) at the end of June 2024, the last full month before Rishi Sunak left office on 5 July 2024. Without a date the card cannot be marked met or not met, so it stays at Promised. No body in power is committed to it as worded; the present government's commitment is on waiting times (card uk-nhs-18-weeks-2024). ### Timeline - 4 January 2023, Promised: The Prime Minister makes falling NHS waiting lists the fourth of five promises ### About the cost No figure in the speech, and no costing of the pledge was published. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech on building a better future, 4 January 2023](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023) - [NHS England: RTT waiting times statistical press notice, October 2022 data (8 Dec 2022)](https://www.england.nhs.uk/statistics/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2022/12/Oct22-RTT-SPN-publication-version-PDF-438K-39982.pdf) - [NHS England: RTT waiting times statistical press notice, June 2024 data (8 Aug 2024)](https://www.england.nhs.uk/statistics/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2024/08/RTT-statistical-press-notice-Jun24-PDF-386K-07252.pdf) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Have 20,000 extra police by spring 2023 > “By this Spring, we will have an extra 20,000 police officers, patrolling the streets, answering the call for help, and catching criminals.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Speech setting out his five priorities, 4 January 2023 - **Status:** Delivered - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 4 January 2023 - **Where:** Speech setting out his five priorities - **Deadline:** 31 May 2023 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** Police forces in England and Wales and the people they serve - **When:** By spring 2023 - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-police-20000-2023 ### Where it stands The Home Office's final figures show 20,947 additional officers recruited through the Police Uplift Programme by 31 March 2023, against a target of 20,000, taking the number of officers in England and Wales to 149,566. 42 of the 43 forces met their own allocation; the Metropolitan Police did not. The target was a manifesto commitment of the then government, which the Prime Minister repeated here; "this Spring" is read as 31 May 2023. ### Timeline - 4 January 2023, Promised: The Prime Minister says there will be an extra 20,000 police officers by the spring - 31 May 2023, Deadline: 20,000 extra officers due "by this Spring" (editorial date, end of May 2023) - 26 July 2023, Delivered: Home Office final figures: 20,947 additional officers recruited by 31 March 2023 against the 20,000 target ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/police-officer-uplift-final-position-as-at-march-2023/police-officer-uplift-final-position-as-at-march-2023)) ### About the cost No figure in the speech. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech on building a better future, 4 January 2023](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023) - [Home Office: Police officer uplift, final position as at March 2023 (26 Jul 2023)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/police-officer-uplift-final-position-as-at-march-2023/police-officer-uplift-final-position-as-at-march-2023) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Pass new laws to stop small boats > “Fifth, we will pass new laws to stop small boats, making sure that if you come to this country illegally, you are detained and swiftly removed.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Speech setting out his five priorities, 4 January 2023 - **Status:** Not met - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 4 January 2023 - **Where:** Speech setting out his five priorities - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People who cross the Channel in small boats or otherwise arrive in the UK illegally - **When:** Not stated - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-small-boats-laws-2023 ### Where it stands The Illegal Migration Act 2023 became law on 20 July 2023, but its central duty to make arrangements to remove people who arrive illegally (section 2) was never brought into force. On 22 July 2024 the new Home Secretary told the Commons that the central duty "has not even been enacted". The Border Security, Asylum and Immigration Act 2025 repealed that duty on 2 December 2025. The laws passed, but the detention and swift removal they promised never applied, so the card reads Not met. The Rwanda flights are a separate card (uk-rwanda-first-flight-2024). ### Timeline - 4 January 2023, Promised: The Prime Minister makes new laws to stop small boats the fifth of five promises - 20 July 2023, Legislated: The Illegal Migration Act 2023 becomes law, with a duty to make arrangements to remove people who arrive illegally ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2023/37/contents)) - 2 December 2025, Not met: The Border Security, Asylum and Immigration Act 2025 repeals the removal duty, which had never been brought into force ([evidence](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/31/section/41)) ### About the cost No figure in the speech, and no costing of the pledge was published with it. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM speech on building a better future, 4 January 2023](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-speech-on-making-2023-the-first-year-of-a-new-and-better-future-4-january-2023) - [Illegal Migration Act 2023 (legislation.gov.uk)](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2023/37/contents) - [Illegal Migration Act 2023, section 2: duty to make arrangements for removal](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2023/37/section/2) - [Hansard, House of Commons, 22 Jul 2024: Border Security and Asylum (Home Secretary's statement)](https://hansard.parliament.uk/commons/2024-07-22/debates/FBB2B906-592F-4047-A6E1-59D6DB97573A/BorderSecurityAndAsylum) - [Border Security, Asylum and Immigration Act 2025, section 41: repeal of the 2023 Act's provisions](https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2025/31/section/41) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026. --- ## Abolish asylum backlog by end of 2023 > “we expect to abolish the backlog of initial asylum decisions by the end of next year.” > > — Rishi Sunak, Prime Minister, Conservative Party; Commons statement, 13 December 2022 - **Status:** Not met - **Status ladder:** Promised → In plan → Legislated → Funded → Delivering → Delivered - **Policy area:** [Police, courts, prisons](https://ledgergov.uk/promises/area/police-courts-and-prisons) - **Speaker:** [Rishi Sunak](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/rishi-sunak), Prime Minister - **Party:** [Conservative Party](https://ledgergov.uk/actor/conservatives) - **Made on:** 13 December 2022 - **Where:** Commons statement - **Deadline:** 31 December 2023 - **Cost a year:** No costing published - **Who it affects:** People who had claimed asylum in the UK and were waiting for a first decision - **When:** By the end of 2023 ("by the end of next year") - **Paid for by:** Not stated when it was announced - **Quote source:** https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-statement-on-illegal-migration-13-december-2022 (checked word for word at its source on 20 October 2026; Open Government Licence v3.0) - **Last updated:** 20 October 2026 - **Card:** https://ledgergov.uk/promise/uk-asylum-backlog-2023 ### Where it stands Home Office statistics show 95,252 asylum cases (128,786 people) still awaiting an initial decision at the end of December 2023, 28% fewer than a year earlier. The Home Office describes the pledge as one to clear the "legacy" backlog of claims made before 28 June 2022, and on 2 January 2024 said that target had been met, with every legacy case reviewed and about 4,500 complex cases needing further checks; its statistics put the legacy cases still awaiting an initial decision at 3,902 at the end of 2023. On either count the backlog was not abolished by the end of 2023, so the card reads Not met. ### Timeline - 13 December 2022, Promised: The Prime Minister tells the Commons he expects to abolish the backlog of initial asylum decisions by the end of 2023 - 31 December 2023, Deadline: Backlog of initial asylum decisions due to be abolished - 29 February 2024, Not met: Home Office statistics: 95,252 cases still awaiting an initial decision at the end of December 2023, 3,902 of them legacy cases ([evidence](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/immigration-system-statistics-year-ending-december-2023/how-many-people-do-we-grant-protection-to)) ### About the cost No figure in the statement, and no costing of the pledge was published with it. ### Sources - [Prime Minister's Office: PM statement on illegal migration, 13 December 2022](https://www.gov.uk/government/speeches/pm-statement-on-illegal-migration-13-december-2022) - [Home Office: Legacy backlog cleared as plan to stop the boats delivers (2 Jan 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/news/legacy-backlog-cleared-as-plan-to-stop-the-boats-delivers) - [Home Office: Immigration system statistics, year ending December 2023: how many people do we grant protection to? (29 Feb 2024)](https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/immigration-system-statistics-year-ending-december-2023/how-many-people-do-we-grant-protection-to) ### Checks - Checked automatically by AI Journalist, not yet verified by an editor. - Checked by AI Journalist (automated) on 20 October 2026.